1/ Q . 13 ZOE ALICE EASTWOOD, Editor. VOLUME 111. 18 9 2 Collection San Francisco, California. CONTENTS. Page. Forms of Trees as Determined by Climatic Influences: Gustav Eisen i Catalogue of Land and Fresh-Water Mollusca of Lower California: J. G. Cooper 12 Mariposa County as a Botanical District, II: J. W. Congdon............. 25 Notes on Liliaceae, II: Carl Purdy................................................. 43 Note on Helixyatesii Cooper: Henry Hemphill........................... 45 Notes on the Cicindelidie Observed in San Diego County: F. E. Blaisdell 47 Additions to the Catalogue of San Francisco Plants: Katherine Brandegee 49 Note on a Californian Loligo: Henry Hemphill.............................. 51 A New Astragalus: Sereno Watson............................................... 52 The Loco Weeds: Alice Eastwood............................................... 53 Sereno Watson............................................................................ 59 Connecting Forms among Polyporoid Fungi: Lucien M. Underwood 91 Geese Which Occur in California: L. Belding............................... 96 Notes on the Tenebrionidse Observed in San Diego County: F. E. Blaisdell 102 A Rocky Mountain Botanical Tramp: F. D. Kelsey......................... 108 Insects Infecting Yucca Blooms: C. H. Tyler Townsend.....,.....v.... 113 Bird Notes from Alameda County: F. O. Johnson.......................... 115 Zonotrichia albicollis in California: L. Belding.......... .................... 117 Notes on Sciums fossor Peale: F.Stephens.................................... tiS Some of the Methods and Implements by Which the Pacific Coast In- dians Obtain Gajne* L. Belding.......................................... 120 Mariposa County as a Botanical District, III: J. W. Congdon............ 125 Discovery of a New Grove of Sequoia gigantea: William W. Price 132 Tuba: Edward Palmer................................................................ 133 A Check-List of the Water Birds of California: Walter E. Bryant... 135 Additions to the Birds of the Gray's Harbor Region, Washington: Sam Hubbard, Jr. 140 On the Natural History of the Farallon Islands: J. W. Blankinship and Charles A. Keeler............................. ........................ 144 The Nomenclature of Plants: Katherine Brandegee..................... 166 A Note on Nomenclature: Alphonse De Candolle..........:............. 172 Balanoglossus as one of the Generalized Types in Zoology: William E. Ritter 187 Relics from an Indian Burying Ground: L. Belding..........................00 IV Contents. [zoe Page. Recent Additions to the North American Land Mammal Fauna: Walter E. Bryant 201 Distribution of the Flora of the Cape Region of Baja California: T. S. Brandegee 223 Food of the Grouse and Mountain Quail of Central California. L. Belding 232 On a Leaf-Miner of Populus Fremonti: C. H. Tyler Townsend....... 234 Notes on the Butterflies of Yosemite Valley: Edwin C. Van Dyke 237 A New Rumfordia from Lower California: T. S. Brandegee............ 241 A New Epilobium: T. S. Brandegee.............................................. 242 Habits and Nesting of Palmer's Thrasher: Herbert Brown............. 243 Notes on some Species of the Genus GEnothera: Alice Eastwood... 248 Notes on Some Californian Cistelidse F. E. Blaisdell.................. 252 Letter from M. Alphonsk De Candolle......................................... 253 Two Mexican Species of Ceroplastes: C. H. Tyler Townsknd......... 255 A Supposed New Feather Structure: Charles A. Keeler................. 257 On Nnmenius borealis in California: L. Belding............................... 257 Nomenclature of Plants: Katherine Brandegee....................... ... 25S Correction to Additions to True's List............................................. 261 Insects of Catalina Island: F. A. Seavey......................................... 262 List of Members of California Zoological Club.......................,........... 277 Notes............................................................"......:...................... 280 Contributions to Western Botany: Marcus E. Jones . . . 283 The Occurrence of the Puma in Southern New Mexico: C. H. Tvler Townsend 309 Notes on Fertilization: Alice J. Merritt..... 311 Biological Notes on Phainopepla nitens: F. E. Blaisdell . . 312 Mariposa County as a Botanical District, IV: J. W. Congdon. . . 314 Otters: Sam Hubbard, Jr......... 325 The Effect of Climate upon Pacific Coast Birds: L. Belding . . 331 A New Jumping Spider: John L. Curtis ..*.... 332 Histeridse Observed in San Diego County: F. E. Blaisdell . . 337 Nomenclature: J. W. Congdon ........ 339 Some Notes on Azolla: Douglas Houghton Campbell . . 340 Concerning the Flora of Sonora: T. S. Brandegee . . 344 Mamillaria Notesteinii: F. N. Notestein .... 349 Animals of Some West Coast Shells: Henry Hemphill . . 350 Notes on Californian Plants, IV: S. B. Parish .... 352 A Trip through Southeastern Utah: Alice Eastwood . . . 354 General Bird Notes.......... 361 Miscellany.................................................................................... 373 News........................................................................................... 37S VOL. III.] Contents. REVIEWS. Wallace: Human Progress, Past and Future, 59. Chapman: Preliminary Study of the Grackles ofSubgenus Quiscalus, 63. Allen: North American Species of Genus Colaptes, 65. Merriam: Geographic Distribution of Life in North America, 66. Cheney: Wood Notes v\ ild, 67. American Nat- uralist: 67,364. Ibis: 68. Schott: Kalifornischer Collembola, 68. Kuntze Revisio Generum Plantarum, 69. Vasey: Monograph of the Grasses, 73. Graf zu Solms-Laubach: Fossil Botany, 75. Newell: Outlines of Lesions in Botany, 78. Hoi zi nger: Identi ty of Asclepias StenophyUa and acerates auricu- lata,19. Romanes: Darwin and after Darwin, 174. Osborn: Contemporary Evolution of Man, 177. Difficulties in the Heredity Theory, 178. Re- visio des Calanides d'eau douce, 179. Palmer: New Generic 'Name for Bering Sea Fur Seal, 179. Merriam: New Prairie Dog, 179. Auk: 63. 179 270,364. Ridgway: Humming Birds, 180. Thomson: Outlines of Zoology, 181. Journal of Morphology, 182. Psyche: 184. Seeley: Nature of the Shoulder Girdle and Clavicular Arch in Sauropterygia, 184. Nathorst: Occurrence of Fossil Glacial Plants, 264. Krasser: Rhetic Flora of Persia, 265. Engelhardt: Cretaceous Plants from Saxony, 266. Bartholin: Jurassic Plants from Denmark, 266. 'Third Annual Report of the Missouri Botanic Garden, 267. Ellis & Everhart: North Amarican Pyrenomycetes, 268. Contributions from the U. S. Herbarium, 268, 370.- Bandire: Life Histories of N. A. Birds, 270. Rice: Scientific Memoirs of the Medical Officers of the Army of India, 271. Merriam: Occurrence of Cooper's Lemming Mouse, 364. Beddard: Gordiodrilus, 265. Expedition a la gruta de Cacahuamilpa, 365. Evermann: A New Sucker, 3*66. Brendel Flora Peoriana, 366. Davis: Development of the Frond of Chanvpia par- vula, 366. Brandegee: Additions to the Flora of the Cape Region of Baja California, 366. Erythaea, 366. Contributions from the Botanical Labora- tory of the University of Pennsylvania, 369. Meehan: Contributions to the Life Histories of Plants, 369. Davidson: List of Plants of Los Angeles County, 370. Suksdorf: Flora Washingtonensis, 370. Smith: Check List of the Plants of Kansas, 371. PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES. California Academy of Sciences.........................................79, 185, 272, 371 California Botanical Club................................................Si, 185, 274, 373 California Zoological Club...............................................84, 186, 275, 373 CONTRIBUTORS. Belding, L.................................................96, 117, 120, 200, 232, 257, 331 Blaisdell, F. E........................................................47, 102, 252, 312, 337 Blankinship, J. W.............................................................................144 Brandegee, Katharine.......................................*....................49, 166, 258 VI Contents. [zoe Brandegee, T. S.............................................................223, 241, 242, 344 Brown, Herbert.............,...................................................................243 Bryant, Walter E........................................................................135, 201 Campbell, Douglas H........................................................................340 Congdon, J. W.............................................................25, 125, 314, 339 Cooper, J. G.....................................................................................12 Curtis, John L.............................................-.....................................332 De Candolle, Alphonse............................................................172, 253 Eastwood, Alice....................................................................53, 248, 354 Eisen, Gustav......................................................................................1 Hemphill, Henry...................................................................45, 51, 350 Hubbard, Sam, Jr....................................................................140, 325 Johnson, F. O...............................................................................115 Jones, Marcus E..............................................................................283 Keeler, Charles A......................................................................151, 257 Kelsey, F. D.....................................................................................108 Merritt; Alice J................................................................................311 Notestein, F. N................................................................................349 Palmer, Edward.............................................................................133 Parish, S. B................................?...............................................352 Price, William W.............................................................................132 Purdy, Carl.....................................................................................43 Ritter, William E............................................................................1S7 Seavey, F. A...................................................................................262 Stephens, F......................................................................................118 Townsend, C.H. Tyler..................................................113, 234, 255,309 Underwood, Lucien M......................................................................91 Van Dyke, Edwin C..........................................................................237 Watson, Sereno................................................................................52 LIST OF PLATES. XVIII. California Guillemot. XIX. Farallon Cormorant. XX. Pigeon Guillemot. XXI. Farallon Cormorant, Baird's Cormorant, Tufted Puffin, Pigeon Guillemot, Cassin's Auklet. XXII. Balanoglossus. XXIII. Rumfordia connata. XXIV. Epilobium nivium. Errata Vol. III. Page 52, for "Ammostrephes" read "Ommastrephes." " 203. first genus, place second bracket after Richardson. " 204, No. ii, for "Dona Ana County, New Mexico," substitute "Texas " " 206, third line, for "James's Bay, Hudson's Bay," read "James Bay, Hudson Bay." " 206, No. 12, for "macrohabdotes," read "macrorhabdotes." " 206, No. 15, for "Valley of the Sacramento River," read "Foothills of the Sierra Nevada.'' " 208, No. 28, omit "Northwestern New Mexico.'' " 213, No. 82, for "nebracensis," read "nebrascensis." " 220, No. 165, for "Sorrex." read "Sorex." " 223, eighteenth line, for "Dobson, Mon. Insectivora," etc., read "Dob- son, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., xviii, 1SS6, 124-125." " 261, seventh line from bottom, for "Am. Rept." read "Ann. Rept." " 261, second line from bottom, for "Forsteri," read '•fosteri." " 279, fifth line, for "Berkeley," read "Los Angeles." " 279, twenty-filth line, for "William M. Price," read "William W. Price." " 117, in title, for "albicolis," read "albicollis.'" ZOB A BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Vol. III. APRIL, 1892. No. 1. FORMS OF TREES AS DETERMINED BY CLIMATIC INFLUENCES. BY GUSTAV EISEN. A traveler from the Arctics or from the high wooded mountains, in any district of the world, cannot but be impressed by the differ- ent forms which trees and shrubs assume in the respective regions. Nowhere is this difference in form more striking than between the trees inhabiting the pine region of Sierra Nevada and those which grow on the lower plains in the interior valleys. We have so constantly been accustomed to take things as they are, without inquiring into the causes why they are so, that it seems to us quite natural that the forms of trees of the high mountains should be different from those of the lowlands and valleys. Still this difference is so great and so very apparent that the causes which operate in making up these different forms must be very great and very important ones. In the high Sierras, for instance, in that region below the snow line, where the pines and spruces dominate, we find that almost every shrub and every tree resembles the other in a general way. The trees are tall and erect, with a central undivided trunk from which the branches slope down towards the ground. The shrubs, again, are low and depressed, spreading out horizontally, form- ing dishlike masses, hugging the ground instead of seeking the sky. A few thousand feet further down in the region where the evergreen pines and spruces have ceased, the trees as well as the shrubs begin to assume a different aspect. The trees in this region are not so erect, their branches are less sloping, their crowns extend further, the trunks are often branching; there is, in fact, a decided difference in their general form. The shrubs, again, are more erect and bushy, forming often dense masses, which show little or no tendency to flatten out. . Forms of Trees. [zoe • If we again follow the vegetation further down to the plains, the change in form is yet more pronounced. The trees are here as a rule branched close to the ground, their crowns are wider and spread- ing, the branches drooping and often sweeping the ground. The geaeral form, which in the higher Sierras was that of an elongated pyramid, has here changed and become globular. We may call these respectively, the spruce form, and the oak form. In the higher mountains we rarely meet with the oak form, at least not in ever- green trees, and on the plains the spruce form is equally rare. There are some exceptions to this rule, but they are few and in no way interfere with the theory which I will here set forth and en- deavor to prove. Before we dwell upon the causes which have been and yet are operating in creating and maintaining these char- acteristic forms of trees, it is necessary to first consider those causes which combine in affecting a change in the form of trees generally. Nearly every visitor to the wind-beaten and open seashore has noticed the characteristic forms of trees and shrubs growing there. The shrubs spread close to the ground, the trees lean towards the interior, their crowns spread out horizontally and their branches are thorny and knotty and continually bent. Such a sight is common everywhere in exposed places. In sheltered localities inland these same varieties grow upright, their crowns become less horizontal, the branches less twisted, and the same shrubs, which on the sea shore hug the soil, grow here straight and send out slender branches. Even to the least observant the force that operates here and causes the trees and shrubs to so change their shapes is the wind. When we see such trees' and shrubs painted on a canvas, we know at once that the landscape is a wind-beaten one, and that the vegetation is struggling- against a force which is trying to destroy its foothold. But while the wind is especially active on the seashore in chang- ing the natural or perhaps the original form of the trees and shrubs, it is similarly effective to a lesser degree in any locality at all ex- posed to winds. The interior plains, the cliffs on the sides of the desert, the high mountain peaks, the elevated plateaus, the table mountains, the slopes of the more sheltered sides of islands, in fact everywhere may the power of the wind be perceived. ^ The effects of the wind may be temporary or permanent; tem- porary, if the plant regains its original form and outward appearance when removed from the windy region to a sheltered one. This is by VOL. III.] Forms of Trees. far the most common effect and especially refers to shrubs. Many- instances may be cited, but I will only mention one. Baccharis pilu- laris, which grows everywhere on the coast around San Francisco, clings typically to the soil and sandhills where exposed to the wind, while on the north side of Tamalpais, where the shelter is perfect and even in the oak scrub of Golden Gate Park, it assumes an erect form. So different is the outward appearance between these two forms, that the former has been described as a distinct species, B. consanguinea. Similarly on nearly all our high mountain tops we meet with scrub- pines growing in the crevices and clinging to the rocks like real coverlets of verdure. But the same species may be found further down in the elevated valleys growing erect with sloping branches and undivided trunks. Such instances are common. I may, how- ever, here especially recall the dwarf and scrubby Pinus monticola growing in the canons on the slope oi Mount Dana, while further down splendid specimens are crowding the sheltered meadows. As an instance, again, where the effects of the wind have been partly permanent we may point to the Monterey pine (Pinus in- signis) and to the Monterey cypress (Cupressus macrocarpa). Ma- ture specimens of these varieties assume always horizontal crowns, even when growing inland, and only during their earlier growth do they show a tendency to grow erect like most species of pines or coniferous trees generally. We may presume that if the evolution of a species is accompanied by this continued wind force, the latter will to a great degree mould the outward form of the species. If again the evolution of a species takes place under various condi- tions of wind and calm, the form of the species will be variable ac- cording to exposure. The effect of the wind while apparent everywhere and while found in every climate and in every country is, however, not the most powerful agent in shaping the forms of trees and shrubs. The snow which part of the year covers vast territories, often to a depth of thirty or more feet, has a great influence upon the forms of all plants which are exposed to it for a. longer or shorter time. As the effects of the snow depend chiefly upon the resistance to pressure, it will be seen that evergreen and deciduous trees must be unequally affected. The foliage of the evergreens offers much more resistance to the snow than do the bare limbs of trees and shrubs Forms of Trees. [zoe which during the winter season are void of leaves. In some horti- cultural districts, where snow but seldom falls, and where accord- ingly such trees as olives, oranges and lemons are cultivated suc- cessfully, an occasional fall of snow may do and has in many in- stances done considerable harm. We know that when the snow lodges on the evergreen and upright limbs of orange trees, these limbs become so heavy that they break down, more or less ruining the trees. On such occasions the growers hurry ihrough their orchards shaking off the snow before it begins to melt and become heavy, thus freeing the limbs of the trees from the burden that would injure them. The cause of the mischief is thus not alone to be found in the snow, but also in the upright shape of the limbs and trunks of the trees. Those limbs which point upwards do not yield readily under the pressure of the snow, and trunks which are repeatedly forked, will, if the pressure is heavy enough, split lengthwise. In case the trees in question had possessed downward sloping limbs and an upright, undivided or standard trunk, the effect of the snow pressure would have been less dangerous; the limbs would have yielded to their snow burden, which, when melt- ing, would have slipped off, leaving the limbs free, and the undivided trunks would not have split, and the trees would have escaped with- out injury. If such snowfalls were frequent and regular, only such varieties could be cultivated as were possessed of downward slop- ing limbs and upright trunks. All trees shaped otherwise would gradually be ruined and their cultivation become impossible. These last remarks refer only, or at least principally, to evergreen trees. If the orange trees, which we gave as an example, instead of being evergreens were deciduous, that is, presenting only bare limbs in the winter, like peaches, apricots and pears, the pressure of the snow would not have injured them, at least not by breaking their limbs and splitting their trunks, and their cultivation would not necessarily have been abandoned. If we consider a forest, instead of a horticultural district, we will find that the conditions are there very much the same. The yearly snowfall, if only heavy enough, tends to break down and destroy all wild evergreen trees, which do not possess a form suitable to resist the heavy snow mantle. Trees which would thus suffer would be all evergreen trees with spread- ing crowns, such as live oaks, laurels, madrona, certain pines, such as Monterey pine, digger pine (Pinus Sabiniana), Italian pine (Pinus VOL.. III.] Forms of Trees. Pinaster), Lebanon cedar, and the hundreds, if not thousands, of other evergreen trees which inhabit regions below the regular snow line. j Nature thus eliminates from snow-visited forests all evergreen- trees which are not suited to resist the pressure of the snow. On the contrary, the snowfall makes it possible for all those trees to live and survive which, through their outward form, are able to easily shed the accumulated snow. As regards deciduous trees, no such upright trunks and sloping branches are necessary, as the bare limbs do not accumulate the snow, nor suffer under pressure. If the x above is true, the forests of snow-visited districts will be found to consist of only such varieties of trees as possess the requisite form, that is, evergreen trees with upright, undivided trunks and down- ward sloping branches, as well as of deciduous trees of various not especially characteristic forms. Upon examination this will also be found to be the case. I A visit to the high pine forests of Sierra Nevada shows us just such forests. Nowhere is the snowfall heavier and nowhere is the characteristic form of the evergreen trees more pronounced. This is also the case in all other show-visited regions where forests are at all able to exist. Where the snowfall is the heaviest and lasts the longest, all evergreen-trees, at least during a certain period of their life, possess the required pyramidal form. Evergreen trees of any other form would in their struggle for existence have little or no chance to compete with better equipped neighbors. It follows; also, that the less the snowfall the less characteristic will prove the pyramidal form in all evergreen species, while lower down the mountains on the warmer slopes the pyramidal form may be exr pected to be entirely absent. To refer to our nearest high mountains, the Sierra Nevada, we find thus on the snow-belt such trees as Abies Douglasii, Picea ama? bilis, Pinus Lambertiana, Libocedi'us decurrens, Sequoia gigantea., etc. All these show in a characteristic way the pyramidal form, the snow-shedding branches and the undivided trunk. We find in this region no large live oaks, nor any large evergreen trees of globular or goblet shape. But in the region immediately below the heavy snow belt, the characteristic pyramidal shape is entirely absent. The forms of the evergreen trees are here evidently regulated by other agencies. In this region we meet with several evergreen Forms of Trees. [zoe oaks with large crowns, spreading branches and repeatedly divided trunks. The pines also, like P. Sabiniana, are characterised by their forked trunks, their upright limbs, and by their general re- semblance to deciduous trees. As regards shrubs of all kinds, they are hardly less influenced by snowfall. In the snow-visited forests at least, the evergreen shrubs show a low depressed form, sometimes spreading out like dishes on the ground. Other species, again, like the manzanitas, possess repeatedly zig-zag bent limbs especially adapted to resist the pressure of snow and wind. Such zig-zag form is also possessed by the branches of trees, greatly assisting them to resist outside pressure of any kind. Thus while the lower or central branches of most of the pines in the snow region slope downwards, the upper limbs, which are naturally less exposed to snow pressure, assume a horizontal position, but are compensated by being repeatedly bent and furnished with heavy knees. Such limbs are generally seen in the various species of pines, such as Lambertiana,contorta, Jeffreyi,a\so in Sequoiagigantea, etc., while they are almost absent in the spruces and firs, the sloping elastic limbs of which continue to the tops. SUNLIGHT AND HEAT. Another important agency in shaping the forms of trees is the direct sunlight and heat. As the force of the direct rays of the sun is different in different places, it follows that their effect upon trees and shrubs must vary with the locality, as well as with the phy- siological structure and nature of the plants. Various other agencies, such as the moisture in the air, the force of the wind, the rainfall, dews and fogs, combine with the sunlight and heat, either in decreas- ing or increasing the effects. It is especially in warm and dry regions where the heat and light are all powerful in modifying and directing the development of the form of a tree or shrub. An ex- cess of heat and light is nearly always hurtful and may even be so injurious as to kill the trees, or make them unfit for the region. It is especially the horticulturist that notes these effects of heat and light. In tender plants the effects are more pronounced and prin- cipally of two kinds. The direct rays of the sun injure the stem or trunk on the southwest side, or on the side on which the greatest force of the sun rays are concentrated during or shortly after mid- -day. The tender bark and cambium are scorched, dry up and pre- VOL. III.] Forms of Trees. vent the sap from circulating. In course of time injurious insects, such as borers of various kinds, find their way through crevices, and parasites gradually destroy the trees. Trees which are thus es- pecially tender are, among cultivated trees, apples and pears, and among wild trees, weeping willows, poplars, young oaks, maples, etc. A tree when once injured seldom recovers if left to itself, but dies or at least becomes sickly. In order to counteract this fatal force of excessive light and heat combined, the horticulturist en- courages lower limbs and foliage, prunes his trees low, or otherwise shades the exposed parts. Nature works very much in the same way. Young trees growing in heated regions are covered with lower limbs thickly set with foliage, or develop large weeping tops or crowns with drooping branches, which shelter the tender stems as effectually as if they were covered with an umbrella. That such a shade is absolutely necessary can be clearly demonstrated. There is, for instance, no more tender tree than our common weeping willow, a native of the hot region of Asia Minor. This tree flour- ishes even in our warmest regions under proper conditions of moisture, as long as its natural form is not interfered with. But let anyone prune back its limbs and cause the direct rays of the hot sun to strike its trunk, and the tree will soon become diseased and die. The dying of weeping willows is common all over the warmer parts of this state, and is everywhere to be principally ascribed to the cutting away of limbs and to the entrance of heat and direct light. The excessive heat and light has also a bad effect upon the ground in places where rain or other moisture is scarce. The sun dries out the soil and makes it too dry for the trees and plants. To counter- act this heat, nature causes lower limbs to spread out as close to the ground as possible, or furnishes the tree with large dense and rounded crowns which cover the soil with shade and prevent the moisture in the immediate vicinity of the trunk and roots from dry- ing out. Nature furnishes also other remedies, such as peculiar position of the leaves, tough and hardy bark, gray and light colors of leaves and stems, hairs or cells especially constructed to withstand evaporation or heat. While the snow especially affects evergreens, the heat and light affect evergreens and deciduous trees almost alike. 8 Forms of Trees. " [zoe i In the tropics the intense heat develops another tree form, the um- brella form." In this region the heat is always accompanied by moist- ure, and is thus never excessive or dangerous for trees which naturally seek the light. The moisture and heat combined produce a most vigorous and dense vegetation, the very opposite to what is found in the arid zones. The effort of the tree is therefore concentrated in its endeavor to reach the light and to push out from the dense shade nearer the ground. The most vigorous growing trees in this region send up straight and undivided trunks to a level with the top of the dense undergrowth, branch at this level and form immense umbrella-like crowns above less vigorous trees. This umbrella- form gives to the tropical landscape a distinct and characteristic ap- pearance. A tendency to assume such an umbrella-form can also' be recognized among those trees of the temperate zone, which grow in moist places, such as river bottoms, canons and other sheltered localities—trees in fact, which delight in moisture. But nowhere is the form so pronounced as in the tropics, where it is common with all large species of the denser forests. The uplands of the tropics, where the rainfall is less and where heat and drying winds are more powerful, and where accordingly the vegetation is less dense, the umbrella form is rare, or where it exists is caused by other agencies. The origin of the tropical umbrella form is therefore not exactly identical with that of the umbrella form assumed by most pines in such districts as the Mediterranean or the gulf region of the United States, and to a certain extent also by a few more northern pines. This umbrella form is caused by the falling off of the lower branches, which never possess the strength of the upper limbs. The ura-- brella form, however, greatly favors their struggle against wind and heat. In these drier places in the tropical districts the umbrella form gives place to the globular form, the conditions there being quite similar to what they are in the drier regions further north. Ob- serve, for instance, the form of the ceiba (Bombax Ceiba), which inhabits dryer localities in the Central American tropics. This tree is almost globular in shape, in order that its branches may give necessary shelter to the trunk and to keep away the reflected heat. An effort to change the form of this tree by pruning results fatally, as the branches become sun scalded and a prey to borers which VOL. III.] Forms of Trees. eventually destroy the tree. In crossing Central America I was especially impressed by these different tree forms, characteristic of different regions. Along the lowlands of the Pacific Coast up to 2,000 to 3,000 feet, the characteristic form of the various strong growing trees was the umbrella form. Above 3,000, and from that altitude towards the interior in the dry and warm district the globu- lar form predominates. As we ascend the interior highlands in the vicinity of Coban the climate suddenly changes and becomes very moist. With this change comes also a change in the form of the trees which here assume the regular umbrella form. The same climate continues uninterrupted to the Atlantic Coast, and the district is characterized throughout by the predominating umbrella form. All trees require more protection when young, and this explains why young trees are shaped differently from older trees. Thus the form of a young specimen of the common blue gum (Eticalyphis) is well known. While young the tree is pyramidal and the slop- ing branches are covered by horizontally extended leaves. No form can be more adapted to withstand heavy winds. As the tree grows older, the stem stronger, and the roots penetrate deeper, this original form is not required any more, and the tree assumes a semi umbrella-like crown. If we consider the principal forms of trees in their connectioa with influences of wind, snow, rain, sunshine and heat, we find that the various forms may be grouped principally under the following heads: A. The upright form, with a central undivided trunk and with downward sloping branches. This form is possessed by most conifers inhabiting snow-visited regions. The downward slope of the branches facilitates the shedding of the snow, while the undivided trunk offers less resistance to heavy loads of snow. Forked or branched trunks would split or break. This form may be either necessary to the species, as when the latter is confined to snow-visited districts (example Picea amabilis), or it may be inherited and continue as a characteristic of the species which grows in a warmer climate, but which evidently had been evolved from a species which once inhabited colder regions. Ex- ample: the redwood (Sequoia sempervirens), Lawson cypress ( Cu- pressus Lawsoniana), and many other evergreen trees inhabiting IO Forms of Trees. [zoe the moist, snowless climate of the Pacific Coast north of San Fran- cisco. B. The upright form with erect or horizontal branches. The upright trunk in this form must be considered as inherited from an- cestors where it was a necessity. Later on the sloping branches gradually assumed a horizontal position. Example: most species of cypress, yew, juniper, etc., of a more southern origin. It is interesting to note the form of Cedrus Deodara or Himalaya cedar. This tree, growing in regions of Himalaya where heavy snowfalls are not unfrequent, possesses while young characteristically down- ward sloping branches. Cedrus Libani, Lebanon cedar, which is only a form of C. Deodara, possesses no such sloping branches, but horizontal branches, evidently developed in a climate where the absence of heavy snow has made the downward slope of the branches unnecessary. Most species of juniper possess erect branches, as would be expected in a genus which finds its most con- genial home and greatest development in the warmer regions of the Mediterranean where snow is almost unknown. One species ( Juniperus communis), however, which is common in Northern Europe, is distinguished by a very different form from the southern species, being dwarfed, prostrate, and repeatedly branched. But that this form of the European juniper is not the natural one, can be seen by the fact that whenever this species is transferred to snowless localities it at once assumes the upright form, growing as straight and slender as a southern cypress. Similarly we find this upright form possessed by all specimens of this juniper which grow in close proximity to smelting works, where the heat is strong enough to melt the snow. The different appearance of this juniper in such localities is really most startling. Pines which inhabit snow-visited regions are as a rule very up- right, with downward sloping branches, while the southern pines, both in Europe and North America, as well as in Central America and Mexico, have branches which either spread horizontally or which stand erect. Compare, for instance, P. Lambertiana and P. Cembra, which inhabit snow-visited regions, with such species as Aleppo pine (P. Halapensis), P. maritima, P. i?isignis, and P. Sabiniana. Judging by the forms of most species of pines it would seem as if this genus is more of a southern origin, than for instance the various genera of firs and spruces, which through their very characteristic VOL. HI.] Forms of Trees. ii undivided stems and sloping branches indicate their origin in the snowy regions in the north. C. The globular form. This form is possessed by trees in warm, and dry regions or localities. The object of the form is to protect the tree from sun and heat, and to preserve the moisture in the soil around the root. Example: the live-oak, the wild California wal- nut, the Texas umbrella, and the tropical ceiba, or Bombax tree. The mesquite of the Mojave desert belongs to this form. D. The umbrella form. This form is principally found in moist tropical climates. The object of the form is to give to the tree as much sun and heat as possible, which can again only be had at a certain altitude above the tops of the dwarfer vegetation. Example: various papilionaceous trees, as well as most varieties of trees in the tropical lowlands of both continents. In connection with this, I will call attention to the form of the bases of the trunks and of the surface roots in trees growing in moist places, especially in the tropics. The trunks branch out above the soil and form peculiar horizontally.compressed roots, sometimes five to six feet high, but only a few inches thick. Such surface roots are found in most tropical trees, as well as in many swamp- trees; for instance, the swamp cedar of the Mississippi delta. The object is to steady the tree when floods or excessive rains soften the ground; round roots would then offer much less resistance. I have here merely tried to outline the principal forms of trees and their trunks and branches, and have endeavored to state the causes which have been at work in moulding them. There are, however, many other agencies which assist in forming the shape of trees. Such are the elasticity of the wood, which would make the pyramidal shape of the tree less necessary; hairiness of the leaves, which tends to counteract sun and dryness; a tough and ¦thick bark, which would also render sun and heat less injurious—all these must be taken in consideration when we study the forms of trees. CATALOGUE OF THE LAND AND FRESH-WATER :. MOLLUSCA OF LOWER CALIFORNIA. BY J. G. COOPER. In an article published in the Proceeding's of the California Acad- emy of Sciences, second series, vol. iii, April, 1891, I stated that- only three species of land shells had yet been found to inhabit the region on both sides of the boundary-line near lat. 320 30', while twenty-one were peculiar to the southern half of the .peninsula. I overlooked an incomplete list by Mr. C R. Orcutt in the " West American Scientist," ii, 6i, July, 1886, adding- five northern species, which he had traced southward to (or near) lat. 310. They were identified by Mr. Binney. He and Mr. H. Hemphill, also found three new species on both sides of the line, and added much to the known distribution of others. (See Binney's 3d Supplement to Terr. Mollusks, 1890, pp. 205, 219, 221; also the4th Suppl., 1892,; and the "Nautilus" for 1890-91.) To furnish a basis for future reference, and to point out some facts needing* investigation, I have compiled this catalogue of all the species known from the peninsula and adjacent islands. To simplify the list I omit the sub-generic names, many of which are badly founded, thus using the nomenclature nearly as given by Binney in the "Land and Fresh Water Shells of North America," (Washington, 1869). That is the latest work giving a full account of the shells of the- peninsula, and in the twenty-one years since its issue nineteen land species have been added, eleven or twelve fresh-water, and one marine pulmonate species, doubling the number then known. Probably no other country has had so many errors made in the localities given for its land-shells, and I therefore give every refer- ence accessible, chiefly from Carpenter's "Mollusca of Western North America," 1856 and 1864, explaining the causes of errors as far as possible. The geographical range of each species, as far as known, is given in the proper places. The great variability in external characters observed in all west- coast land and fresh-water mollusca is strongly marked in those of the peninsula, and will doubtless lead to reduction in number of species. I have indicated some of these where most striking, but Lower Californian Shells. 13, at the same time I am in favor of retaining many others as sub- species or varieties. Those who have seen Mr. Hemphill's recent Catalogue of N. Amer. Shells, etc., will understand how the multi- plication of names may be carried to excess, and I therefore men- tion only those that are best defined. Many more local forms must be collected before they can be properly defined. It will be observed on measuring the peninsula as mapped by the U. S. Coast Survey, that on account of its position, oblique to the meridians, it is much longer than would appear by a calcula- tion from latitudes, the difference being 120 statute miles, and total length 820 miles. The distances apart will thus be greater than the degrees of latitude indicate, by nearly fifteen miles in every hundred, in the long axis of the peninsula. I refer to this because I have found it necessary to give the lati- tudes of localities on account of the frequent repetition of names, in places at various distances apart. By referring to Mr. Brande- gee's map, we find that towns, old missions, ranches and water- holes (camping places), may each have the same name though far apart, and that bays, points and islands add to the confusion. Thus they can only be distinguished by giving the latitude as near as possible, those on the coast only being exact. Such errors of local- ities are mentioned as to fourteen out of forty-eight species men- tioned in this article. There are several explanations of the confusion of localities on the peninsula, and most of it comes from the too frequent use of the names of the saints. This would not be so bad, if the surnames distinguishing them had been retained, as first given by mission- aries, but being cumbersome they have been gradually dropped in most cases, though retained where very necessary, as with San Jose del Cabo. In other cases the same names are repeated in the three separate states of the peninsula, as they are in many of the United States, but sometimes three in one state as with the San Juans. Many Indian and other names are also repeated, probably from the ignorance of those naming them. The name of nearly every saint in the calendar is repeated two or three times in those 82o miles- Carpenter states that Xantus sent shells to Washington from So- corro Island, and other localities, mixed with those of Cape St. Lucas. On account of the marked differences in the groups of species Lower Californian Shells. [zoe inhabiting the mountains, the salt water, and the desert region near the Colorado River, I have divided the list into three parts. The last has not before been included in lists of species belonging to Lower California. Though the desert species do not extend into the peninsula itself below lat. 310 30', they have been known for thirty-six years to be found along the Colorado River and its back- water overflow, called " New River," which discharges fifteen miles south of the boundary. Until recently most of them were supposed to be extinct species. In this catalogue I have used the alphabetical order for conven- ience of reference, and quoted authorities chronologically in refer- ences to localities, etc. Those given in quotation marks have not been confirmed or corrected. Most authors before 1850 confused Upper with Lower California. Collectors' names are given in italics to indicate that they were at the places mentioned, while those quoting them are usually marked by names in brackets. The species thus far collected on the peninsula and islands near by have been all of considerable size, and no attempt seems to have been made to find the very small species, except in the part north of lat. 310, from whence five are known (Nos. 26, 30, 31, 32, 33). Though the more arid regions may not produce them, the moist seashores, damp canons, and mountain summits, will no doubt still furnish novelties to a careful searcher, many of good size, as shown by Gabb's success in the mountains near the east coast. A. Species of the Mountain Regions. 1. Binneya notabilis J. G. Cooper, 1863. Santa Barbara Is- land, Cal., lat. 330 30' (types). West coast of Mexico (" Xantho- nyx " Crosse & Fischer). Guadalupe Island, over 100 miles south- west of San Quintin Bay, near lat. 290, Palmer, Bryant, San Quin- tin, Lower Cal., lat. 300 24', Orcutt. 2. Bulimulus Artemisia W. G. Binney, 1861. " Promontory of Cape St. Lucas, lat. 220 52', one specimen, Xantus. B. californicus Reeve, 1848, is not confirmed as from the penin- sula, but is believed by late authors to be from the main land. 3. B. excelsus Gould, 1853. "California," Maj. Rich, La Paz, lat. 24° io', later, in Carpenter's work; also found there by L. Belding. VOL. III.] Lower Califorman Shells. 4. B. gabbi Crosse & Fischer, 1872. Locality unknown, and only one specimen known, which has characters between those of B. pallidior and B. proieus. These two allied forms are not re- ported from any one locality except Cape St. Lucas, therefore a hybrid theory cannot now be proved. It may prove a variety, if B. vegetus Gould, which is also intermediate, is not a good species. 5. B. inscendens W. G. B., 1891. " Cape St. Lucas and 450 miles up west coast'' (Cedros Is. lat. 280 02' not confirmed), Xan- tus. Var. bryanti J. G. C, 1891. San Jose del Cabo, lat. 230 24', to La Paz, lat. 24° 12'. The east coast form, more developed. 6. B. pallidior Sowerby, 1833. "Chili," Cuming (Pfeiffer). "West coast of peninsula for 350 miles north (to Ballenas Bay, lat. 260 45', not confirmed), Xanius. La Paz, Maj. Rich. San Juan, east coast, lat. 260 20', Lt. Greene, type of B. vegehis Gould, 1853. Near San Jos6 del Cabo to La Paz, Bryant. " San Diego " (Car- penter), not confirmed. Perhaps imported from Chili into gardens with roots, and has since died out northward. No other collectors seem to have found any Bulimuli on west coast north of lat. 25 °. Mr. Binney mentions several species carried about with roots of banana, etc., from one country to another, and this may account for the introduction of this and B. proteus on to the peninsula. 7. B. pilula W. G. B., 1861. Todos Santos, lat. 230 25', to Margarita Island, lat. 240 20', Xantus. San Jose del Cabo, Bryant. 8. B. proteus Broderip, 1832. "Peru and Chili," Cuming?, (Pfeiffer). "Cape St. Lucas," Xantus. Northern Peru, Orto?i, (Binney). Perhaps another importation as with B. pallidior. The question of their importation as food is yet undecided. 9. B. spirifer Gabb., 1867. Near La Paz, lat. 240 10', to San Borgia near lat. 280 40', among rocks, in the mountains near east coast, Gabb. San Borgia is a little west of the middle line in cross- ing the peninsula, and thus, the most northern and western locality for Bulimuli as yet well authenticated. It is about 450 miles from the cape, and may possibly have furnished Xantus with northern specimens, which could be mistaken for B. pallidior. With such an extensive range near the east coast it is strange that nobody had found it before. Gabb's figure is more like B. pallidior than Bin- ney's. i6 Lower Californian Shells. [zoe 10. B. sufflatus Gould, 1853. La Paz, lat. 24° io', Maj. Rich, Gabb. San Jose del Cabo, Bryant. The large, east coast form of B. pilula.{!) Not found by Xantus, nor on west coast. Bry- ant also found a few pale brown ones, besides the usual white; both colors in living shells. 11. B. xantusi W. G. B., 1861. " Promontory of Cape St. Lucas," four specimens, Xanlus. The three species reported from the Cape, but not since detected, and two others which Xantus stated to extend so far up the west coast, but not confirmed, were perhaps considered by him as varieties of one or more of the other species. The possibility that he obtained some from Socorro Is- land, or from the Mexican coast, where he also collected, is to be considered. 12. Cylindrella irregulare Gabb, 1867. Central range of mountains near east coast, around Muleje, lat. 260 50', Gabb. 13. C. taylori Pfeiffer, 1861. (C. newcombiana) Gabb, 1867. Same locality as the last, Gabb. Original locality of Pfeiffer's type unknown. 14. Helix areolata " Sowerby MS." (Pfeiffer, 1845). California Hinds, " near Columbia River" (Pfeiffer). This confu- sion can only be explained by mixing of labels, as Pfeiffer seems to have received these shells from the British Museum for descrip- tion, with the MS. names. "Margarita Bay, lat. 240 20'. The only land shell received from the bay," (Pease). Cedros Island, lat. 240 02', Veatch, a very large form described as H. veatchii, New- comb. These, with H. levis and pandora, form a closely allied group. In 1867 Mr. W. M. Gabb made a geological exploration of the peninsula for a land company, under J. Ross Browne, traveling the whole length and crossing it ten times. In his report to Mr. Browne, dated San Francisco, 1869 (published in J. R. Browne's Report on Mining Regions), he mentions finding immense numbers of this species, sometimes whitening the ground with bleached shells, and extending from Salada, lat. 240 15', to San Tomas, lat. 310 35', on west coast. He mentions none of the allied forms, and thus appears to consider them varieties. (See notes on them). Dr. Veatch in same report states that the var. veaichii was the only land shell he found on Cedros Island, and on the peninsula east of it. VOL. III.] Lower California Shells. Unfortunately Gabb nowhere records any notes on other species, except eight, as quoted in this paper. . 15. H. DURANTI Newcomb, 1864 (var. ctelata Mazyck). Santa Barbara Island, J. G- C. (types). Northern race from Healdsburg, 380 38', Calif., to Sta. Barbara, Hemphill. The var. thence south to San Tomas, lat. 31 ° 35', Vales, Hemphill. 16. H. kellettii, Forbes, 1850. "California," (Santa Bar- bara),? Kellelt. "San Juan del Fuaco," (Forbes). This San Juan having been proved to be neither the Straits of De Fuca, nor San Juan Capistrano, southern California, lat. 330 30' (northern limit of this shell), is usually considered as the port on the east coast, lat. 26° 20', visited by Lt. Greene, who did not find this shell there (neither did Gabb). Forbes states that this and H. pandorce were obtained on the west coast, probably between " San Diego and Magdalena Bay," lat. 24° 32'. (Carpenter, Rept. on Moll, of West Amer., 1856, p. 239.) Yet it has been generally confounded with the Straits of Juan de Fuca (an explorer, who made no claim to be a saint). Kellett & Wood also surveyed in those straits, and there are botli a bay and an island named San Juan there. But none is given on late maps along the west coast of the peninsula, though two '¦ San Juans'J are put down as on the gulf shore, one distinguished as a bay, about lat. 260 20', the other at a point of land in lat. 280 25', and a third one, a camp station, near lat. 280, twenty miles inland, all visited by W. M. Gabb. There is also a San Juanico on west coast, lat. 260 12', where Gabb collected marine shells (only ?) as given in a catalogue printed in the Proa Cal. Acad, Sci., series i, vol. v, 1875. Even this was confounded by Stearns with San Juan Bay, and it is left uncertain at which place the marine shells were collected, though Gabb in the report before mentioned, states that he collected some at San Juanico, one of the places at which he crossed the peninsula. The well-known Spanish custom of distinguishing the patron saint of a locality by a surname taken from some local incident, leads to the inference that the one above named was so entitled from either the word fuco (seaweed) orfuego (fire), in either case mis-spelled by Forbes. Then the fact that the two land shells are only known to exist together between lats. 290 30' and 300, the most arid and rocky region on the west coast, suggests that a landing was made i8 Lower Californian Shells. [zoe in that region near some ranch which has since been abandoned (like many others), or was never mapped down. The type figured by Forbes was smaller and higher-colored than any variety of the species now known from its more northern range, of which ten or more have been named by Hemphill and others. Its lost station may be one of the small islands. The blunders of authors that were made before 1873 as to this locality are amusing, and it was not until then that explorations had proved that the two species named must have come from the peninsula, together with the two allied forms, while positive locations are only now ascertained. "Central America" given by Reeve is about as bad an error as Straits of Juan de Fuca. (N. B.—J. R. Browne states that this is a real family name, but the San Juan has it del meaning " of the.") 17. H. levis Pfeiffer, 1845. " California," Hinds. El Rosario, lat. 290 50", Orcutt. "Columbia River" is another blunder of Pfeiffer's (see H. areolata). Varieties indicate that this form may intergrade with that and H. pandorce. It seems limited in range be- tween the two forms named. 18. H. newberryana W. G. B., 1858. San Pedro, Cal., lat. 330 40', Yates (fossil only?). San Diego, Newbewy, lat. 32° 40'. South to Ensenada, lat. 310 51', Ornitt. 19. H. pandora Forbes, 1850. "Santa Barbara as per box label" (Carpenter). "San Juan del Fuaco, Kellett and Wood" (Forbes). "Margarita Island, lat. 240 20' " (Newcomb, Binney). San Ouintin, lat. 300 24', Orcutt, the only positive location yet ob- tained, but is reported from further north. Forbes' locality is explained under H. Kellettii, but it is not identified for either species lately. The next is probably correct, but conflicts with Pease's statement about H. a?'colata. It seems probable that he, as well as Gabb, considered this form, like the small form of areolata, merely one of the varieties of that species. H. damascenus Gould, 1856, from " Desert east of California, Dr. F?-ick" (Newcomb), but not confirmed from north of the boundary, was probably from near San Tomas, and is considered a variety of pandora. As to varia- tions in this group compare the figures already published. W. G. Binney gives copies of the original types in Terr. Moll, of the U. S., vol. iv; in Land and Fresh Water Shells he figures quite differ- ent varieties of all these species, and Tryon in the Monograph, VOL: III.] Lower Californian Shells. Amer. Jour, of Conchology. vol. ii, gives two others, all these in- tergrading. 20. H. rowellii Nevvcomb, 1865. " Arizona" Dr. Frick. This has lately been confirmed by specimens obtained near Phoenix (Pilsbry). A variety from near Mulej6, lat. 26° 52', was described as a new species, " H. lohrii" Gabb. An intermediate locality has been recently discovered by Dr. S. Bovvers in San Gorgonio Pass, near lat. 330 40', at the east base of the San Jacinto Mountains, eight miles south of Indio Station, and about the level of the former lake (or sea), among granitic rocks. There is a limestone bed a little higher up near which they may be found living. Like all found, so far, except Gabb's var. Lohrii, they were dead shells, but retained the band, which was faded out in Newcomb's type, as described by him. For this reason, doubtless, their identity was not recognized by Gabb at first, and Dr. Yates also added a synonym or variety in describing Dr. Bow- ers' shell, as " H. carpenteri var. Indioensis'' in Nautilus, vol. iv, p. 63, 1890. It is also reported with some doubt from " Guader lupe Island, Dr. Palmer" (Binney), who got only young shells, while Bryant found only H. carpenteri, but'in perfect condition. 21.¦>¦ H.. (rufocincta ?) factarNewcomb, 1864. Santa Barbara Island, lat. 330 30', and San Nicolas Island J. G. C. (types), the large forms from Catalina Island, lat. 330 20' " Guadelupe Islandi lat. 290 " Palmer, Dunn. Some of these are subangled and um- bilicate. Through H. gabbi Newc.'and some fossil forms, all are closely connected. -¦••."; 22. H. stearnsiana Gabb, 1867. - El Rosario, lat. 290 55', to San Tomas, lat. 310 35', Gabb, oh west slope only. Coronado Is- land, lat. 320 25', Hemp hill. Near San Diego, Orcidt. A connect- ing link between the typical H. kellellii and those northward, con- sidered varieties of that species. Mr. Gabb's most southern local* ity seems to fix the southward range definitely. ¦'.¦..¦> 23. H. traskii Newcomb, 1861, and var. carpenteri Newc!, 1861. Los Angeles, lat. 34°, (type) Trask, fo Point Conception, lat. 340 25', Yates, and San Diego, lat. 320 40',/ G. C. The variety from Tulare Valley, lat. 360; (type), to Goronados Island, Dunn, lat. 320 25', arid Guadelupe Island, Bryant lat.-1 29**. The " H. remondiV* Gabb (not5 Trybri, 1863), scarcely differs 2O Lower Californian Shells. [zoe from H. carpenteri, and extends from Trinidad, lat. 280 45', on west coast, to Muleje\ lat. 260 52, on east, also "Guaymas, So- nora, Mex.," Gabb. The Mexican form is, however, different, and is Tryon's type, while the peninsula shells are probably all carpen- teri. 24. H. tudiculata Binney, 1843. Not far south of the bound- ary line, Orcutt. North to lat. 370, in Sierra Nevada. " Petaluma, California," Stzmpson, (Gould) is an error in identification. 25. H. (vancouverensis Lea, 1839), var. sportella Gould, 1846. Near the boundary line, Orcutt. Those found near San Diego seem to me as near the typical Oregon shell of Lea. H. vellicata Forbes " Panama," seems externally very similar, and is united with it by Binney. Not being confirmed from Panama, it forms another proof of the errors in localities due to Kellett and Wood. Mr. Hemphill has lately described the smaller form found south to Ensenada as var. iransfuga. 26. Limax hemphilli W. G. B., 1890. San Diego Mountains to San Tomas, lat. 31 ° 35', Hemphill (and to lat. 310? Orcutt). This is the species mentioned by me in the Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2dser., I, p. 13, 1887, at bottom, as perhaps L. agresiis Linn. In the "4th Supplement to 5th vol. Terr. Moll.," January, 1892, Mr. Binney now states that this species is found from British Columbia to Lower California, having been confounded, in some cases, with L. campestris. An extreme southern form has also been named var. pictus by Cockerell. Anademis cockerilli Hemphill, another slug allied to the northern Ariolimax, discovered on the San Diego Mountains just north of the boundary, may extend southward. 27. Limnophysa humilis Say, 1822. Ensenada, lat. 31° 51', Orcuti. Also found in nearly all the United States (and Europe?), 28. Physa gabbi Tryon, 1863. Found near middle of west coast of peninsula, Bryant, thence north throughout southern half of California. By many called a var. of P. heterostropha Say, 1817. 29. P. diaphana Tryon, 1865. In brook at San Jose del Cabo, Bryant. Has same range northward. P. elata Gould, described as from " Lower California, Maj. Rich," was doubtless from Mazatlan only, as given in Carpenter's*Catal. The same applies to P. aurantia Carpenter. VOL. III.] Lower Calif or nian Shells. "P. heterostropha Say," 1817, is said by Stearns to be from " Hot Springs, Lower California, Orcutt." 30. Pupa calamitosa Pilsbry, 1889. San Tomas, lat. 31° 35', Hemphill. (To lat. 310? and San Diego, Orcutt. Two species are mentioned by Orcutt without specific names, probably this and P. hemphilli.) 31. P. chordata Pfeiffer, 1856. Sinaloa, Mex., near lat. 260? (type). San Quintin Bay, lat. 300 24', "on salt marsh," Orcutt. In habits is a link towards Melampus and Pedipes. From ability to bear salt, it can inhabit the driest zone. "P. orcutti Pilsbry," named by Orcutt, in the West Amer. Sci- entist, October, 1891. p. 270. is probably a synonym of P. chordata, t as I find no other notice of such a species. 32. P. hemphilli Sterki, 1890. San Diego to San Tomas, Hemphill. 33. P. ovata Say, 1822. Across the continent in nearly every State. San Diego south to lat. 310, Orcutt. 34. Rhodea californica Pfeiffer, 1846. "Monterey, Cali- fornia," (Pfeiffer), certainly an error. Bogota, New Grenada, T. Bland. Subsp. ramentosa J. G. Cooper, 1891. Mountains north of San Jos6 del Cabo, one dead shell in a cave, Bryant. It may prove to . be now extinct. 35. Succinea oregonensis Lea, 1841. Oregon, (types) and. south to lat. 310, Orcult. Also Vancouver Island, G. W. Taylor. 36. Veronicella olivacea Stearns, 1871. Nicaragua, west slope, McNeil (types). Lower California, Hemphill. " Lobitos Creek, California, lat. 360 52'," Stearns. This locality has been re- cently searched for them in vain by Raymond (1891). This fresh-water slug leads to the salt-water pulmonate Onchidellas, etc., which I merely catalogue, as nothing new is to be said of them, referring to Binney's work for further information, they being be- yond the scope of this article. I add also three non-pulmonates that belong to a genus sometimes inhabiting fresh or brackish water in estuaries. "Zonites diegoensis" Hemphill, 1892, a minute Helicoid, from Cuyamaca Mountains, at 4,500 feet altitude, east of San Diego may also be looked for southward. Lower Californian Shells. B. Marine Species, i. Pulmonate. [zoe Melampus olivaceus Carpenter, 1857. Mazatlan, Mexico, to Monterey Bay, California, lat. 230 to 360 30', salt marshes. . Onchidella carpenteri W. G. B., i860. Cape St. Lucas, Xa?itus. Doubtfully reported from lat. 480 north. Pedipes liratus W. G. B., 1861. Cape St. Lucas, Xantus, to San Diego, J. G. C. 1 P. UNISULCATUS J. G. Cooper, 1867. San Pedro, California (types). Head of Gulf of California, Palmer. ' Siphonaria jEQUILIrata Carpenter, 1867. Margarita Island, lat. 240 20', to South America (Carpenter). S. lecanium Philippi, 1846. Cape St. Lucas to Acapulco, Mex- ico (Carpenter). . 2. ESTUARINE. NON-PULMONATE, OPERCULATE. Neritina californica Reeve, 1845. Gulf of California. N;: cassiculum Sowerby, 1832, is supposed by Carpenter to have been obtained at "San Miguel, lat. 29°, Lower California," by Lieut. Greene, U. S. N., also Mazatlan, Mexico. "37. Neritina picta Sowerby, 1832. Panama, Cuming. North to Guaymas, lat. 280, on gulf coast, and Magdalena Bay, lat. 23° 30', on west coast of peninsula, in brooks near the sea. This scarcely deserves to rank as a fresh-water shell, as it always occurs near tide-water and must travel through the sea along the coast. The habits of the other two species have not been recorded, but some are known to be entirely marine, others also found in fresh water. Mr. Binney also includes among '' Land and Fresh-water " shells the TruncateHas, which are allied to some land genera, but wholly marine, so I omit them here. C. Colorado Desert Mollusca. . Very little is known of the Land and Fresh-water species east of the peninsula mountains and north of lat. 310, but the region is known to share in the arid and barren characters of the desert north of the boundary with scarcely any fresh water, a minimum of rain, and consequently a barren soil. Prof. Blake, Mr. Orcutt and VOL. III.] Lower Californian Shells. others have, however, traced the same species so common as fossils in the desert, along New River, and they no doubt exist, sub-fossil if not all living, to the mouth of the Colorado River, or to tide- water, near lat. 320. 38. Amnicola longinqua Gould, 1855. Living at Lake Point, Utah, Hemphill. Quaternary, Nevada to Colorado Desert. 39. Anodonta (nuttaliana) californiensis Lea, 1852. Living, British Columbia to Arizona, Colorado River, J. L. Le- conte, etc. 40. Gnathodon mendicus Gould, 1851. Living, Colorado estuary, Dr. J. L. Leconte, to Mazatlan, Mexico, in brackish water, Reigen. 41. Helisoma ammon Gould, 1855. Klamath Lake, Oregon/ to Colorado Desert, (and river, J. G. Cooper). 42. Physa humerosa Gould, 1855. Pyramid Lake, Nevada, to Colorado River, and Texas, Blake, Webb, etc. 43. Planorbis gracilentus Gould, 1855. Colorado Desert, Dr. T. H. Webb. P. leibmanni Dunker, 1844,? from Vera Cruz, Mexico, is supposed by Binney to be the same species, and identified from Texas also. No confirmation of the desert locality recently. 44. Tryonia clathrata Stimpson, 1865. Colorado Desert, fossil only ? W. P. Blake. Lately reported as living in Utah, (Stearns.) 45. T. exigua Conrad, 1855. Living, southern Utah (to Dos Palmas Springs, lat. 330 30', Colorado Desert, Orcutf). All the above except 40 and 43, are found in vast nnmbers around the shores of the dry lake constituting the desert, as fossils, Quater- nary, or later. These are chiefly of more northern species than most of the peninsula shells, Nos. 40? and 43 only, being now limited to the south of the boundary, and are all aquatic. Only 41, 42, 43 are pulmonate, the others being of orders not represented on the peninsula. The portion of the desert south of the boundary is a triangular tract about 70 miles along the boundary,_and 130 along the 115th meridian (which are nearly at right angles), the third side at foot of the mountains being about 150 miles long, and ending near lat. 310, thus embracing about 4,550 square miles. A large part of this 24 Lower Californian Shells. [zoe is a barren saline plain. The mountains west of it are less barren, and must contain some of the species reported from the region westward, near the ocean. No. 20 probably exists there also, as it extends into California, Arizona, and oh the peninsula. (See notes on it.) In reviewing this catalogue we find the terrestrial species to be thirty-two, of which fourteen are found on both sides of the bound- ary line. The fresh-water species are but eleven for twelve count- ing No. 37), and all but this and perhaps 36 cross the boundary. Thus there remain, not found northward, eighteen land species*, and one or two fresh-water. Those also found on the east side of the gulf, or further south, are four or five land and four fresh-water. The total riumber given, including marine, is fifty-three, of which fourteen are considered peculiar to the peninsula, and two are reported as Chilian also (in- cluded in those more southern). Of the peculiar forms eight are Bulimoid, and four Helicoid. The derivation of these, peculiar to the peninsula, will in future be an interesting subject for investiga- tion. In referring to Lower California as "the Peninsula" it is most correct to include in it only the regions south of the mouth of the Colorado River, about lat. 310 30', which excludes the Desert spe- cies and also Nos. 15, 18, 24, 25, 26, 27, as their range is now known. The local distribution of the species depends on latitude, altitude and exposure to the gulf on the east, or the. ocean on the west. The gulf having heated water and tropical marine mollusca, besides having its shore protected from the ocean winds by high mountains, shows the greatest number of tropical species on land, the same species sometimes extending four or five degrees of latitude farther north than on the west coast. It is doubtful if any but Helicoid species are found on the west coast north of lat, 250, while those of the east coast are mostly Bulimoid. Nos. 20 and 23 are the most southern of the former on east side, at lat. 260 52', about 280 miles north of Cape St. Lucas. Very much yet remains to be learned regarding distribution of the species. The most remarkable instance of peculiar distribution is that of the three or four species inhabiting Guadelupe Island, on which we might expect a much larger number to occur, judging from most VOL. III.] Botany of Mariposa. other islands, especially those nearer the coast northward, except Cedros Island, which furnishes but one, while Coronados Islands have two, and the Santa Barbara group two to seven each, of which nearly all are absent from the main land. Guadelupe, 100 miles off shore, and volcanic, has been stocked by chance importations from the latter group (No. 21), the peninsula (1, 23, 20?), and the last three are the only species said to be common to the peninsula and the main land of Mexico. The relation of these facts to the dis- tribution of the species, may be perhaps explained by the small shells most easily adhering to birds roosting on the ground. MARIPOSA COUNTY AS A BOTANICAL DISTRICT. II. BY J. W. CONGDON. In mentioning in the former article the shrubs forming the bulk of the chaparral of the wooded foothills, the Christmas Berry (Hetero- meles arbzitifolia) was accidentally omitted. Its abundant and beautiful bunches of red berries are very noticeable, in the winter, on nearly all our hillsides. In discussing the herbaceous vegetation of this zone, it has seemed to me, that instead of giving a mere enumeration of peculiar or in- teresting plants, there would be some real scientific value in a somewhat detailed comparison of its flora with the flora of the cor- responding portion of the Coast region. I include under the latter designation the territory between the Coast line and the western edge of the San Joaquin plain, with the Bay of Monterey for its southern and Mendocino County for its northern boundary. Perhaps the most interesting and significant result of such a com- parison is the great number of common species found in these tracts separated from each other by the wide expanse of the San Joaquin plain, here of an average width of at least forty-five miles. This intervening plain has a vegetation of its own, consisting of the most common Californian types, mingled with a few peculiar forms limited to that region, and it therefore constitutes with its western boundary of the interior Coast Range a real interruption of the continuous distribution of the great majority of these common species. 26 Botany of Marifiosa. [zoe In the annexed list of species common to these two districts, introduced plants are indicated by putting the specific name in italics. P, denotes that the plant is also found on the San Joaquin plain; C, denotes that it extends up into the Coniferous zone; and S, that it reaches the Subalpine region.* Clematis ligusticifolia Nutt. C. lasiantha Nutt. Thalictrum polycarpum Wats. C. Ranunculus aquatilis L. P. Californicus Benth. C. hebecarpus H. & A. P. Aquilegia truncata F. & M. C. Delphinium hesperium Gray. C. variegatum T. & G. P. Berberis repens Lindl. C. Platystemon Californicus Benth. P. Platystigma Californicum Benth. & Hook. Meconopsis heterophylla Benth. P. Eschscholtzia Californica Cham. P. Dendromecon rigidum Benth. C. Dicentra chrysantha, H. & A. Cardamine oligosperma Nutt. Arabis perfoliata Lam. Erysimum asperum DC. C. S. Sisymbrium officinale Scop. P. canescens Nutt. C. Barbarea vulgaris R. Br. (Clearly native.) Tropidocarpum gracile Hook. P. Capsella Bursa-pastoris Moench. C. P. Lepidium nitidum Nutt. C. P. Thysanocarpus curvipes Hook. P. laciniatus Nutt. pusillus Hook. Helianthemum scoparium Nutt. Chemisal. Silene Gallica L. P. *Nearly all the localities and habitats given in these articles are derived from the personal observations and knowledge of the writer. When the fact is other- wise, the authority relied upon will be given. VOL. HI.] Botany of Mariposa. 27 Silene Californica Durand. C. Stellaria media L. P. C. nitens Nutt. P. Arenaria Douglasii T. & G. Californica Brewer. Calandrinia Menziesii Hook. P. C. Claytonia perfoliata Don. P. C. exigua T. & G. Montia fontana L. Hypericum concinnum Benth. (Abundant with chemisal.) anagalloides C. & S. C. S. Malva borealis Wallman. P. C. Sidalcea malvaeflora Gray. C. humilis Gray. P. Geranium Carolinianum L. C. Erodium cicutarium L'Her. P. C. moschalum L'Her. P. Botrys Bertolini. (Becoming very abundant.) Limnanthes alba Hartweg. P. Oxalis corniculata L. P. Rhamnus crocea Nutt. Californica Esch. var. tomentella Wats. Ceanothus sorediatus H. & A. Chemisal. divaricatus Nutt. C. cuneatus Nutt. C. Vitis Californica Benth. P. vEsculus Californica Nutt. C. Acer macrophyllum Pursh. C. Rhus diversiloba T. & G. C. aromatica Ait. var. trilobata Gray. Lupinus Chamissonis Esch. C. rivularis Dougl. C. albicaulis Dougl. C. S. nanus Dougl. P. C. micranthus Dougl. P. C. var. bicoldr Wats. C. leptophyllus Benth. 28 Botany of Jkfart'fiosa. [zok Lupinus densiflorus Benth. P. C. Trifolium Macrsei H. & A. P. gracilentum T. & G. ciliatum Nutt. C. involucratum, Willd. P. C. tridentatum Lindl. P. C. pauciflorum Nutt. C. S. microcephalum Pursh. depauperatum Desv. Melilotus parviflora Desf. P. Medicago sativa L. P. deniiculata Willd. P. C. Hosackia gracilis Benth. strigosa Nutt. P. parviflora Benth. Purshiana Benth. P. C. subpinnata T. & G. P. brachycarpa Benth. P. glabra Torr. Psoralea orbicularis Lindl. C. macrostachya DC. C. Vicia Americana Muhl. and vars. C. Prunus subcordata Benth. C. S. demissa Walp. C. S. Nuttallia cerasiformis T. & G. Rubus ursinus C. & S. C. Potentilla glandulosa Lindl. C. Horkelia Californica C. & S. Adenostoma fasciculatum H. & A. Alchemilla arvensis Scop. P. Rosa Californica C. & S. C. Heteromeles arbutifolia Brewer. Saxifraga integrifolia Hook. C. S. Tellima heterophylla H. & A. (Mostly form with entire petals.) affinis Boland. Heuchera micrantha Dougl. C. Ribes Menziesii Pursh. C. Cotyledon farinosa Benth. & Hook. C. • Lythrum alatum Pursh. var. linearifolium Gray. C. VOL. III.] Botany of Mariposa. 29 Zauschneria Californica Presl. C. S. j Epilobiun coloratum Muhl. var. occidentale Wats. paniculatum Nutt. C. GEnothera biennis L. var. grandiflora Lindl. graciliflora H. & A. P. dentata Cav. C. Godetia lepida Lindl. and vars. C. S. viminea Spach. Clarkia elegans Dougl. Boisduvalia densiflora Wats. P. C. Mentzelia laevicaulis T. & C. Megarrhiza Californica Torr. P. ? Mollugo verticillata L. P. Bowlesia lobata Ruiz & Pav. Eryngium petiolatum Hook. var. armatum Wats. Sanicula Menziesii H. & A. bipinnatifida Dougl. P. Carum Gairdneri Benth. & Hook. C. S. CEnanthe Calitbrnica Wats. C. Peucedanum utriculatum Nutt. P. macrocarpum Nutt. dasycarpum T. & G. Daucus pusillus Michx. P. Aralia Californica Wats. C. Sambucus glauca Nutt. C. Symphoricarpus racemosus Michx. C. Lonicera hispidula Dougl. Cephalanthus occidentalis L. P. Galium Aparine L. Valerianella (Plectritis) congesta Lindl. C. Californica Gray. Brickellia Californica Gray. Gutierrezia Euthamiae T. & G. Grindelia robusta Nutt. var. rigida Wats. P. Lessingia Germanorum Cham. leptoclada Gray. C. Solidago occidentalis Nutt. P. Californica Nutt. C. Aster Chamissonis Gray. C. C. S. Ti' o Botany of Mariposa. Erigeron foliosus Nutt. var. stenophyllus Gray. Philadelphicus L. C. S. Canadensis L. P. C. Bigelovia arborescens Gray. (Chemisal.) Micropus Californicus F. & M. P. Psilocarphus tenellus Nutt. P. C. Stylocline gnaphalioides Nutt. Filago Californica Nutt. Anaphalis margaritacea B. & H. Gnaphalium decurrens Ives. C. Sprengelii H. &A. microcephalum Nutt. C. palustre Nutt. P. C. Xanthium strumarium L. P. spinosum L. P. C. Wyethia helenioides Nutt. Helianthella Californica Gray. C. Helianthus annuus L. P. petiolaris Nutt. P. C. Californicus DC. C. Leptosyne Stillmani Gray. Madia elegans Don. P. C. sativa Molina var. typica. C. var. racemosa. C. var. dissitiflora. C. filipes Gray. P. C. Hemizonia Fitchii Gray. pungens T. & G. (Waif.) P. ' multiglandulosa Gray. P. C. var. villosa. C. Lagophylla ramosissima Nutt. Layia gaillardioides H. & A. C. Achyrachcena mollis Schauer. Baeria gracilis Gray. P. uliginosa Gray. P. Eriophyllum confertiflorum Gray. C. caespitosum Dougl. C. S., Alpine. Rigiopappusleptocladus Gray. P. Achillea millefolium L. C. S. [zoe VOL. III.] Botany of Marij>osa. 31 Anthemis Cotula. C. P. Matricaria discoidea DC, P. Artemisia Ludoviciana Nutt. C. S. dracunculoides Pursh. C. Senecio vulgaris L. P. DouglasiiDC. P. C. aronicoides DC. C. S. Cnicus Californicus Gray ? C. S. Centaurea solstitialis L. P. Melitensis L. P. Microseris aphantocarpha Gray. P. Bigelovii Gray. P. linearifolia Gray. C. Stephanomeria paniculata Nutt. Rafinesquia Californica Nutt. Hypochaeris glabra L. Troximon grandiflorum Gray. C. heterophyllum Greene. P. Hieracium albiflorum Hook. Sonchus asper Vill. P. Arctostaphylos tomentosa Dougl. C pungens HBK. C. S. Dodecatheon Meadia L. C. S. Alp. Fraxinus Oregana Nutt. dipetala H. & A. Apocynum cannabinum L. Asclepias Mexicana Cav. (fascicularis Decaisn). vestita H. & A. P. Collomia gracilis Dougl. P. C. Gilia pusilla Benth. var. Californica Gray. P. C. dichotoma Benth. micrantha Steud. androsacea Steud. tenella Benth. P. cotulaefolia Steud. C. intertexta Steud. C. achillecefolia Benth. P. C. tricolor Benth. P. inconspicua Dougl. C. P. C. Botany of Marijposa. [ZOE Nemophila aurita Lindl. maculata Benth. P. insignis Dougl. P. C. Menziesii H. & A. P. parviflora Dougl. P. C. S. Phacelia circinata Jacq. f. C. S. tanacetifolia Benth. P. Emmenanthe penduliflora Benth. Eriodictyon glutinosum Benth. Heliotropium Curassavicum L. P. Amsinckia spectabilis F. & M. P. C. Y. intermedia F. & M. P. Krynitzkia Californica Gray. P. C. oxycarya Gray. P. C. Plagiobothrys rufescens F. & M. P. canescens Benth. P. C. Pectocarya linearis DC. P. Convolvulus luteolus Gray. occidentalis Gray. Cuscuta Californica Choisy. P. C. subinclusa Dur. & Hilg. C. Solanum nigrum L. P. umbelliferum Esch. Nicotiana Bigelovii Wats. P. glauca Graham. Scrophularia Californica Cham. C. Collinsia bicolor Benth. parviflora Dougl. P. C. Penstemon breviflorus Lindl. Mimulus Douglasii Gray. P. glutinosus Wendl. cardinalis Dougl. C. luteus L. P. C. pilosus Watson. C. P. Veronica peregrina L. P. Castilleia foliolosa H. & A. (Chemisal.) parviflora Bong. C. Orthocarpus attenuatus Gray. P. purpurascens Benth. P. VOL. Ill-] Botany of Mariposa. 33 Orthocarpus erianthus Benth. P. Cordylanthus filifolius Nutt. C. pilosus Gray. C. Pedicularis densiflora Benth. Aphyllon fasciculatum Gray. C. Californicum Gray. Monardella villosa Benth. Pogogyne Douglasii Benth. P. C. serpylloides Gray. P. Sphacele calycina Benth. Salvia Columbarise Benth. Scutellaria angustifolia Benth. tuberosa Benth. Marrubium vulgare L. P. C. Stachys albens Gray. C. Trichostema lanceolatum Benth. P. Plantago major L. P. C. lanceolata L. C. Patagonica Jacq. P. C. Rumex salicifolius Weinm P. crispus L. P. C. conglomerates Murr. C. * AceiosellaU P. C. Polygonum ereciwn L. P. C. aviculare L. P. C. nodosum Pers. Persicaria L. P. C. Convolvuhcs L. C. Eriogonum nudum Dougl. C. S. virgatum Benth. P. C. vimineum Dougl. P. C. S. Lastarrisea Chilensis Remy. P. Pterostegia drymarioides F. & M. Amarantus retroflexus L. P. C. paniculahis L. C. atiusL. P. C. blitoides Wats. Chenopodium albitm L. P. C. murale L. P. C. P. C. I 34 Botany of Mari^posa. ZOK Chenopodium leptophyllum Nutt. P. Botrys L. P. C. ambrosioides L. P. C. Umbellularia Californica Nutt. C. Urtica holosericea Nutt. P. C. urens L. P. Eremocarpus setigerus Benth. P. C. Euphorbia serpyllifolia Pers. P. leptocera Engelm. C. Callitriche verna L. P. C. Alnus rhombifolia Nutt. C. Salix nigra Marsh. P. C. longifolia Muhl. P. C. laevigata Bebb. P. lasiolepis Benth. P. C. Populus Fremontii Wats. P. Ouercus lobata Ne'e. C. Douglasii H. & A. chrysolepis L. C. Kelloggii Newberry. C. Phoradendron flavescens Nutt. Juriiperus Californica Carr. ' Pinus Sabiniana Dougl. Sisyrinchium bellum Wats. Allium attenuifolium Kell. Brodiaea capitata Benth. P. C. S. laxa Wats. C. ixioides Wats. C. lactea Wats. Chlorogalum pomeridianum Kunth. C. Fritillaria biflora Lindl. lanceolata Pursh, var. floribunda Benth. atropurpurea Nutt. C. Calochortus albus Dougl. luteus Dougl. venustus Benth. C. S. Lemna minor. Zannichellia palustris L. Potamogeton pauciflorus Pursh. VOL. III.] Botany of Mai'iposa. 35 Luzula comosa Meyer. C. S. Juncus Leseurii Boland. P. effusus L. C. bufoniits L. P. C. tenuis Willd. Carex marcida Boott. C. S. glomerata Thunb. angustata Boott. C. Panicum sanguinale L. P. C. dichotomum L. C. crus-galli L. P. Phleum firate?ise L. P. Polypogon Monspeliensis Desf. P. C. littoralis Smith. P. C. Agrostis alba L. P. C. S. Native. S. scabra Willd. C. S. Gastridium australe Beauv. P. C. Stipa setigera Presl. C. eminens Cav. viridula Trin. C. Avena fatua L. P. C. Aira danthonoides Trin. C. S. Holcus lanatus L. P. C. Melica imperfecta Trin. C. var. refracta Thurb. bulbosa Geyer. C. Atropis tenuifolia Wats. C. Poa annua L. P. C. Poa pratensis L. P. Native. C. & S. trivialis L. C. Apparently native. Festuca Mytirus L. P. C. microstachys Nutt. P. C. Bromus maximus Desf. P. C. rubens L. P. C. secalimis L. P. C. racemosus L. P. C. Ceratochloa unioloides Beauv. P. Lepturus Bolanderi Thurb. Hordeum nodosum L. C. Botany of Mariposa. [ZOE Hordeum murinum L. P. C. Elymus condensatus Presl. C. Sibiricus L. C. S. Sitanion Schult. P. C. Polypodium vulgare L. C. S. Gymnogramme triangularis Kaulf. C. S. Pellaea andromedaefolia Fee. C. Ornithopus Hook. C. Pteris aquilina L. C. Woodwardia radicans Sm. C. Aspidium rigidum Sm. C. S. munitum Kaulf. C. Cystopteris fragilis Bernhardi. C. S. Selaginella rupestris Spreng. C. S. Azolla Caroliniana Willd. P. This list shows that out of 318 native species common to this dis-~ trict and the coast, as above defined, only 105, or about one-third, are found in the intervening plain. It is possible, but not probable, that a more thorough exploration of the plains would add something to the number of the species found there, but could hardly produce any serious change in the ratio. On the other hand, out of the 66 naturalized plants enumerated, 59 are pretty certainly found on the plains, showing that they have accompanied the successive waves of immigration which first swept over the foothills in the search for gold, but have now largely flowed back upon the plains, seeking the agricultural treasures of the soil. A further examination of the same list shows how rapidly the plants of the plains and lower foothills disappear as we ascend into mountains. Of the 105 plants of the plains found in this zone, only 37 reach the coniferous belt and only three the subalpine district. Probably there are really only two of these, as Achillea millefolium is pretty certainly naturalized on the plains, having been introduced with grass seed. Out of the 213 remaining species 115 extend into the coniferous belt, of which 27 reach the subalpine region. Two of these, Dodecatheon Meadia and Eriophyllum caspitoszim, attain the alpine summits in some of their varieties which, however, may yet be specifically distinguished from the lower forms. Coming now to the species really characteristic of or limited to VOL. III.] Botany of Mariposa. 37 the foothills, which are found in this zone, so far as they are known to me, they will be found in the next list, which follows the same rule as the former one, except that items of supposed interest in regard to rare or new species are more freely introduced. Isopyrum occidentale H. & A, Shaded hillsides. Mariposa. Delphinium decorum F. & M., var. patens Gray. Same local- ities. C. Arabis arcuata Gray. Face of cliffs. Mariposa. Hite's Cove. C. Streptanthus barbatus Wats.? Sepals not bearded. Rocky places. Mariposa. Agua Fria. polygaloides Gray. Rocky sidehills. Mariposa. Nasturtium palustre DC. Banks Lower Merced. Lepidium Menziesii DC. The common species here. Thysanocarpus radians Benth. Hornitos. Viola aure'a Kell. The only yellow violet proper here. C. S. chrysantha Hook. This beautiful representative of the tricolor type is not rare in open grassy places in March. Polygala Californica Nutt. Rocky cliffs. Merced River. Hypericum Scouleri Hook. Stream banks. C. Sidalcea Hartwegi Gray. Thickets and open grounds. Fremontia Californica Torn Chaparral-covered hillsides. May. C. Linum micranthum Gray. Rocky places. Trifplium bifidum Gray. Differs from T. gracile?ituvi in its strict- ly upright growth. Open woods. Hosackia stipularis Benth. Chemisal. Agua Fria. grandiflora Benth. Shaded spots. Mariposa. April and May. Hosackia argophylla Gray. Cliffs. Hite's Cove. Astragalus Congdoni Wats. Chemisal. Hite's Cove. Lathyrus sulphureus Wats. Thickets and stream banks. Com- mon. C. Cercis occidentalis Torr. Rocky places. A white variety oc- curs. March and April. Cercocarpus parviflorus Nutt. Frequent. March. Calycanthus occidentalis W. & A. Rocky beds of streams. Hite's Cove, etc. C. Botany of Mariposa. [zoe Saxifraga Parryi Gray. Rocky banks of Merced River and vi- cinity of Benton Mills. This is an interesting link be- tween our flora and that of the extreme southwestern coast of the State. Philadelphus Lewisii Pursh. Rocky banks of streams. Fre- quent. Ribes leptanthum Gray. Rocky places, descending almost to the plains. December to March. Sedum obtusatum Gray. Rocks. Not rare. C. pumilum Benth. Rocks near Hornitos and Mormon Bar. March and April. Epilobium minutum Lindl. Wooded places. Common. Godetia. A form classed by Watson as a var. of epilobioides, but clearly different. Thickets. Common. C. epilobioides Wats. Rocky places. Not rare.. biloba Wats. North hillsides. Mariposa. Boisduvalia Torreyi Wats. Stream beds. Mariposa. Frequent. Heterogaura Californica Rothr. Shady rocky places. Fre- quent. C. Datisca glomerata B. & H. Banks of streams. Frequent. Mentzelia dispersa Wats. Shady hillsides. Mariposa. Occa- sional. Lindleyi T. & G. Cliffs. Hite's Cove. March. Cucurbita perennis Gray. Occasional. Perhaps introduced near the plains. Sanicula bipinnata H. & A. Rocky places. Common. tuberosa Torr. Shady hillsides. March and April. Deweya Hartwegi Gray. Cliffs. Hite's Cove, Benton Mills, etc. April. Osmorrhiza brachypoda Torr. Woods. Common. C. Podosciadium Californicum Gray. Rocky .beds of streams. White's Gulch. May. Peucedanum caruifolium T. & G. Rocky places. Common. Ferula dissoluta Wats. Rocky places. Mariposa, Agua Fria, etc. April. Caucalis microcarpa H. & A. Dry rocky places. Common. Cornus glabrata Torr. Banks of streams. Scarce. Galium Bolanderi Gray. Thickets. Everywhere. C. Pentachaeta exilis Gray, var. discoidea Gray. Open grassy places. March and April. VOL. III.] Botany of Mariposa. 39 Lessingia nana Gray. Open grassy ground. Mariposa. August and September. Corethrogyne filaginifolia Nutt, var. tomentella Gray. Hite's Cove. October and later. Stylocline filaginea Gray. Benton Mills. April. Evax caulescens Gray. Clayey ground. Common. Balsamorrhiza Bolanderi Gray. Dry summits of chaparral-cov- ered hills. Bear Valley Mt., etc. April. Wyethia, related to W. angtistifolia, and referred to under that species in Bot. Cal. Dry woods. C. Hemizonella Durandi Gray. Dry ground. Benton Mills, etc. C. Hemizonia virgata Gray. Is the tar weed, here, covering all the open grounds in August and September. Wrightii Gray. Adventive from below, especially near the plains, mollis Gray. Open grounds. Most common near and in the coniferous belt. C. truncata Gray. Rocky sidehills. Mariposa. Lagophylla glandulosa Gray. Open clayey grounds and road- sides. Mariposa and vicinity. May to December, filipes Gray. Rocky beds of streams. Gaudalupe mount- ain, etc. May—July. Layia Fremontii Gray. "Open grassy places towards the plains. March. Bceria debilis Greene. Shade of chaparral bushes. Lewis'. April. Chaenactis glabriuscula DC. Clayey soils. Frequent. Helenium Bigelovii Gray. Rocky beds of rivers. Benton Mills and above. C. S. Troximgn retrorsum Gray. Shaded hillsides. Mariposa, and more common in the zone above. C. S. Nemacladus ramosissimus Nutt. Rocky soils, nearly the same range as the last. C. Githopsis specularioides Nutt. Wooded hillsides. Common. Heterocodon rariflorum Nutt. Rocky and wet places. Not rare. Arctostaphylos glauca Lindl. Mariposa. More common here than A. pungens, which grows principally higher up. Gomphocarpus tomentosus Gray. Rocky hillsides. Benton Mills, etc. cordifolius Benth. Open thickets. Common. 4o Botany of 'Mar-iposa. [zoe Asclepias speciosa Torr. Open grounds. A rather showy spe- cies. More common in the next zone. Stockton, etc. C. Erythraea venusta Gray. Water courses. Frequent. More abundant in the zone above. C. Gilia Bolanderi Gray. Open clayey grounds. Mariposa, etc. Scarce. filicaulis Torr. Dry hillsides. Mt. Bullion, etc. Not com- mon. Ellisia membranacea Benth. Open rocky places near the plains. Phacelia humilis T. & G. Rocky shaded places. Mariposa and above. C. S. hispida Gray. Rocks. Agua Fria, etc. March, phyllomanica Gray (or bipinnatifida). Shaded rocks. Mariposa, etc. Plagiobothrys tenellus Gray. Moist grounds. Frequent. C. Torreyanus Gray. Same localities. C. muriculatus. Wooded hillsides. C. barbigerus Gray. Open shady places. Darrah Road, etc. C. sparsiflorus Greene. Rocky banks of streams. Mormon Bar. Echinospermum Greenei Gray. Open grassy places. Mariposa. Cynoglossum laeve Gray- Moist hillsides. April. Pectocarya pusilla Gray. Clayey soils near Mariposa. April. Datura meteloides DC. Stream beds. Probably introduced from below. Verbascum Thapstcs L. This common eastern weed is fast be- coming too frequent in Mariposa county. C. Antirrhinum leptaleum Gray. Open and especially cultivated grounds. Mariposa and above. C. Breweri Gray. Occasional on hillsides, near Mariposa. Collinsia tinctoria Hartg. Wooded hillsides and stream banks. Mariposa and above. C. Penstemon heterophyllus Lindl. Open grounds, Mariposa, etc. azureus Benth. Higher up. Probably a form of the last. C. Mimulus nanus Hook. & Arn. Wooded hillsides. Mariposa and above. C. VOL. III.] Botany of Mariposa. 41 Mimulus Congdoni Robinson. Shade of buckthorn clumps. Mari- posa and vicinity. March. Torreyi Gray. Wooded hillsides and wet grounds. Mar- iposa and above. C. S. Bolanderi Gray. Open clayey soils. Hite's Cove. Mar- iposa and above. C. gracilipes Robinson. Rich rocky soils. Mormon Bar and above. April. Pulsiferae Gray. Moist grounds. Bootjack Ranch. More common above. C. S. inconspicuus Gray. Wooded hillsides. Mariposa and above. C. Palmeri Gray. Banks of streams. Rare near Mariposa. Occasional above. C. floribundus Dougl. Rocky beds of streams, etc. Very frequent. C. S. Orthocarpus Bidwelliae Gray. -Open spots in chaparral. Darrah . Road. spec, undescribed. Mariposa and above. Rocky hillsides. March. Cordylanthus tenuis Gray. Clayey soils. Darrah Road. Pycnanthemum Californicum Torr. Banks of streams. Mariposa and above. C. Monardella lanceolata Gray. Open uncultivated grounds. Mar- iposa and above. C. candicans Benth. Occasional in open spaces in the chap- arral. Mariposa, etc. Scutellaria Bolanderi Gray. Banks of streams. Mariposa, and more'common above. C. Trichostema oblongum Benth. Beds of streams. Mariposa Creek, etc. Eriogonum stellatum Benth. Rocky places. Josephine Mine. More common above. C. & S. hirtiflorum Gray. Open clayey soils. Hite's Cove. Mar- iposa, etc. Chorizanthe membranacea Benth. Rocky places. Hite's Cove. Agua Fria, etc. Hesperocnide tenella Torr. Shaded rocks. Mormon Bar, etc. April. 42 Botany of Mariposa. [zoe Euphorbia ocellata D. & H. Open clayey soils. Mariposa and below, dictyosperma P. & M. Open hillsides. Mariposa, etc. Ouercus Wislizeni ADC. Dry wooded hillsides, almost every- where below the evergreen belt. Asarum Hartwegi Wats. Rocky places. Mariposa, etc. April, Arceuthobium occidentale Engelm.? Everywhere on Finns Sab- iniana. C. Pinus ponderosa Dougl. Begins here but reaches its grandest development in the zone above. C. S. Allium hyalinum Curran. Rocky places. Mariposa, etc. April. Two weeks earlier than the associated A. attcnuifolium Kell. Brodiaea grandiflora Sm. Open grounds. Mariposa, etc. Fre- quent. May to June. Stropholiron Californicum Torr. Climbing over the bushes ev- erywhere from Mariposa, etc., above. The leaves die early. C. Fritillaria atropurpurea Nutt. Shaded hillsides and deep woods. Mariposa and above. C. Erythronium Hartwegi Wats. Shaded hillsides, principally near Mariposa. April. This is the most appropriate " Mar- iposa Lily." Odontostomum Hartwegi Torr. Rocky beds of streams. Agua Fria. April and May. * Juncus Congdoni Wats. Bed of the Chowchilla, etc. April and May. Cyperus aristulatus Roth. Beds of streams. Chowchilla and above. C. Agrostis virescens HBK. Rocky banks of streams. Mariposa and above. C. Cinna macroura Kunth. Rocky banks of streams. Mariposa and vicinity. Triticum caninum L. Rocky banks of streams. Mariposa and above. C. The 124 species above named illustrate the same fact as the for- mer list, that the species change rapidly as we approach the mount- ains. Out of the whole number only 44 enter the coniferous belt, and of these only nine reach the subalpine region. Out of the 508 VOL. III.] Notes on Liliacece. 43 species enumerated in these two lists as constituting the flora of the wooded foothills, 440, or 87 per cent, nearly, are plants apparently native in the district, and about 13 per cent, are pretty certainly in- troduced, though some of these are native further south. Of the 440 native species 318, or a little over 72 per cent., belong also to the coast region, though only 105, or 24 per cent., occur in the inter- vening San Joaquin plain; while of the 122 native plants which be- gin to grow here, 78, or nearly 18 per cent., of the whole number are, in this county at least, limited to this zone. NOTES ON LILIACE^. II. BY CARL PURDY. Every observing botanist recognizes the extent to which plants are influenced by surroundings. Climate, soil, exposures and moist- ure are factors which greatly effect the appearance [of a plant, not only in a general way but also sometimes structurally. In no country are there greater variations in natural surroundings than in California, and our flowers reflect their surroundings. It is indeed wonderful how different a species, which can be proved to be the same, will appear in different places. So different indeed that such forms are frequently given different botanical names and treated as distinct species. On the other hand it is not infrequent that careful botanists attribute to accidental circumstances a differ- ence which really marks a variety or species. Between the extreme of considering each accidental variation a variety or species, and the other extreme of merging two distinct species under the idea that the variation is inconstant and accidental, lies a mean very dif- ficult to obtain, and it is not surprising that so many errors have been made and obtained a stronghold inbotanical works. I suppose that no class of plants are more susceptible to the in- fluence of surroundings than the Liliaceae. I tried for years to satisfy myself as to whether species were distinct or not, by com- parison of specimens and observations of the plants in their native homes, but I was forced to the conclusion that the only way to settle the matter was by cultivating them side by side, thus eliminating all variations due to soil and climate. This, rather than field work, is my present line of study, and carefully followed out will be, I feel sure, productive of valuable scientific results. 44 JSfotes on JLiliacece. In this work I find two obstacles. The first is the difficulty of securing- the bulbs. Of course the larger number can be ob- tained, but many species are only to be had by journeys to out of the way localities. It may be years before some can be secured. The cultivation of these bulbs is by no means a simple matter. It re- quires care and close study of conditions. I am pleased to say that I am now able to grow most species quite satisfactorily. The problems to be solved are many. In Lilium, twelve or more species have been described from this coast. It is likely that culti- vation will show the number of varieties to be much greater. In Calochortus, the field of work is large. There is much confusion here. I have no doubt but that several species will, in cultivation, prove to be identical. Here, as often elsewhere, the question arises as to what degree of variation justifies the formation of a species or variety, and how much greater the variation should be for one than the other. I should like to see this question discussed. In the genus Calochortus it is peculiarly pertinent; since several so called varieties are as well defined as others called species, for in- stance, Calochortus venustus, C. luteus, and C. hiteus var. oculatus and var. citrhms, following Botany of California, as to names. C. luteus, however, is a clearly defined species as to habit, gland, etc., and so is C. venustus, the latter much finer and larger in flower, more varied in markings and color. No one having seen either C. luteus, with its small flower, single color and peculiar gland, or C. venustus, with its markings and brilliancy, would hesitate to identify either anywhere. Now, C. luieus var. oculatus and var. citrinus have the gland of C. luteus and that is all. In all other details their habit is that of C. venustus. While C. luieus var. oculatus and var. citrinus meet each other and cross in an interminable number of forms, I have never seen any tendency to cross with C. luteus. In fact, I have found the latter the least variable of species. In a field the flowers are alike, and those from far distant localities are identical. Is it not straining a point to refer two very distinct forms to a species that is invariable ? To suppose them to have varied from C. venusius is still more of an improbability, since there are structural differ- ences. I think they form a distinct species instead of varieties, and possibly two species. In the genus Erythronium, botanists are still at sea, and all along the line of Liliaceae there are interesting points to be solved. NOTE ON HELIX YATESII Cooper. BY HENRY HEMPHILL. There seems to be an erroneous impression prevailing among our conchologists in regard to the habits of this interesting little mol- lusk that needs to be corrected. The fact that the five dead speci- mens—two perfect and three imperfect ones—from which Dr. Cooper drew his descriptions of the shell and his genus Ammonitella, were found in the cave at Cave City, Calavexas County, California, has led some of the writers on our West Coast shells to regard this mollusk as a rare, isolated cave dweller, that prefers the shadow and gloom of caverns in which to pass its existence, rather than the light of the outside world. This, however, is a mistake which any intel- ligent or close observing collector can easily determine by a visit to the cave, and a short ramble over the hills in its vicinity. Several years ago I visited Calaveras County for the purpose of collecting this and the other shells of that region, and to my surprise I found this little mollusk near Murphy's, seven miles away from the cave, aestivating under stones on north hillsides, while numbers of dead shells lay bleaching in the sunshine, where they had fallen in the struggle for life. Around the entrance and on the slopes of the hill in which the cave is situated, and also on the adjacent hills, it occurred plentiful- ly, and it is not a rare shell in these localities. On entering the cave I found but few specimens inside. Most of these I took from the crevices in the rocks on each side of the entrance within the cave, a few only being found on the floor, and none beyond a distance of fifty feet from the entrance, although I searched closely for this and other species with the aid of a good light. . When fairly within the cave, and looking towards the entrance, I could see the daylight through the crevices between the rocks on each side of the opening through which we entered, which at once revealed to me the mystery of the presence of this mollusk within this cool and shady retreat. To those acquainted with the habits of land snails it will be readily seen how these creatures, in seeking safe and convenient places in which to hibernate and pass the long, dry and hot sum- mer season and cold winter months, would naturally crawl into 46 Helix l^cttesii. [zoe 'I! i' "I " ¦> il; ¦osa. [ZOE Mimulus Pulsiferez Gray of the list is M. floribundus Dough, and the plant so designated in the list is yet undetermined. Friiillaria atropurpurea Nutt. should be F. parviflora Torr. THE CONIFEROUS BELT. As we go eastward from Mariposa we gradually ascend, and at a distance of about ten miles we meet the western or lower edge of this zone. The line of demarkation here is quite plain and is in- dicated by the commencement of the continuous pine forest, and also by the appearance of the so-called bear clover (Chamesbatia folio- losa). This plant begins with the pine forest at about 3,000 feet, and forms a nearly continuous elastic mat about a foot deep under the trees, extending nearly or quite to the upper line of this zone, at about 6,000 feet. This upper boundary is not as clearly marked as the lower one, but is here understood to coincide with the line which bounds the territory inhabitable throughout the year. Above 6,000 feet the country, though beautiful and furnishing the most de- lightful and healthful summer residence in California, is usually covered in the winter with snow to a depth which practically makes a winter residence impossible, and hence excludes any permanent population. The subalpine zone, as here indicated, consists prin- cipally of certain high plateaux hereinafter described lying between, the principal mountain ridges and of the great intervening valleys formed by the rivers, while all that portion of the heavily wooded* zone which lies below is included in the Coniferous belt. The forest, which, originally at least, covered substantially the whole of this belt and still covers by far the greater portion of it, consists principally of yellow pine (Pinusponderosa), but the cedar (Libocedrus decurrens) is everywhere common, without occupying any tract exclusively. At about 4,000 feet, the white spruce (Abies concolor) and the Douglas spruce (Pseudotsuga Douglasii) begin to> be frequent along the streams, while the sugar pine (Pinus Lam- bertiana) becomes abundant on the upper slopes. The magnificent size and the perfection of growth which all these trees here attain are not surpassed in California. Oregon, even, can hardly show more noble specimens or more valuable tracts of timber. The deciduous trees in this zone are not usually conspicuous either for number or size, but the golden cup oak (Quercus chryso- VOL. III.] Botany of Marifiosa. 127 lepis)\s often a marked exception. Single trees of this species are often found which, in size of trunk, in wide expanse and symmetry of growth, vie with the noblest oaks of the coast, while, in the beauty of the foliage and of their golden-velvety fruit, they surpass all our other species. The golden cup of the coast, indeed, is com- monly but a scraggly, ungainly tree compared with the same species in our coniferous belt. The black oak (Quercus Kelloggii) is fre- quent in the woods, while along the streams the flowering dogwood ( Cernus Nuttallii), the alder (Alnus rhombifolia)I and a few wil- lows represent nearly the whole of our deciduous trees in this belt. In the following list of species, in addition to the letters and marks previously used, Ct. indicates that the plant is also found on the coast, while Y shows that the plant is a portion of the peculiar flora of the Yosemite Valley: Ranunculus hystriculus Gray. Wet cliffs, Merced River, Devil's Gulch, etc. Y. Actaea spicata L. var. arguta Torr. Scarce. Ct. Dicentra formosa DC. Rocky beds of streams. S. Ct. Dentaria tenella Pursh. Frequent. Streptanthus tortuosus Kell. Rocky hills. S. Viola lobata Benth. Frequent above 4,500 feet. S. Silene JLemmoni Wats. Occasional above 4,500 feet. S. incompta Gray. Common. S. Bridgesii Rohrbach. Mostly above 5,000 feet. Perhaps identical with the last. S. Y. Sagina Linnsei Presl. Banks of streams. Occasional above 4,500 feet. S. A. Claytonia linearis Dougl. Darrah. Local. Limnanthes Douglasii R. Br. Wet rocks. C. S. Ceanothus integerrimus. H. & A. Frequent. decumbens Wats. Frequent above 4,500 feet. S. Staphylea Bolanderi Gray. Snow Creek, Devil's Gulch, etc. Lupinus albicaulis Dougl. vars. Various peculiar forms credited to this polymorphus species are abundant and also subalpine. Lupinus Grayi Wats. A beautiful species frequent below 4,500 feet. Trifolium Breweri Wats. Occasional in the woods, forming mats, more abundant above. S. 128 Botany of Marij)osa. [zok Hosackia crassifolia Benth. Occasional on clayey slopes. S. decumbens Benth, var. (?) Nevadensis Wats. Occasional in open clayey soils. More common above. S. Lathyrus paluster L. var. myrtifolius Gray. Frequent on hillsides below 4,500 feet. Nevadensis Wats. Frequent below 5,000 feet. Prunus emarginata Walp. Scarce below 4,500 feet, frequent above. S. Ct. Rubus leucodermis Dougl. Frequent below 4,500 feet. Ct. Saxifraga peltata Torr. Rocky beds of streams, Devil's Gulch, &c. Frequent above. S. Ribes sanguineum Pursh. Stream banks. S. Y. Ct. Menziesii Pursh var. subvestitum. Perhaps new species. Footman Mt. and south in the Sierras above 4,000 feet. Sedum obtusatum Gray. Rocks. Frequent. S. radiatum Wats. Rocky hillsides above 4,000 feet. S. Y. Cotyledon Nevadensis Torr. Cliffs, Devil's Gulch, Hite's Cove. S. Gayophytum ramosissimum T. & G. Moist grounds. S. diffusum T. & G. Dry slopes. S. Clarkia rhomboidea Dougl. Frequent in woods below 4,500 feet. Circaea Pacifica A. & M. Wet places below 4,500. Selinum capitellatum Benth & Hook. Banks of streams. S. Cornus Nuttallii Audubon. Frequent above 4,000 feet. S. Ct. pubescens Nutt. Stream banks, mostly above 4,000 feet. S. Symphoricarpus mollis Nutt. Frequent above 4,000 feet. S. Galium trifidum L. Scarce in wet grounds. S. Ct. asperrimum Gray var. ? asperulum Wats. Wet thickets. Frequent. S. Bigelovia graveolens Gray. Occasional, especially above. S. Sericocarpus rigidus Lindl. Banks of streams below 5,000 feet- Aster radulinus Gray. Occasional below 4,500 feet. Ct. Erigeron Breweri Gray. Rocky places above 4,000 feet. S. Adenocaulon bicolor Hook. Deep shade below 5,000 feet. Ct. Antennaria luzuloides T & G. Dry slopes above 4,000 feet. S. Balsamorhiza Hookeri Nutt. Darrah. Local. Ct. deltoidea Nutt. Frequent below 4,500 feet. Wyethia ovata Gray. Open grounds, frequent below 4,000 feet. Cnicus Andersonii Gray. Frequent. S. Microseris nutans Gray. Frequent above 4,000 feet. S. VOL. III.] Botany of Marijiosa. 129 Malacothrix obtusa Benth. Occasional among rocks in clayey soils (also at Benton Mills). Campanula prenanthoides Durand. Dry slopes, frequent above 4,000 feet. S. Ct. Rhododendron occidentale Gray. Banks of streams. Frequent. Ct. Pyrola picta Sm. Frequent above 4,000 feet. S. aphylla Sm. With the last. S. Ct. Pterospora andromedea Nutt. Not rare above 4,000 feet. S. Apocynum androsaemifolium L. Common below 4,000 feet. Phlox speciosa Pursh. Bondurant Mine. Local. Gilia grandiflora. Frequent below 4,000 feet, linearis. Scarce. S. heterophylla. Common below 4,500 feet, leptalea. Common above 4,000 feet. S. divaricata Gray. Common below 4,500 feet, ciliata Benth. Frequent. (This has now been found in the Mariposa district.) Hydrophyllum occidentale Gray. Not rare above 4,500 feet. S. Draperia systyla Torr. Common above 4,000 feet. S. Cynoglossum occidentale Gray. Not rare above 4,500 feet. S. Solanum Xanti Gray. Occasional below 4,500 feet. Collinsia bartsiaefolia Benth. Below 4,500 feet. Common. Ct. Species apparently undescribed. Above 4,000 feet. Snow Creek, Yosemite Turnpike. S. Mimulus atropurpureus Kell. (Kelloggii Curran). Occasional be- low 5,000 feet, angustatus Greene. Open grounds. White & Hatch's and above. S. Ct. bicolor Benth. Open grounds below 4,000 feet. Common, filicaulis Wats. Snow Creek. Once found, moschatus Dougl. Wet places, frequent. S. Veronica Americana Schwein. Wet grounds. Not rare. S. Castilleia miniata Dougl. Frequent above 4,000 feet. S. Audibertia humilis Benth. Devil's Gulch at 4,000 feet. Local. Lophanthus urticifolius Benth. Banks of streams below 4,000 feet. Ct. Polygonum imbricatum Nutt. Wet places, more common above. S. Botany of Martfiosa. ZOE Salix Lemmoni Bebb. Scarce in this zone, becomes frequent above. S. flavescens Nutt. Sweetwater, 5,000 feet and above. S. Quercus Breweri Engelm. Scarce in the chaparral below 5,000 feet. S. Quercus dumosa Nutt. Devil's Gulch and above. S. Ct. Corylus rostrata Ait. Frequent at 4,000 feet. Asarum Lemmoni Wats. Snow Creek, 3,500 feet. Comandra umbellata Nutt. Frequent in clayey soils up to 6,000 feet and above. S. Torreya Californica Torr. Occasional. S. Ct. Libocedrus decurrens Torr. S. Abies concolor Lindl. S. Pseudotsuga Douglasii Carr. S. Pinus Lambertiana Dougl. S. tuberculata Gordon. Occasional south of the Merced River, abundant north of it, always near the lower limit of this zone. Corallorhiza Bigelovii Wats. Above 4,500 feet, frequent in the zone above. S. Habenaria Unalaschcensis Wats. Common above 5,000 feet, occas- ional below. S. Spiranthes Romanzoffiana Cham. Wet places, occasional. S. Ct. Cephalanthera Oregana Reich, f. Occasional at 4,500 feet and above. S. Iris Hartwegi Baker. Frequent. S. Brodiaea multiflora Benth. Frequent below 4,000 feet. Smilacina amplexicaulis Nutt. Frequent below 4,500 feet, sessilifolia Nutt. Occasional especially above. S. Lilium Washingtonianum Kell. Dry slopes, most abundant above 5,000 feet.. S. Calochortus nudus Wats. Frequent at 4,500 feet and above. S. Prosartes trachyandra Torr. Occasional at about 4,500 feet. Juncus dubius Engelm. Wet places, more abundant above. S. Eleocharis Bolanderi Gray. Occasional in wet grounds. S. Carex Geyeri Boott. Dry ground. Common above 4,500 feet. S. bromoides Schk. Wet places at about 4,500 feet, siccata Dew. Occasional below 4,000 feet. Danthonia Californica Bolander. Most common above 4,000 feet. S. Ct. VOL. III.] Botany of Mari^posa. Trisetum canescens Buckl. Frequent below 4,500 feet. Ct. Aira elongata Hook. Same range as last. S. Ct. Melica bromoides Gray. Rocky places below 4,000 feet. Devil's Gulch. Harfordi Bolander. Common. S. aristata Thurb. Frequent, especially above 4,000 feet. S. Poa serotina Ehrh. Darrah. Local. Festuca ovina L. var. duriuscula. Rocky stream beds at 4,500 feet and above. S. Ceratochloa breviaristata Hook. Frequent. S. Adiantum pedatum L. Wet rocks. S. Cheilanthes gracillima Eaton. Rocks. Hite's Cove and above. Y. S. myriophylla Desv. Devil's Gulch, 3,500 feet and above. S. Asplenium Filix-fcemina Bernhardi. Occasional. S. Ct. Out of the 122 species enumerated above 75 or more than half extend into the subalpine region, while 24 are also found on the coast without appearing, as far as known, in the intervening terri- tory. It is worth while to notice that of these 24 species 12 are limited to the redwood district which corresponds very closely with our coniferous belt and most of the others are probably stragglers from the same region. Adding to these 122 species the 152 native and 40 introduced species which appear in the first list as also belonging to the coast region and the 44 native and 2 naturalized species which begin in the lower zone and extend into this, we have 360 as the number of known species belonging to the coniferous zone. The almost continuous pine forest, which, originally at least, covered the whole of this district, is no doubt the cause of the smaller number of species found here, by preventing that variety of condition and situ- ation which is requisite for producing a great variety of vegetation. Out of the 317 native species found here 23, nearly 8 per cent., are so far as known limited to this zone. DISCOVERY OF A NEW GROVE OF SEQUOIA GIGANTEA. BY WILLIAM W. PRICE. Read before the California Academy of Sciences, August i, 1892. While stopping with Mr. C. F. Hoffman, Superintendent of the Red Point Mine on the Forest Hill divide, in Placer county, I heard rumors of a grove of big trees situated somewhere on the Middle Fork of the American River. I could find no one who had seen the trees, and I heard various accounts concerning them. Some said they were cedars, and others said they were something new, never before seen. On June 20, in company with Mr. Karl Hoffman, I set out in search of the supposed grove. Our trail led over the mountains, across the Middle Fork of the American River, to the old, almost deserted mining camp of " Last Chance." Here, after some delay, we found a young miner, Mr. Ferguson, to guide us to the grove. He had been there some five years before, and knew all the country. The grove was said to lie about eight miles from '' Last Chance,'' and we found it fully that distance. Our trail, for the most part, lay along heavily wooded ridges, where only occasionally we had glimpses of the outside country. Away to the southeast rose the snowy slopes of Mt. Tallac, bordering Lake Tahoe. The trees, for the most part, were sugar pines—lordly fellows—and during the whole eight miles we saw only one cut tree. The miner and the " shake-hunter" had never despoiled this forest. Only a few chip- munks, jays and chickadees were heard to break the grand monotony of forest solitude. On a slight rise of ground in the forest our guide left us and pro- ceeded on alone. He came back in a short time with the welcome news that he had found the grove. We followed him some distance down the slope over a rich carpet of pine needles, until he came to a canon—not a very steep one—cut into the slate formation. Then we came upon the grove, the most northern known, I believe, of Sequoia gigantea. Only six trees are standing, and these do not spread over an acre or two of ground. This is, perhaps, the last stand made by Sequoia gigantea, and for a thousand years or more this grove has beaten back the fierce onslaughts of fire, storm and cold. r Tuba. 133'. The two largest standing trees are about twelve feet in diameter, the four others are smaller. One fallen tree is twenty feet in diam- eter at the base, and twelve feet at fifteen feet from the roots. There are other small fallen trees. There had been, years before, a much larger fallen trunk—some said twenty-eight feet in diameter—but a. fire had destroyed it. The height is not great, for sugar pines standing near tower above them. This grove is situated in Placer county, about fifteen miles east of Forest Hill, on one of the streams flowing into the Middle Fork of American River. The altitude is about 5,000 feet. The country is without any traveled trails, and all about the grove we saw tracks of California lions, bear, deer and other animals. The grove cannot be seen until a person is within a hundred yards,, for the heavy-wooded canon sides close all about it. This, perhaps, accounts for its being so long unknown to scientists. But to the- old prospectors it has long been known, for on the bark of alders growing along the creek are cut the dates of i860, 1862, 1868, 1872,. 1880, 1892, and others. I had only an hour to observe the sur- roundings and take measurements, so this account is very meager. I hope soon to make a more thorough examination of the '' North. Grove." TUBA. BY EDWARD PALMER. Tuba, a beverage which is very popular in the State of Colima, Mexico, is obtained from the cocoa palm by the following pro- cess. The fruit-bearing stems at the time the flowers are forming have- their tips cut off and a gourd—sometimes two or three—hung from each, so as to catch the sap which flows freely from the wounded! ends. Twice daily the liquid is collected from the gourds, a very thin slice of the stem being removed at each visit, in order to main- tain the flow of sap which would otherwise soon cease from the dry- ing of the exposed surface. These gourds are often a source of curiosity to travelers, who- wonder not only of what use they are, but how the owner gets them, there. The height and slenderness of the trees prevent the use of a ladder, and the natives reach the tops by means of notches cut in. 134 Tuba. [zoe the trunk at convenient distances for stepping. By means of these and daily practice they ascend these trees almost with the ease and agility of monkeys. The gourds are emptied by means of a short reed tube inserted just below the rim into a large flattened one fastened around the body of the climber by a strap. This gourd though very large is well adapted by its flattened shape for being carried about through the foliage of the tree. If insects'or any foreign substance has ac- cumulated in the gourds suspended in the trees they are cleaned out by means of a brush made of the interior fibrous wood of the tree which is carried in the belt for that purpose. The knife used for freshening the ends of the shoots is much like the one used by shoemakers for trimming leather. It is sharpened on a piece of wood shaped like a whetstone with a handle. On the flat, smooth surface of this piece of wood sand is strewn and the blade being dexterously drawn a few times over its surface is suf- ficiently sharpened for the purpose. The flowering ends yield tuba twice daily for a year. Tuba in the fresh state much resembles the liquid from the Agave •before it becomes pulque. It is very refreshing and nutritious and has a slight taste of cocoanut, but in six hours fermentation sets in, in twelve hours it is as strong as old cider, by twenty-four hours acetic fermentation begins. In order not to lose tuba when fermentation is far advanced many different things are added to it, and different flavors thereby given. Some persons drink it when as strong as whisky, while others will mix the fermented juice with fresh so as to modify its strength and render it salable and to many, very palatable, but the form which commands the admiration of those who like to be under the influ- ence of strong drink is known as TUBA COMPOSTURA. This is made by adding to the fermented tuba one or more of the following articles: pineapples, lemons or onions in slices, bruised pods of chile or sticks of cinnamon; these being allowed to remain in the tuba for a short time add their flavor and strength to the mix- ture. A favorite drink with many is made by adding cinnamon and •ground almonds to the old tuba. VOL. HI.] Water Birds of California. These composition drinks are sold at double the price of the fresh tuba, but though much used and highly intoxicating delirium, tremens is of rare occurrence. The venders of tuba or " Tuberos " as they are called, are found in the markets and in certain other places about the streets of Colima drawing thirsty crowds who seem to have preference for the tuba offered for sale by this or that person. The cry of the tubero as he goes about the streets is a familiar one often eagerly responded to. He is an object of curiosity to strangers, wearing a yoke upon his shoulders with a rope depending from each end sustaining by hooks, large gourds filled with tuba. Immediately below the rim of these gourds pieces of reed are inserted. These serve as spouts for pouring the tuba and also to carry the small vessels made of halves of gourds of different sizes, in which the tuba is retailed. These small vessels are pierced and a string passed through, by which they are suspended from the spout when not in use. There is also carried hanging from the spout a strainer which looks like a large wooden spoon full of holes, this is to remove any foreign substance which may appear on the surface of the tuba as the vender wanders to and fro offering to his customers the smallest gourd full of the drink for a cent and the largest one for two cents. A CHECK-LIST OF THE WATER BIRDS OF CALIFORNIA. BY WALTER E. BRYANT. While engaged upon some writing pertaining to the birds of Cal- ifornia, I have found it convenient to have a list of the known species readily accessible, and have found Mr. Belding's " Land Birds of the Pacific District" so necessary that I was obliged to prepare a list of the water birds to supplement it. In this connection I have consulted all available records, and have received information re- garding several species from Mr. Belding and Dr. J. G. Cooper. I have also compared it with a list compiled by Mr. Palmer two years ago. The publication of the " Water Birds of the Pacific District'' having been deferred for lack of fuller information regarding the distribution of species and the times of their arrival and departure, it is hoped that those having the opportunity will give closer atten- tion to the water birds, and make known their observations. I 136 Water Birds of California. [zoe :should be pleased to learn of any authentic additions to this list. The species about whose occurrence and distribution in California "less is known have been indicated by a (*). In regard to the geese which occur in this State, see Mr. Belding's article in the present number. There is no record of the occurrence of the tropic bird (Phaethon ¦tzthereus) beyond the doubtful one of a skull having- been found on the coast of Marin County more than twenty years ago. Mr. Anthony has noted the species near Cape Colnett, and northward, probably. 1. ^CHMOPHORUS OCCIDENTALIS (Lawr.) 2. Colymbus holbcellii (Reinh.) 3. Colymbus auritus Linn. .4. Colymbus nigricollis californicus (Heerm.) 5. PODILYMBUS PODICEPS (Linn.) •6. Urinator imber (Gunn.) 7. Urinator pacificus (Lawr.) 8. Urinator lumme (Gunn.) 9. LUNDA CIRRHATA Pall. 10. Cerorhinca monocerata (Pall.) 11. Ptychoramphus aleuticus (Pall.) 12. Brachyramphus marmoratus (Gmel.) :*i3. Brachyramphus hypoleucus Xantus. 14. Cepphus columba Pall. 15. Uria troile californica (Bryant). *i6. Uria lomvia arra (Pall.) A single individual of Pallas's murre has been recorded from San Francisco Bay, in winter, by Dr. Cooper. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. v, p. 414. ¦*i7. Stercorarius pomerinus (Temm.) (Bryant, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2d Ser. ii, 87.) *i8. Stercorarius parasiticus (Linn.) *I9. RlSSA TRIDACTYLA POLLICARIS RidgW. 20. Larus glaucescens Naum. 21. Larus occidentalis Aud. *22. Larus argentatus smithsonianus Coues. ^23. Larus cachinnans Pall. 24. Larus californicus Lawr. 25. Larus delawarensis Ord. 26. Larus brachyrhynchus Rich. 1 1 VOL. III.] Water Birds of California. 137 27. 28. 29. 30- *3i. 32. *33- *34- 35- 36. 37- *38. %5- 47- *49- ¦50. *5i- 52. 53- *54- 55- Larus heermanni Cass. ' - LARUS PHILADELPHIA (Ord.) Sterna tschegrava Lepech. Sterna maxima Bodd. Sterna elegans Gamb. Sterna fo'rsteri Nutt. Sterna paradis^ea Briinn. Sterna antillarum (Less.) Hydrochelidon nigra surinamensis (Gmel.) DlOMEDIA NIGRIPES Aud. DlOMEDIA ALBATRUS Pall. Diomedia melanophrys Boie. Hab. " Southern seas, espe- cially South Pacific; casual off coast of California." Ridgway. Thalassogeron culminatus (Gould). Phcebetria fuliginosa (Gm.) No authentic record for this State, but said to extend "north (casually?) to coast of Oregon." Ridgway. Ossifraga gigantea (Gm.) Same remarks as above. FULMARUS GLACIALIS GLUPISCHA Stejn. FULMARUS GLACIALOIDES (Smith). PUFFINUS CREATOPUS Coues. Puffinus gavia (Forst.) One record from Santa Cruz. Proc. Cal. Acad. 2d Ser. ii, 87. Puffinus griseus (Gmel.) One record from San Francisco. Proc. Cal. Acad. 2d Ser. ii, 87. Puffinus cinereus (Gmel.) "Accidental off the coast of California." A. O. U. Daption capensis (Linn.) "Accidental on coast of Cali- fornia." A. O. U. , Oceanodroma furcata (Gmel.) (Palmer, Proc. Cal. Acad. 2d Ser. ii, 88.) Oceanodroma homochroa (Coues). Phalacrocorax dilophus cincinatus (Brandt). Phalacrocorax dilophus albociliatus Ridgw. Phalacrocorax penicillatus (Brandt). Phalacrocorax pelagicus robustus Ridgw. (Sutter County. Belding.) Phalacrocorax pelagicus resplendens (Aud.) 138 Water Birds of California. [zoe 56. Pelecanus erythrorhynchos Gmel. 57. Pelecanus californicus Ridgw. *58. Fregata aquila (Linn.) *59. Merganser ameiucanus (Cass.) 60. Merganser serrator (Linn.) 61. Lophodytes cucullatus (Linn.) 62. Anas boschas Linn. 63. Anas strepera Linn. ^64. Anas penelope Linn. (Forest and Stream, xxvi, 426. Auk, iii, 4, 490.) 65. Anas Americana Gmel. 66. Anas carolinensis Gmel. ^67. Anas discors Linn. Only five specimens are known to have been taken in California. Zoe, ii, 2, 97 and 128. 68. Anas cyanoptera Vieill. 69. Spatula clypeata (Linn.) 70. Dafila acuta (Linn.) 71. Aix sponsa (Linn.) 72. AYTHYA AMERICANA (Eyt.) 73. Aythya vallisneria (Wils.) 74. Aythya marila nearctica Stejn. 75. Aythya affinis (Eyt.) 76. Aythya collaris (Donov.) 77. Glaucionetta clangula Americana (Bonap.) 78. Glaucionetta islandica (Gmel.) 79. Charitonetta albeola (Linn.) *8o. Clangula hyemalis (Linn.) *8i. Histrionicus histrionicus (Linn.) *82. SOMATERIA SPECTABILIS (Linn.) 83. OlDEMIA AMERICANA Sw. & Rich. 84. OlDEMIA DEGLANDI Bonap. 85. OlDEMIA PERSPICILLATA (Linn.) 86. Erismatura rubida (Wils.) 87. Chen hyperborea (Pall.) *88. Chen rossii (Baird). 89. Chen c^erulescens (Linn.) 90. Anser albifrons gambeli (Hartl.) 91. Branta canadensis hutchinsii (Sw. & Rich.) 92. Branta canadensis occidentalis (Baird). VOL. III.] Water Birds of California. 139 93- 94. *95- 96. 97- 99. *ioo. IOI. *IO2. IO3. IO4. IO5. IO6. IO7. IO8. IO9. IIO. III. *II2. 116. 117. 118. 119. 120. 121. 122. 123. -125. *] *I26. 127. Branta canadensis minima Ridgw. Branta nigricans (Lawr.) Philacte CANAGiCA(Sevast) (Townsend, Auk, iii,4., 490.) Dendrocygna fulva (Gmel.) Olor columbianus (Ord). Olor buccinator (Rich.) Plegadis guarauna (Linn.) Tantalus loculator Linn. Botaurus lentiginosus (Montag.) Botaurus exilis (Gmel.) Ardea herodias Linn. Ardea egretta Gmel. Ardea candidissima Gmel. Ardea virescens frazari Brewst. Nycticorax nycticorax NuEVius (Bodd.) Grus mexicana (Miill.) Rallus obsoletus Ridgw. Rallus virginianus Linn. PORZANA CAROLINA (Linn.) PORZANA NOVEBORACENSIS (Gmel.) PORZANA JAMAICENSIS (Gmel.) Porzana jamaicensis coturniculus Baird. Extremely doubtful if ever found on Farallon Is., or in California. (Cf. Ridgway, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xiii, No. 828, pp. 309-311.) Gallinula galeata (Licht.) FULICA AMERICANA Gmel. Crymophilus fulicarius (Linn.) Phalaropus lobatus (Linn.) Phalaropus tricolor (Vieill.) RECURVIROSTRA AMERICANA Gm. HlMANTOPUS MEXICANUS (Miill.) Gallinago delicata (Ord). Macrorhamphus scolopaceus (Say). Tringa canutus Linn. (Townsend, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1887, 198.) Tringa maculata Vieill. Tringa fusicollis Vieill. (Bryant, Auk, iv, 1, 78.) Tringa minutilla Vieill. 140 Bh'ds of Gray's Haj'bor Region. [ZOE 128. TRINGA ALPINA PACIFIC A (Coues). 129. Ereunetes occidentals Lawr. 130. Calidris arenaria (Linn.) 131. Limosa fedoa (Linn.) 132. TOTANUS MELANOLEUCUS (Gmel.) 133. Totanus flavipes (Gmel.) 134. Totanus solitarius cinnamomeus Brewst. 135. Symphemia semipalmata inornata Brewst. 136. Heteractitis incanus (Gmel.) 137. Actitis macularia (Linn.) 138. NUMENIUS LONGIROSTRIS Wils. 139. Numenius hudsonicus Lath. 140. Charadrius squatarola (Linn.) 141. Charadrius dominicus Mull. 142. ^Egialitis vocifera (Linn.) 143. ^Egialitis semipalmata Bonap. 144. vEgialitis nivosa Cass. 145. ./EGIALITIS MONTANA (Towns.) 146. Aphriza virgata (Gmel.) 147. Arenaria interpres (Linn.) 148. Arenaria melanocephala (Vig.) 149. HjEMATopus palliatus Temm. 150. HjEMatopus bachmani Aud. ADDITIONS TO THE BIRDS OF THE GRAY'S HARBOR REGION, WASHINGTON. BY SAM HUBBARD, JR. Having been a resident of Gray's Harbor, Washington, for two years, viz.: from August, 1889, to 1891, I am able from personal ob- servation to add a few species to the number observed by Mr. R. H. Lawrence, as set forth in his very interesting1 article in the Jan- uary Auk, entitled: "A Preliminary List of the Birds of the Gray's Harbor Region, Washington." There are doubtless many other species observed and noted at the time, that have been left out of my incomplete list. Gray's Harbor is the estuary or enlarged mouth of the Chehalis River. It is in the shape of a pear; the stem being the Chehalis River and the seed end being the entrance into the ocean. Three vol. in.] Birds of Gray's Harbor JRegion. 141 rivers flow in from the north, viz.: The Wishkah, Hoquiam and Humptulips, and two from the south: John's River and Elk River. The harbor is very shallow, and at low tide the mud flats extend over a mile from shore. There is also a large flat nearly ten miles long bare at low tide, between the north and south channels, locally known as the middle ground. This is composed of mud at the upper end and sand at the lower end, and affords much feed for countless numbers of shore and bay birds. I am satisfied that several species of sandpipers and waders can be found there not noted in either list. During the winter time ducks are abundant and afford much sport. From January until April canvas backs are very plenty. They feed on young clams which they dive for when the tide is in. They de- coy easily and large bags are made by the sportsmen, who hide in the roots of the big spruce snags, that have drifted out of the rivers, and lodged on the mud flats. * Many ocean birds are driven in by storms and seek refuge in the harbor. As some of these outside birds are not familiar to me I have doubtless passed over a few that can be found in Gray's Har- bor at any time during the winter. Land birds, in comparison with other places I have been, are scarce. Ruffed and dusky grouse are comparatively plentiful, and also the robin, varied thrush and rusty song sparrow. I made two trips into the Olympic Mountains by the way of Quin- ault Lake. On the last trip I went to the summit of the divide on the extreme head waters of the east fork of the Quinault. Birds were very scarce; in fact in the dense, damp woods of that region, life of any kind is scarce. We would tramp for hours and not see a living, breathing thing; not an ant, a bee, or an insect of any kind; not a squirrel or a bird, nothing but a vast wilderness of trees. When we reached the summit we were above the timber line, and there we found an open country covered with a beautiful growth of fresh green grass. The scent of wild flowers was in the air, hum- ming birds and honey bees were darting about here and there, beautiful little cascades and clear mountain lakes pleased the eye, and everywhere nature appeared in her wildest and loveliest form. 1. --------- Colymbus sp.? Common in winter. 2. Pacific Loon. Urinator pacificus f Abundant. 3. ---------Sterna,sp.? Common in winter. 142 Birds of Gray's Harbor Region. [zoe. 4. Black-footed Albatross. Diomedia nigripes. Rare, driven in by storms. 5. California Brown Pelican. Pelecanus californicus. Toler- ably common. 6. Hooded Merganser. Lophodytes cucidlaius. Tolerably common. 7. "Whale Bird." Puffi?ius sp.? An ocean bird occasionally driven in by storms. Thousands of these birds fly in a continuous- line up and down the coast, about a mile out at sea. 8. Green-winged Teal. Anas carolinensis. Common in winter.. 9. Cinnamon Teal. Anas cyanoptera. Common in winter. 10. Shoveller. Spatula clypeata. Tolerably common. 11. Pintail. Dafila acuta. Between Gray's Harbor and Shoal- water Bay is a stretch of low, swampy ground called Cranberry Bog. Some few mallards breed in there, and I think also an oc- casional sprig and teal. 12. Red-head. Ay thy a americana. Rare. 13. Old-squaw. Cla?igula kyemalis. Tolerably common in winter. 14. Surf Scoter. Oidemia perspicillata. Very abundant, par- ticularly on ocean beach. Residents along the beach claim that when these birds get washed ashore it is impossible for them to get out to sea again, owing to the pounding of the surf on the beach. My own observation tends to confirm this report. 15. Lesser Snow Goose. Chen hyperborea. During migrations. 16. American White-fronted Goose. Anser albifrons gambeli. During migrations. 17. California Clapper Rail. Rallus obsoletus. Saw one in- dividual. 18. Virginia Rail. Rallus virginianus. Rare. 19. American Coot. Fulica america?ia. Abundant. 20. Long-billed Dowitcher. Macrorhamphus scolopaceus. Toler- ably common. 21. Sanderling. Calidris arenaria. Common in winter and' iate into spring on ocean beach; feed on sand fleas and arrive at the season when their food is plentiful. vol.. in.] Birds of Gray's Harbor Region. 22. Marbled Godwit. Limosa fedoa. Common. 23. Greater Yellow-legs. Totanus melanoleucus. Tolerably- common. 24. Western Willett. Symphemia semipalmata inomata. Very- common. 25. Killdeer. sEgialitis vocifera. Common. 26. Mourning Dove. Zenaidura macroura. Have seen a few; rare near Montesano. 27. Turkey Vulture. Cathartes aura. Tolerably common. 28. Marsh Hawk. Circus kudso?iius. Abundant. 29. ---------Accipiter sp.? Either Cooper's or the sharp-shinned ihawk is quite common. 30. Western Red-tail. Buteo borealis calurus. Tolerably com- mon. Several seen near Montesano. 31. Duck Hawk. Falco peregrinus anatum. Rare. Saw one in winter on Damon's Point catch a buffle-head duck. 32. Short-eared Owl. Asio accipitrinus. Tolerably common on the marshes. 33. Kennicott's Screech Owl. Megascops asio kennicottii. Had one alive which I took to be this variety. 34. White-headed Woodpecker. Xenopicus albolarvatus. Rare. 35. Pileated Woodpecker. Ceophlceus pileatus. One or two seen an Hoquiam River in dense timber. 36. Lewis's Woodpecker. Melanerpes torquatus. Tolerably common. 37. Western Nighthawk. Chordeiles virginianus henryi. Com- mon in Chehalis Valley. 38. Black Swift. Cypseloides ?iiger. Saw one flying over •Quinault Lake that I took to be this species. 39. Kingbird. Tyrannus sp.? Common in Chehalis Valley. 40. Black Phoebe. Sayomis nigricans. Common in Chehalis Valley. 41. Clarke's Nutcracker. Picicorvus columbianus. Saw one or two flocks of these birds in the dense woods between Hoquiam and Quinault Lake. They are about the only birds to be seen in the depths of the woods. They feed on fir tufts and cones. They are rather silent. Natural History of the Farallones. [zoe 42. Western Meadow Lark. Slumella magna neglecta. Toler- ably common resident. 43. Western Lark Sparrow. C/w?idestes grammacus slrigatus. Common in Chehalis Valiey. 44. Oregon Towhee. Pipilo maculaius oregonus. Tolerably common, particularly in Chehalis Valley and near Montesano. 45. Purple Martin. Progne subis. Common in Chehalis Valley. 46. Cedar Waxwing. Ampelis cedrorum. Saw several flocks of from fifteen to twenty on the Hoquiam River. 47. Nuthatch. Sitta sp.? Quite a common bird in the woods. 48. Chickadee. Parus sp.? Tolerably common, in flocks at all seasons. ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE FARALLON ISLANDS. GEOLOGY AND BOTANY BY J. W. BLANKINSHIP. ZOOLOGY BY CHARLES A. KEELER. Thirty miles west of the Golden Gate, in the Pacific, are the Farallon Islands, composed of three groups, called the North, Middle and South Farallones, and various rocks and shoals. They have a general northwest and southeast trend, parallel with the coast, and from Noonday Rock on the North to the South Faral- lones is a distance of about eleven miles. All except the extreme southern are mere points of rock in the ocean, the largest being only 160 yards in diameter. The South Farallon is nearly a mile in length from east to west, and about half that distance in its greatest width. Its greatest ele- vation is 343 feet, and upon this peak the lighthouse is situated. The island is visited each week from May to July by the eggers, but at other times it has only occasional communication with the shore by means of tugs and the lighthouse tender. It is chiefly noted as the largest sea-bird rookery on the Coast. The following notes refer only to the South Farallon Island, and as the result of a two-days' collecting excursion, can hardly claim to be more than a very general survey. vol. in.] Natural History of the Farallones. 145 NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY. The islands appear to be the projections of a granite ridge, which is elevated about 500 feet above the ocean floor. The granite is coarsely crystalline, much fissured and easily decomposed, and is mainly similar to that of Point Reyes peninsula. Sugar . Loaf Rock, the northernmost extremity of the island, is a conglomerate of huge rounded boulders, and a 600-foot section of a similar sand- stone is exposed at Point Reyes Light, immediately succeeding the granite. Around the entire island, at an altitude of 50 feet above the pres- ent sea-level, an old coast line may be clearly distinguished, marked by numerous water-worn caves exactly similar to those now being eroded by the waves, and by a wave-cut terrace on the south and east sides of the island, which slopes gently from the 50-foot line to the water's edge. It is on this terrace that the dwellings of the island are situated. Great Arch Rock was excavated at this level. There also appears to have been a short halt between this and the present sea-level, for at several points shallow and more recent caves are seen 27 feet above the sea, and a dim second terrace is shown on the west near the landing. On the west side of Shubrick Point, on the northeast coast of the island, the caves marking the three shore-lines are found in nearly vertical position. Measurements made here showed the highest to be excavated to a distance of 186 feet, the second to about 25, and the one at the present sea-level to about 100 feet. It is said that there has been a noticeable elevation of the island in the last thirty years. This uplift of the island reveals another interesting fact: The great wave-cut terrace is on the south and east sides, and varies from 300 yards in width on the former to about 75 on the latter, while the north and west shores are steep and precipitous. Now, the con- ditions being the same, the greatest amount of wave erosion is on the side of the prevailing winds, but, as is well known, the pre- vailing winds off the California coast are from the north and northwest. The observations of the Signal Service at Cape Men- docino and Point Reyes Light show, for monthly prevalence of winds, that 84 per cent, are from the north and northwest; even in winter, 75 per cent, are from these directions. On the south shore of the island, near the dwellings, there are 146 Natural History of the Farallones. [zoe fissures partly filled with a granitic conglomerate. Whether these fissures are natural, or were worn by the water, I was unable to de- termine. I also saw fragments of jasper and other rocks besides granite scattered about among the debris. Mr. }. de la C. Posada informs me that about Carmel Bay, near Monterey, there are sea terraces at levels corresponding closely with those of the Farallones, and that a higher terrace is faintly outlined about 80 feet above the sea. This I may have overlooked at the Far- allones. He found a conglomerate resting unconformably upon the granite and formed of materials eroded from it. This conglomer- ate is inclined at an angle of about 450. I thought I could distin- guish a marked dip toward the north in the conglomerate of Sugar Loaf Rock, but I was unable to make a close examination, owing to its separation from the island by a narrow channel, and to the roughness of the sea. The sandstone at Point Reyes Light ap- pears to dip toward the south. BOTANY. The season was too far advanced for a good collection. Many species were already dead, and only dry fragments could be obtained. It is probable that a collection in May would add several more species to the list. Most of the plants here enumerated were doubt- less brought over with the hay and other supplies, while those not thus introduced are given as "native." Eight species were found only in a small garden plot, protected from the rabbits, and else- where would be speedily exterminated. A single fresh-water alga was seen but not collected. There are no trees or shrubs on the island. The soil is composed of decomposed granite and guano. Springs are few and small. Bceria maritima and Lepigontim macroihecum are the chief food of the rabbits; at this time of the year there was little except the latter to maintain them, and many were dying of starvation. Only one plant—Bceria viaritima—has been long enough isolated to show variation for which specific rank has been claimed, and it is seriously questioned whether it has departed far enough from B. uliginosa to be considered even a variety. This is the '' Faral- lon Weed." It grows abundantly earlier in the season, and is said to reach a length of two to four feet. It furnishes excellent pasturage, and is highly esteemed as " greens " by the inhabitants. vol. in.] Natural History of the Farallones. 147 Phanerogams— Introduced. * Stellaria media L. Cerasiium viscosum L. f Malva parviflora L. * Erodium cicutarium L'Her. t Trifolium microcephalum Pursh. f Trifolium bifidum Gray var. decipiens Greene. f Melilotus Indica Allioni. * Medicago denticulata Willd. * Sonchus asper L. t Anagallis arvensis L. f Polygonum aviculare L. t Chenopodium album L. * Polypogon littoralis Smith. f Avenafatua L. * Poa anmia L. * Festuca Myurus L. * Hordeum murinum L. Native. Sagina occidentalis Wats. Lepigonum macroihecum Pursh. Lepigonum medium Fries. Claytoyvia perfoliata Donn. Tillcza minima Miers. Erigeron glaucus Ker. Psilocarphus tenellus Nutt. Eritrichium californicum DC. Phyllospadix Torreyi Wats. Juncus bufonms L. Ferns— Aspidium munitum Kaulfuss. Only a single specimen collected. Mosses— Funaria hygrometrica Sibth. Abundant. * Well established. t In garden only. 148 Natural History of the Farallones. [zoe Lichens— Determined by Mr. M. A. Howe, of the University of California. Theloschistes lychneus (Nyl.) Tuck. var. pygmaeus Fr. On high rocks. Theloschistes---------? Similar situations. Buelliapetraea (Flat., Koerb.) Tuck.? On rocks. Placodium (not fruited). On rocks. Determined by Dr. C. L. Anderson (Diatomacese omitted). Bryopsis plumosa Lmx. Codium tomeniosum Slack. Monostroma quarternarium Desm. Ulva latissima L. Enteromorpha compressa Le Jolis. E. clathrata Ag. Cladophora scopcefornis Rupr. C. 7incialis Fl, Dan. C. cartilaginea Rupr. C. glomerata Ag. Desmarestia ligulata Lmx. Leathesia iuberiformis Gray. Chordaria abietina Rupr. Asperococcus sinuosus Bory. Egregia Menziesii (Ag.) Aresch. Laminaria Andersonii Farlovv. Alaria fistulosa Post. & Rupr. Ptergophora Californica Rupr. Macrocysiis pyrifera Ag. Nereocystis JLutkenana Rupr. Fucits vesicculosus L. F. fastigiaius Ag. Halidrys osmundacea Harv. Porphyra laciniata=P. vulgaris Ag. Porphyra Naiadum Anderson, n. sp.—Fronds small, seldom more than 2 inches long and y2 inch wide, very thin, spatulate with short stipes, tapering quickly into a flat membrane, with slightly wavy entire margin; dark purple or maroon; cells small, structure fragile and rapidly decaying. vol. in.] Natural History of the Farallones. 149 This little Porphyra I have found growing only on Zostera and Phyllospadix, but it probably grows on other plants, hence the name for the order to which these two plants belong, Naiadaceae. Some small mollusks, in rasping for food on these plants, cause abrasions, in which the spores of this Porphyra find a place to adhere and grow, so that many of the stems and leaves of these Naiads are lit- erally covered with the brownish-purple fronds. It may be found at all seasons, wherever these weeds grow, along the whole length of our California coast. Heretofore it has been distributed as Porphyra vulgaris, but without much more reason than our early botanists had for placing all seaweed in the genus Fucus. It adheres closely to paper, and retains its natural color pretty well when mounted. P. Nereocystis Anderson, n. sp.*—Fronds 3 to 20 inches long and 1 to 3 inches broad, very thin and ribbon-like, with nearly even or slightly crinkled edges and a somewhat pointed or oval tip; stipes very short or entirely wanting; frond often divided, sending long sec- tions from either side; color brownish-purple, often changing to a bright carmine-purple, with a soft, glossy surface. Cells smaller, but otherwise hardly different from P. vulgaris Harv. This large and beautiful Porphyra is most frequently found, on this Coast, growing on the long stems of the Nereocystis, although not always confined to that plant. Frequently it is torn loose and comes ashore in the drift, but mostly in fragments. It also has been considered only a form of P. vulgaris. But its structure, color and form surely entitle it to a specific place. It adheres well to paper, and is seldom found until past midsum- mer, when the long stems of Nereocystis are well grown. Ceramiwn diaphanum Roth. Centroceras clavulatum Ag. Microcladia Coulteri Harv. M. borealis Rupr. Ptiloia asplenoides Ag. P. plumosa Ag.~P. filicina. P. densa Ag. * This was published — name only—in "List of California Marine Algse," Zoe, ii, 221. Natural History of the Farallones. [zoe Pikea Californica Harv. Grateloupia Cutleries Ktz. Farlowia compress a J. Ag. Prionitis lanceolata Harv. Several forms. P. Andersonii Eaton. Gigartina radula Ag. G. horrida Farl. G. papillata Ag. G. canaliculata Harv. Endocladia muricata Ag. Iridea laminarioides Bory. Callophyllis variegata Ktz. C. laciniata Ktz. C. furcata Farl. Gytmiogongrus linearis Ag. Rhodymenia palmaia Grev. ¦Cordylecladia conferia Ag. Plocamium coccineum Lyngb. P. violaceum Farl. Nitophyllum multilobum J. Ag. JV. Fryeamim Harv. N. latissimum Ag. N. Ruprechiiamim Ag. N. violdce'um J. Ag. N. Andersonii Ag. Gelidi?im cornewn Lmx. G. cartilagineum Grev. Rhodomela floccosa Ag. Polysiphonia Baileyi Ag. P. WoodiiHarv. P. parasitica. var. dendroides Ag. Laurencia pinnatifida Lmx. Chylodadia ovalis Hook. var. Coulteri Harv. Corallina officinalis L. C. squamata Ellis & Sol. Amphiroa Orbigniana Harv. Melobesia amplexifrons Harv. vol. in.] Natural History of the Farallones. ZOOLOGY. The birds of the Farallon Islands have been collected and recorded until they are tolerably well known; but, so far as I am aware, no* attempt has hitherto been made to collect representatives of all the forms of life resident upon this little group of rocks. The trip made by Mr. J. W. Blankinship and myself, on July 3, 1892, was limited by the necessities of the case to a stay of only two whole days upon South Farallon Island, but we availed ourselves of the opportunity to collect in all departments of natural history to the fullest extent possible. In so brief a stay it was manifestly impossible to do more than skim over the surface in most branches, but the lists, even in their incomplete form, may be of value in showing the character ot the life of the spot. Larger collections might have been made of certain classes had not Mr. Blankinship devoted a large part of his time to the study of the geology and botany of the island, while I was engaged in observing the habits of the birds and in making collections of the young for future investigation. The results of the survey were disappointing in one respect, viz.: that no evidence was obtained indicating that any of the animals of the islands have become differentiated from mainland forms. It may be that fuller collections, or more careful elaboration of the material obtained, would show some slight variations, although, if present at all, they are undoubtedly very incipient in nature. It would seem as if the wingless beetles and the one batrachian of the islands would be effectually isolated upon a bare rock thirty miles from the main- land, but it is impossible to say that these forms have not been ac- cidentally introduced in recent times through the agency of man. Unfortunately, we have been unable to have some few of the spiders,, insects, etc., identified, so these forms are necessarily omitted from the list. Mr. Wm. E. Ritter named the two following radiates: Asterias ochracea. Strongylocentrotus purptiratus. MOLLUSCA. The following list of the mollusca thus far recorded from the Far- allones has been kindly compiled by Dr. J. G. Cooper, from his. published and unpublished lists, together with the collection of the expedition: JYatural History of the Farallones. [ZOE Martesia intercalata Cpr. (in Haliotis shells). Entodesma saxicola, Baird. Psephis tellimyalis Carp. Rupellaria lamellifera Conr. Chama pelhuida Sby. Mytihis californianus Conr. Abundant. Septifer bifurcatus Reeve. Modiola modiolus Linn. Axincea subobsoleta Carp. Hinnites giganteus Gray. Edible. Placunanomia macroschisma Desh. Tornatella punctoccelaia Carp. Ciyptochiton stelleri, Midd. Mopalia ciliata Gould. vespertina Gould. Nuitalina scabra Reeve. Iscknochiton magdalensis Hinds. Leptochiton i?iter?iexzis Carp. Acmcsa testudinalis Mull. var. patina Midd. pelta Esch. Abundant, var. asmi Midd. var. pintadina Gould. persona Esch. scabra Nutt. Rare. spectmm Nutt. One of the most abundant species living- about the rocks. mitra Esch. Lottia gigantea Gray. Tolerably common. Lepeta ccecoides Carp. Gadinia reticzdata Sby. Fissurella volcano Reeve. Glyphis aspera Esch. Clypidella biviaculata Dall. Haliotis cracherodii Leach. mfescens Swains. kamschatka?ta. assbnilis Dall. Phasia?iella co??ipta Gld. var. pulloides Carp. Leptothyra carpenteriana Pilsbry. vol. in.] Natural History of the Farallones. 153 Chlorostoma funebrale A. Ad. Very abundant. brunneum Phil. montereyi Kiener. Calliostoma cosiatum Mart. Abundant. Margarita pupilla Gould. lirulata Carp. Crepidula adunca Sby. Common. navicelloides Nutt. Hipponyx antiquatus Linn. Bitthtm filosum Gld. armillatum Carp. * Littorina p/anaxis Nutt. The commonest shell of the islands. scutulata Gld. Much less common than the preceding, although found together. Lacuna solidida Louen. tinifasciata Carp. Barleeia haliotiphila Cpr. Trivia californica Gray. Erato vitellina Hinds. Conus californicus Hinds. Odostomia inflaia Carp. Cerithiopsis tuberadata Mont. Mitra maura Swains. Amphissa corrugata Rve. Purpura crispata Chem. canaliculata Duclos. Ocinebra lurida Midd. interfossa Carp. Cerostoma foliatum Gmelin. Pedicularia californica Newc. Fusus luteopictus Dall. Mr. Chas. Fuchs has kindly identified the Coleoptera as follows: Amara californica Dej. aurata Dej. Bradycelhis califorivicus Lee. Blechrus nigrinus Mann. Tackycellus nitidus Dej. Axinopalpus biplagiatus Dej. Necrophonts nigrihis Mann. 154 Natural History of the Farallones. [zoe Hister Leconiei Mars. Saprinus lug ens Er. Conio?itis Eschscholtzii Mann. Eleodes consobrina Lee. I am indebted to the courtesy of Mr. Jas. E. Benedict, of the Na- tional Museum, for the identification of the following Crustacea: Ueterograpsus nudus Dana. Pachygrapsus crassipes Randall. Eupagurus hirsutiuscuhis Dana. Ligia occidentalis Dana. Idoiea ? hiriipes Dana. Pollicipespolymerus Sowerby. Tetraclita porosa, var. Gmelin. The only batrachian of the islands has been previously recorded by Cope: Autodax lugubris. BIRDS. Leaving the fisherman's wharf in San Francisco in the little one- masted boat of the Greek eggers early Sunday morning, July 3, we expected to arrive at the island early in the afternoon; but the fates decreed otherwise. We set sail with a high head-wind, and for a time birds were not to be thought of as we lay below deck in dark- ness, with an environment of choice odors evidently made on pur- pose to delight the heart (and stomach) of the novice at seamanship —a bloody liver dangling at our feet and pans of stale meat at our heads. This soon grew intolerable, and we insisted upon having the after hatch opened. Standing up and breathing the fresh sea air was better than being cooped up below, although the bucket- fulls of water which were hurled into our faces every few minutes by those conspirators against our peace of mind, the wind and wave, might have been thought disagreeable by the over-fastidious. The fortunate possession of a rubber coat saved me from being com- pletely drenched, and with the exception of the seepage from an occasional injudicious shower of spray running down my neck, and a pair of wet shoes, I kept tolerably dry. The case was otherwise with my companion, however: he had no rubber coat, and was accordingly soon compelled to go below, drenched and disconsolate. The only bird noted in the bay and about the Golden Gate was vol. in.] Natural History of the Farallones. 155 the California-guillemot, which was fairly common. It would seem from an examination of the dead bird as if the guillemot must be a slow and clumsy flier, so small are the wings in proportion to the size of the body; but, when once started in the air, they fly with great swiftness, their sharply-pointed bodies cleaving the air like a spear, and their compact little wings whirring at a great rate. They were very tame, and allowed the boat to draw quite close before making any attempt to escape. Some would then dive with an impatient jerk, but the majority would start to fly. Apparently not having the time nor energy to lift their bodies out of the water, they would flap along on the surface, splashing and scuffling in a ludicrously frantic manner. Occasionally some peculiarly energetic individual would actually lift himself above the sustaining fluid and essay to fly, but, apparently blinded in his hurry to escape, would plunge directly at the first wave that happened to be slightly higher than usual, and literally fall all over himself in the most awkward manner imaginable. I noticed that whenever the bird dived the wings were thrown out, as if to assist in swimming, instead of being folded close to the body, as with most diving birds. Later observ- ation confirmed the theory that the birds swim under water with their wings more than with their legs, for they may frequently be seen under water from the Farallori rocks using the wings in this manner. Indeed, the form of the wing is curiously analogous to the wing of a penguin, being shaped something like a flipper, and very stiff and compact. It is, of course, only an analogy, the penguin's wing being scaled, while the character of the guillemot's wing is due to the feathers. It seems not improbable, however, that the guillemot is gradually losing the power of flight, just as the great auk lost it, in order to gain greater freedom in swimming under water. Its difficulty in rising from the water and awkwardness in falling back into it would seem to argue in favor of this view, in spite of its swift flight in a gale of wind. In all this digression it must not be forgotten that the wind is still blowing and our little craft tumbling about as it approaches the bar in Golden Gate. An occasional Brandt's cormorant would flap past, its long neck stretched far ahead of the clumsy black body, as if trying its best to part company with so slow a companion. As we get a little way out to sea, a large rock, slightly isolated from the mainland, is noticed completely whitened with the guano of this 156 Natural History of the Farallones. ]zoe species, indicating the presence of a large rookery. The wind, which had been uncomfortably brisk inside the bay, left us almost entirely after we were well out to sea, and we were soon rolling aimlessly about on the broad ocean swells, with only an occasional puff of wind to make the sails flap. Thus we spent the rest of the day. The night was varied by a dense fog closing in around us, and the cheerful tones of an old tin fog-horn, with responses from two or three neighboring vessels, lent a little life to the scene for a time. Not appreciating the bits of greasy fried liver upon which our captain and crew of two made their morning, noon and evening meal, bread and claret completing the bill of fare, we went supper- less to bed. On looking out early the next morning the dark, lead-colored water and foggy air looked cheerless enough, but we were consoled by the information that we were sailing under a good breeze directly towards our destination. Soon the North Farallones loomed up through the fog—little bare rocks, with the waves dash- ing against their sides. Presently midway rock-was passed, and at last we were in sight of South Farallon. Almost before we know it the sail has been lowered, and we row past Sugar Loaf Rock into Fisherman's Bay, where the anchor is lowered and the fog-horn blown to summon the eggers on shore to send a skiff for us to land. As we lay at anchor in the little cove the sight was, indeed, a novel one. The rocks were of a light pinkish or cream color from the guano upon them, interspersed with patches of pale-green where some moss or lichen had taken root, apparently. Lower down, where the waves dash upon them, they were clean and almost black in color, while in beautiful contrast to their sombre hue the breakers were dashed into white foam and pale-green opaline tints. But the thing which interested us the most was the vast assemblage of birds. Every cranny upon the face of the rough granitic cliffs was alive with guillemots, uttering their characteristic note, some at rest, some fluttering and scrambling or bobbing their heads; the whole scene being one of indescribably weird animation, and unlike anything else imaginable, unless it be the witches in Faust on Walpurgis night. Here and there the black figure of a cormorant upon her nest was noticed, or one would fly by with a fish in her bill, headed toward her nest. An occasional puffin (Ltmda cirrhata), or sea parrot, as it is aptly called, would fly past the boat, with its immense odd bill of red and the big patch of white on the head in striking vol. in.] Natural History of the Farallones. 157 contrast to the dark color of the body. By far the most familiar birds were the western gulls (Larus occidentalis). They flocked about the boat in considerable numbers, displaying- their beautiful dark slate-blue mantle and yellow bills with the scarlet patch near the tip. They were attracted by the refuse from the men's break- fast, which was thrown overboard in the cove. In spite of their fine plumage and graceful actions, they proved to be a disagreeable, noisy, quarrelsome bird. After a half-hour of impatient waiting a skiff was lowered into the water from the sling in which it hangs from the rocks, and a man came out to land us, bags and baggage. Not until we were in the skiff bound for shore, and in the comparatively quiet waters of the cove, did I realize to its fullest extent the pleasures of a sea voyage by getting seasick; and then to lie down and watch my companion consume a good breakfast after a fast of thirty-six hours, and be able to join him only in spirit! However, there was no time for lamenting the inevitable. Shortly after we had become established in our quarters at the residence of the head light-keeper, the eggers started to gather the eggs on the portion of the island known as West End, and we learned that it would be our only opportunity to visit that district, as the eggers object to disturbing the birds except just after they have plundered them. The eggers had refused to allow us to take a gun to the islands, but we found two young men there from San Francisco, who had come on the tug, and were provided with that implement so neces- sary to the bird collector. One of them, Mr. H. M. Anthony, very kindly went with me and assisted in securing such birds as I desired. As we started off, following the course of the eggers, the gulls were by far the most conspicuous and noisy birds seen. Their most common note may be expressed by the syllables quock kuck ktick kuck, uttered very rapidly in a low, guttural tone. Sometimes it was varied thus—kuck kuck kuck ka—the quality of tone being the same as in the first instance. Frequently a higher cry would be heard, which may be indicated by the letters ki aa, with a strong- accent on the first syllable. Again, one would utter a rattling, gut- tural cry, which sounded like a man being throttled. The young were quite common about the rocks, white in color, everywhere spotted with dark dusky. At the approach of an enemy they would Natural History of the Farallones. [ZOE run and attempt to squeeze into any little cranny in the rocks they happened to espy, but were very readily caught by hand. The nest is a simple affair composed of dry weeds, mostly Bcsria maritimay and placed almost anywhere upon a rocky hillside. No nests were observed on the steep cliffs overhanging the sea, the favorite situa- tion being a hillside of moderate slope. The eggs are remarkably well protected in color, and the nest itself is so trifling an affair that it may frequently be almost stepped upon without being dis- covered, unless the attention is especially directed towards finding, it. The birds are extremely noisy and vociferous as long as an in- truder remains in their territory, hovering over him in large num- bers and swooping upon him with menacing cries and gestures. Altogether, one feels more comfortable when he gets off their pre- serves. But the birds are remarkably inconsistent, for they are inveterate plunderers themselves. As the eggers go about the rocks, starting all the birds from their nests, the gulls follow closely in their train, breaking every cormorant's egg which comes in their way and devouring the contents. They even manage to crack the tough shell of the guillemot's egg if any should be passed by the eggers. Continuing our scramble up the rocks, we presently reached the summit of the west end, where a wonderfully grand spectacle was- unfolded to view. We found ourselves on the very edge of a prec- ipice with a sheer drop of several hundred feet, perhaps, to the sea,, which was breaking on the rocks below. All about the rocky ledges were rows of guillemots, frequently huddled together in enormous numbers. I sat down and made rough- sketches of the birds, illustrating some of the attitudes they assumed. While ob- serving them, one which sat upon the topmost ridge stretched its neck out and, leaning over, looked down at the sea as if contem- plating a plunge. Others were busy dressing their plumage, while now and then one would rise up and flap its wings and then settle down again. A group of the birds drawn from life is represented in Plate xviii. So large a concourse of these birds is a strange sight indeed, and one furnishing much food for reflection. Here we see the social instinct in one of its most primitive forms. A community of ants or bees is far in advance of an assemblage of sea birds. Here they live, each pair with a piece of property and home of their own, a little nook of rock with a single egg upon it; and the own- vol. in.] Natural History of the Farallones. 159 ers have well-defined ideas of individual rights and the impropriety of "jumping- claims." Mr. Walter E. Bryant, in his Birds and Eggs from the Farallon Islands,* suggests that the curiously pro- nounced pear shape of the guillemot's egg is "an all-wise provision * * * preventing it from rolling off of a slightly inclined plane "— by which he means, I suppose, that it has been brought about by natural selection. This is a very interesting observation regarding the significance of the shape of the egg, and certainly seems to be perfectly plausible. The color of the guillemot's egg is no less re- markable than the shape. No two individuals lay eggs exactly alike; in fact, there is probably no bird which displays so great a •diversity with respect to color and markings as the guillemot. Still more interesting: one of the eggers, a man of intelligence and veracity, apparently, informed me that the same pair of birds always laid the same style of an egg. He said that on particular isolated ledges where only a single pair built he would invariably find one form of marking upon the egg. Thus, on taking the egg from some known spot on alternate days, he would observe it was invari- ably scrawled, or from some other nook constantly unmarked white, while a third cranny would yield an egg spotted in a particular way. If this observation be true it is of considerable interest, and may perhaps furnish a clue to the reason for the diversity of type in the eggs. With most birds the color of the egg varies but little from the type of the species, and we may accordingly infer that the particular color is of some use, and is preserved by natural selection. The form of the egg is frequently more variable than the color, but with the guillemot the reverse is the case. The shape is remarkably constant, and there seems to be a good reason why it should be so. But there appears to be an equally good reason why the color should be variable. In nesting in great numbers close together there might frequently be difficulty in keeping each pair's property distinct if all the eggs were alike, but this difficulty would be entirely obviated if each pair laid a different style of egg. Natural selec- tion, then, would not tend to preserve any one type of marking, but would rather encourage as great diversity as possible. If a pair does always lay the same style of egg the birds would learn their own kind once for all. This would be especially useful if the * Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2cl Ser. Vol. I, p. 35. • 160 Natural History of the Farallones. [zoe same pair mated year after year. The observation upon the con- stancy of the color of eggs of a single pair would need confirming by competent scientific authority, however, before it could be entirely credited. As I sat sketching the guillemots on the crest of the rock, their curious habit of bowing was repeatedly noticed. The first one in a row will deliberately bow his head, perhaps once, or sometimes two or three times, followed in turn by each one in the assembly. What the purpose of this curious maneuver is I was utterly unable to make out. The explanation that naturally suggests itself is that it is in some way connected with the courting of the birds, although there was really nothing to confirm this view. Brandt's cormorant was also very abundant upon this West End ledge, and nested there in large numbers. Between the eggers and the gulls the birds of this section have a hard time of it, however,, and no young of either the guillemots or Brandt's cormorant were discovered. After securing specimens of the adult of these species, together with a stray pufiin, we started on our return course, visit- ing the rookery of Farallon cormorants on the way. Drawings were made of the old' birds in various attitudes, and of the young in the nest. Plate xix shows a group of the young, with adult in the distance. The young are about as ugly specimens as nature ever permits, the comparison to a black greasy kid glove being especially apt in describing them. They are almost destitute of feathers, a little dark fuzz here and there indicating where they will eventually appear, while the pin-feathers may have started as dark- colored quills. On approaching a nest of young they would open their immense mouths and stretch their necks angrily towards the intruder, uttering a low, hoarse, plaintive kwa kwa kwa kwa kwa. On drawing nearer the cries are louder and very violent, the birds squawking loudly. One nest that I observed particularly, contained two young, one much larger than the other. As we sat watching them at a short distance the older bird was noticed preening and caressing the y ounger with its bill—a notable example of brotherly or sisterly affection. When the younger bird was removed and transferred to the collecting basket, however, the older one, instead of manifesting a decent amount of grief over the loss of its com- panion, commenced preening and dressing its own greasy skin in the most unconcerned manner imaginable the moment its own safety vol. in.] Natural History of the Farallones. 161 was no longer, menaced. Mr. Anthony called my attention to the fact that the nests of Brandt's cormorant were decorated around the sides with fresh seaweed, while the Farallon and Baird's cor- morant built their nests exclusively of dried weeds, principally Bceria marilima. We also visited the nesting place of Baird's oormorant, and ob- tained specimens of the old and young. This bird is less common than the other two cormorants and less communistic in its habits. It appears to resort to steep cliffs upon which to build its nest, while the other two species build upon a sloping hillside, as a rule. One solitary Baird's cormorant was noticed sitting upon her nest on a little shelf of rock only about fifty feet above the booming surf, and completely isolated not only from other individuals of her own species but from all the other birds of the island. A lonely life in- deed amid the wild desolation of nature. Figures i and 2 of Plate xxi indicate the differences in the bill of the Farallon and Baird's cormorant. The former has a considerably longer bill, and there is quite a well marked difference in shape, even at this early age. The color of the skin is also quite distinct in the two species, being almost black or dark slate colored in the Farallon, and a seal brown in Baird's. The return from the morning's collecting trip was made under difficulties for we had so many birds to carry that we could barely walk under the weight of some twelve cormorants, together with a few guillemots, puffins and auklets. The afternoon of the '' glori- ous Fourth'' was consumed in making rough skeletons of some of the birds, and putting others away in alcohol, while the evening was de- voted to writing up the notebook. The following morning was largely taken up with collecting the shells and other marine life among the rocks, together with some insects, but I also managed to visit the nesting place of the puffins (Lunda cirrkata), and Cassin's auklet (Ptychoramphus aleuticus). The steep rocky hillside in which they nested was composed of a sort of coarse shale-like granite in which there were many fissures offering a safe retreat for the birds. Peer- ing into some dark cranny a puffin would be barely visible at the further end. I was immediately struck with the use of the con- spicuous white patch upon the face as a socialistic recognition mark. Were it not for this the bird would be completely invisible from the entrance to the burrow, and it would doubtless be a matter of con- 162 Natural History of the Farallones. [zoe siderable convenience in the social intercourse of the parent birds. It is a significant fact that the patch is white, as with the markings about the head in so many mammals that live in burrows. There is, however, another use in this white patch of the sea parrot. I noticed that the setting bird always faced the entrance to her re- treat, exposing the white patch in full view. On seeing this special precautions were used in inserting the hand to prevent being bitten, for the bite of a puffin is a dangerous thing. It is quite evident that this white patch must serve as a warning for intruders to keep off, and is one of the few cases of warning colors among birds which have come to my notice. A series of the young of Cassin's auklet was obtained, but the bird is nocturnal in habits so that very little was seen of the adult. Figure 3 of Plate xxi shows the young puffin's head, the bill, even at this early stage of development being greatly enlarged and trans- versely grooved. The bird is feathered when hatched, apparently, at least the youngest specimen obtained was completely so, and of a dark brown color. Figure 5 shows the head of Cassin's auklet. It may be recognized at the earliest age obtainable by the little up- turned snub bill and the gray feet. In size and general color the young of the pigeon guillemot is not unlike the young of Cassin's auklet, both being dark-brown in color; but the difference in the shape of the bill, as shown in Fig- ure 4 of Plate xxi, is very marked, as is also the character of the feet. The throat of the guillemot is feathered, while in the auklet it is almost naked, and of a dark slaty color. Mr. Anthony noticed Cassin's auklets nesting along the sides of one of the caves which he explored, which is quite an unusual habit with this species. I noticed that they also nest on level ground in crannies under loose rocks. At night, especially if the moon is up, the birds are very abundant and noisy. Their note resembles the creeking of a rusty gate, and may be represented by the syllables creek a reek! creek a reek! creek a reek! Another nocturnal bird is the. ashy petrel (Oceanodroma homochroa). It is perhaps not so rare upon the island as it is difficult to find. Mr. Anthony obtained a large number of eggs and birds by systematically turning over rocks on a hillside where they were known to be found. The nest is fre- quently, though by no means invariably, indicated by the strong musky odor in its vicinity. The flight of the petrel was light, quick vol. in.] Natural History ofthe Farall ones. 163 and noiseless, reminding one somewhat of the flight of a bat. I did not hear any note uttered by .the bird. The irrepressible gulls were also abroad at night and their note at that time sounded as a pensive wail indescribably weird and mournful as it mingled with the creek- ing of multitudes of auklets and the roar of the waves and wind whistling about the sharp points of rock. There is but one other sea bird which nests about the islands of which no particular mention has been made—the pigeon guillemot (Cepphus columba). It is very common, although never seen con- gregating in such immense numbers as the California. When sitting upon the rocks facing the observer it appears to be a very dark brown bird with conspicuous scarlet feet. This brilliant color is un- doubtedly a recognition mark as is also the characteristic white patch on the wing which is conspicuous both when the bird is at rest and in flight. Plate xx represents a group of the birds, the attitudes having been taken from life. The most characteristic attitude of the bird is an erect posture, with the entire foot upon the ground. Frequently it will squat flat down among the rocks, however. They may frequently be seen with fishes in their bills, but I was unable to determine whether for their own use or to feed the young. When anyone approaches they sit with their long slender bills wide open and utter a high pensive long drawn out squeak—peeeeeeeeie. Young birds were obtained from crannies in the rock, in much the same sort of place as the auklets breed. In the foregoing account of the water birds breeding upon the Farallons little or nothing has been said of the eggs both be- cause they have all been described and because my own efforts were directed towards obtaining the young birds and such few eggs as were found well incubated. Only two land birds nest upon the island, the raven (Corznts corax si?matus), which is very rare but undoubtedly breeds there, and the rock wren (Salpinctes obsolehis), which is extremely abund- ant and nests all over, at least the lower parts of the island. The black turnstone ( Arenaria melanocephala), was fairly common along the beach. No evidence of their breeding was discovered but it is a little remarkable that they have been recorded by Mr. Emerson* *Bryant 1. c. p. 44. 164 Natural History of the Farallones. [zoe in May, June, July and August, if they do not nest there. But one addition to the list of birds published in Mr. Bryant's catalogue was made, the Carolina rail (Porzana Carolina). A specimen was shot by Mr. W. A. Beeman, head light-keeper, in August, 1890, and is now in his possession mounted. It will not be necessary to detain the reader with a narrative ot the remainder of the trip, as nothing" new in the way of birds was discovered. Early on the morning of July 6, we received news that the egg boat was ready to return, so after hastily packing we soon found ourselves pitching about in a rough sea, en route for San Francisco. It may be fitting to close this account of the birds of the Farallones with a word on their geographical distribution in general. The water birds which nest upon these isolated rocks are such species as frequent the rocky islands and mainland of the north Pacific, as far north as Alaska. Indeed, the Farallones appear to mark the south- ern limit of breeding range of one or two species. Mr. Clark P. Streator* has noted the tufted puffin, Cassin's auklet, western gull, pigeon guillemot and the three cormorants of the Farallones breeding upon the Santa Barbara Islands. Of this number Mr. Bryant, in his Catalogue of the Birds of Lower Californiaf records Cassin's auklet as breeding as far south as San Geronimo Island (Anthony), and the western gull as breeding on Todos Santos Islands off Ensenada and upon the Island of San Pedro Martir (Goss). The California guillemot I do not find recorded as breeding south of the Farallons. All three cormorants are found in Lower California and probably all breed from there north to Washington as stated in the A. O. U. Check List.J The ashy petrel has not been recorded, I believe, as breeding at any point except the Farallones. The com- *O. & O. xiii, pp. 53-54. tProc. Cal.Acad. Sci. 2d Ser. vol. ii, pp. 250-251. Jpp. iio-iii. vol. in.] Natural History of the Farallones. 165 parative distribution of the birds of the Farallones with regard to their breeding range may be graphically represented as follows: Cassin's Auklet. Pigeon Guillemot. Tufted Puffin. California Guillemot. Western Gull. Brandt's Cormorant. Farallon " Baird's " Alaska. Northern U. S. Ashy Petrel I FARALLONS. Santa Barbara Jsls. Lower California. MAMMALS. As might be expected there are no land mammals native to the Farallones. Rabbits have been introduced and have multiplied until they are extremely abundant and very tame. They are of every imaginable shade of color from black, through brown and gray to white, sometimes clear, frequently mottled. During the dry season, the light-keeper informs me, they die off in great num- bers owing to lack of food. Sea Lions (Eumetopias stelleri), are common, especially upon the North Farallones. Mr. Beeman informs me that fur seals (Callorhinus ursimis), occasionally visit the islands during the win- ter months and also the leopard seal (Phoca vitulina). Note.—There are two more species which were overlooked and which should be added to the list of California water birds published in this issue. Numenius borealis (Forst.) Recorded from San Diego by Mr. Holterhoff. (Auk, i, 4, 393.) Xema sabinii (Sab.) A specimen (No. 379) is in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. It was taken on San Fran- cisco Bay in October, 1889, and was identified by Mr. Belding. w. e. B. THE NOMENCLATURE OF PLANTS. BY KATHARINE BRANDEGEE. This subject is at present attracting a large amount of the atten- tion of systematic botanists. An international botanical congress is to be held in Genoa next month, at which the questions will prob- ably be freely discussed, although, from the known wide diversity of opinion, agreement is hardly to be hoped for. Of one thing we may be assured beforehand — the so-called ''' Kew rule," or rule of convenience, so tenaciously held in certain quarters, and reaffirmed in a posthumous letter by Dr. Watson, will have a numerically scant following. It is quite sufficient to imagine the ghastly state of affairs if Kuntze, in addition to his other liberties, had taken this and re- named the species according to fancy. The following circulars, the first to botanists in general, the sec- ond to the botanists of America, have been sent out for the signa- tures of those who agree with them: *' PROPOSITIONS TO AN AMENDMENT OF THE ' LOIS DE NOMEN- CLATURE BOTANIQUE.' Since the time of Linnaeus botanists have continually endeavored to gain a uniform nomenclature, and these endeavors were com- pletely justified on account of an easier mutual understanding. We know very well that certain differences will always remain, because the decision on some questions only depends on the author's sub- jective opinion. But we hope that a gradual and continual reforma- tion will bring an essential improvement. O. Kuntze's Revisio generum has raised an evident perturbation, and will cause a com- plete confusion; therefore, we thought it necessary to propose the following four resolutions, which refer only to the genera: I. The starting point of the priority of the genera, as well as the species, is the year 1752, resp. 1753. II. Nomina nuda and seminuda are to be rejected. Pictures alone, without diagnoses, do not claim any priority of a genus. III. Similar names are to be conserved if they differ by ever so little in the last syllable; if they only differ in the mode of spelling, the newer one must fall. IV. The names of the following larger or universally known genera are to be conserved, though after the strictest rules of pri- The Nomenclature of Plants. 167 ority they must-be rejected; in many of them the change of the names now used is by no means sufficiently proved: Ad 1. After Alph. de Candolle had proposed to take the year 1737 as the starting point of the priority of genera, many botanists had acknowledged it. But we think that the turning point from the ancient botany to our modern science rests in the introduction of the binominal nomenclature. Therefore, we propose, after a previ- ous communication with Alph. de Candolle, to remove the starting "point for both the species as well as the genera as far as to the year 1753, resp. 1752, date of the species plantarum ed. I. (1753), with the IV. ed. of the genera plantarum (1752). Before that time the scientific position of Linnaeus is not superior to Tournefort, Rivinus and many other botanists, who often had described and segregated the genera more exactly than he did. Ad 2. Many genera have been founded on a picture only, with- out a diagnosis. No doubt by means of it a species sometimes can clearly be made out and recognized; and if the picture is a good one, all the characteristics of the plant can be observed. But a picture can never show the special characteristics alone which raise the genus above the other of its affinity. A genus only gains pri- ority by a verbal diagnosis, and nomina nuda and seminuda are to be rejected; therefore, the following works cannot claim a right of priority: Rumphius, Herbarium Amboinense (1741-1755), Bur- mann, Flora Indica (1768), Patr. Browne, History of Jamaica (1756), Lamarck, Illustration des genres pro parte, etc. Ad 3. There are to be conserved Adenia as well as Ade7iium, Acnisia as well as Acnistus, Alectra as well as Alectryon, Apios as- well as Apiuni, Rubia as well as Rubus, Bellis as well as Bellium, Chloris as well as Chloraea and Chlora, Glyphaea as well as Gfyphis and Glyphia, Calopogon as well as Calopogonium, Atropa as well as Atropis, Galax as well as Galaxia and Galactia, Dana& as well as- Danais, Drimia as well as Drimys, Glechoma as well as Glechon, Hydrothrix as well as Hydroiriche, Micrawthus as well as Micran- theum, Microtea as well as Microius, Platystemma as well as Platys- temon, Silvaea as well as Silvia, etc.; we doubt that there is any scholar who will confound them. On the contrary, Tetraclis and Tetradeis, Oxythece and Oxytheca, Epidendrum and Epidendron, Oxycoccus and Oxycoccos, Asterocarpus and Astrocarpus, Peltostema and Peltistema, are only different modes of spelling the same word, and the newer one is to be refused if they name different genera. I 168 The Nomenclature of Plants. [zoe !i Ad 4. The impulse that led to the acknowledgment of the right of priority was only the vivid desire to create a stable nom- enclature. If we see that by the absolute and unlimited observance of the principle we probably gain the contrary of what we intended, we, who have ourselves made the rules of priority as a law, have the right to amend the latter. Therefore, we present a list of genera that have more than a merely scientific interest, or that are very large, and we propose to conserve them in spite of the rules of pri- ority, in order to avoid a general confusion by the change of many thousand names. The Committee—P. Ascherson, A.Engler, K.Schumann, I.Urban. We agree to the four resolutions—A. H. Berkhout, R. Beyer, C. Bolle, R. Buttner, U. Dammer, B. JFrank, A. Garcke, E. Gilg, M. Giirke, P. Hennings, O. Hoffman, L. Kny, E. Koehne, G. Krabbe, F. Kranzlin, L. Krug, M. Kuhn, G. Lindau, E. Loew, P. Magnus, F. Niedenzu, F. Pax, H. Potonie", O. Reinhardt, R. Ruthe, S. Schwen- dener, P. Taubert, G. Volkens, O. Warburg, A. Winkler, L. Witt- mack, E. Wunschmann. Num. spec. 5 50 4 40 80 11 17 200 155 80 55 70 30 10 16 140 115 28 24 160 80 50 120 3 50 NoMINA CONSERVANDA. ErophilaDC. (1821) Jonidiuni Vent. (1803) Spergularia Pers. (1805) Ternstroemia Thbg. (1794) Malvastrum A. Gr. (1849) Cola Schott et Eudl. (1832) Podalyria Lam. (1795) Oxytropis DC. 1802) Desmodium Desv. (1S13) Adesmia DC. (1825) Barringtonia Forst. (1775) Sonerila Eoxb. (1820) Rhipsalis Pers. (1805) Paederia Linn. (1767) Liatris Schreb. (1791) MikaniaW. (1S03) Blumea DC. (1833) Euryops Cass. (1818) Gazania Gartn. (1791) Cirsium Scop. (1761) Scaevola Linn. (1772) Armeria Willd. (1807) Statice Willd. (1807) Chonemorpka Don (1S37) Oxypetalum R. Br. (1809) Nomina Rejicienda. Gansbium Ad. (1763) Calceolaria Loffl. (1758) Tissa v. Bnda Ad. (1763) Mokofua Ad. (1763) Malveopsis Prsl. (1844) Edwardia Eaf. (1812) Aphora Neck. (1790) Spiesia Neck. (1790) Meibomia Heist, ex Fabr. (1763) Patagonium Schrk. (1808) Huttum Ad. (1763) Cassebeeria Dennst. (1818) Hariota Ad. (1763) Hondbesseion Ad. (1763) Laciniaria Hill (1762) Willoughbya Neck. (1790) Placus Lour. (1790) , Jacobaeastrum Man. (1751) Meridiana Hill (1761) Cnicus et Carduus L. 1753 ex. p. Lobelia Ad. (1763) Statice Fabr. etc. (1759) Liinonium Fabr. etc. (1759) Bellutakaka Ad. (1763) Gothofreda Vent. (1803) vol. in.] The Nomenclattire of Plants. 169 Num. Spec. 50 3 10 45 90 30 14 3 47 •24 GO 12 70 3 60 46 10 9 76 20 12 20 175 330 30 40 (30 80 400 120 100 85 60 8 19 5 59 9 36 22 3 30 28 40 60 50 20 215 200 33 20 3 40 NO S1INA CONSEB VA NDA. Herpestis Gartn. (1805) Tectona L. til. (1781) Aerva Forsk. (1775) Suaeda Forsk. (1775) Myristica L. f. (1781) Isopogon B. Br. (1810) Stenocarpus B. Br. (1810) Telopea E. Br. (1810) Dryandra E. Br. (1810) Leucospermunx E. Br. (1810) Persoonia'Sm. (1798) Nrvenia E. Br. (1810) Leucadendron E. Br. (1840) Knightia E. Br. (1810) Protea E. Br. (1810) Banksia L. f. (1781) Sorocephalus E. Br. (1810) Lomatia E. Br. (1810) Pimelea Gartn. (1788) Strutliiola L. f. (1767) Exocarpus Lab. (1798) Julocroton Mart. (1837) Pilea Lindl. (1821) Dendrobium Sw. (1799) Angraecum Lindl. (1826) Polystachya Hook. (1824-25) Eulophia E. Br. (1823) Spiranthes Eich. (1818) Pleurothallis E. Br. (1813) Liparis Eich. (1818) Bolbophyllum Spr. (1826) Eria Lindl. (1825) Ooelogyne Lindl. (1825) Libertia Spr. (1825) Patersonia E. Br. (1807) Hosta Tratt. (1812) Haworthia Duv. (1824) Astelia E. Br. (1810) Dracaena Jtirs. (1767) Thysanotus E. Br. (1810) Agapanthus l'Herit. (1788) Cyanotis Don (1825) Dichorisandra Mik. (1820) LuzulaDC. (1805) Chamaedorea W. (1804) Pandanus L. f. (1781) Hydrosme Schott (1858) Paepalanthus Mart. (1833-35 Fimbristylis Vahl (1806) Eottboellia L. f. (1781) Setaria Beauv. (1812) Phyllocladus Eich. (1826) Podocarpus l'Herit. (1810) NOMINA REJIOIENDA. Brami Ad. (1763) Theka Ad. (1763) Uretia Ad. (1763) Dondia Ad. (1763) Comacum Ad. (1763) Atylus Sal. (1807) Cybele Sal. et Kn. (1809) Hylogyne Sal. et Kn. (1809) Josephia Sal. et Kn. (1S09) Leucadendron Sal. et Kn. (1809) Linkia Cav. (1797) Paranonms Sal. et Kn. (1809) Protea Sal. et Kn. (1809) Eymandra Sal. et Kn. (1809) Gagnedi Bruce (1790) Sirmlillera O. Ktze. (cf. ap. Pimeleam) Soranthe Sal. et Kn. (1809) Tricondylus Sal. et Kn. (1809) Banksia Forst. (1776) Belvala Ad. (1763) Xylophyllos L. (1771) Cicca Ad. (1763) AdiceaEaf. (1815) Callista Lour. (1790) Angorchis Thou. (1809) Dendrorchis Thou. (1809) Graphorchis Thou. (1809) Gyrostachys Pers. (1807) Humboldtia E. et P. (1794) Leptorchis Thou. (1809) Phyllorchis Thou. (1S09) Pinalia Ham. (Febr. 1825) Pleione Don (Febr. 1825) Tekel Ad. (1763) Genosiris Lab. (1804) Saussurea Salisb. (1807) Catevala Ad. (1763) Funckia W. (1S08) Draco Ad. (1763) Chlamysporum Salisb. (1809) Tulbaghia Heist. (1753) Tonningia Neck. (1790) Stickmannia Neck. (1790) Juncodes Ad. (1763) Nunnezharia E. et P. (1794) Keura Forsk. (1775) Corynophallus Schott (1857) Dupatya Veil. (1825) Iria Eich. (1805) Manisuris L. (1771) Chamaerhaphis E. Br. (1810) Podocarpus Lab. (1806) Nageia Gartn. (17S8)" 170 The Nomenclature of Plants. [zok " In view of the International Botanical Congress to be held at Genoa, Italy, September 4th to nth, 1892, we, the undersigned American botanists, favor the adoption of the following general principles of nomenclature: I. The adoption of initial dates for generic and specific names. II. That the publication of a generic name or a binominal specific name invalidates the use of the same name for any subsequently published genus or species. III. That in the transfer of a species to a genus other than the one under which it was first published, the original specific name is to be preserved, unless such name has previously been employed in the genus to which the species is transferred; and if the author who transfers such species alters the name, it may be restored by any subsequent author. IV. That a varietal name be treated as equal in rank to a spe- cific name, in its relations as a homonym and in the transfer of species and varieties from one genus to another. Frederick V. Coville, B. T. Galloway, J. M. Holzinger, Walter H. Evans, F. H- Knowlton, Lester F. Ward, George B. Sudworth, N. L. Britton, Thomas Morong, William E. Wheelock, Arthur Hollick, Elizabeth G. Britton, Anna Murray Vail, Byron D. Halsted, Thomas C. Porter, John K. Small, J. Bernard Brinton, Timothy F. Allen, H. H. Rusbv." To the first article in both propositions there is perhaps no serious objection—if the proposers can show that such alteration of the present rule offers any adequate compensation for the disturbance it will entail. The second and third articles of the Berlin proposition merely formulate the existing practice of most naturalists, but many would like to amend by outlawing all such names as are founded on dis- tributed sets, i. e., dating them not from such distribution, but from the appearance of a diagnosis in print. The fourth article would be an instance of special legislation, re- pugnant to the sense of justice of most botanists. There are a great VOL. III.] The Nomenclature of Plants. 171 many other genera in similar or even worse case, and why should these particular ones be singled out? And then, again, the name of P. Taubert signed to the articles can hardly fail to remind botan- ists of his recent resurrection of Aublet's generic names and inex- cusable transference of all the species—of course attaching " Taub." to them; and to call attention to the fact that among the list to be conserved " in spite of the rules of priority, in order to avoid a general confusion by the change of many thousand names," those discredited by Taubert do not appear. The second article of Dr. Britton's proposition is out of order until—at least—it shall have been adopted by zoologists in general and found to be useful in working. In botany such a rule—if made retroactive—would be of very small advantage and productive at the outset of almost infinite confusion. As a rule for present action there could be no possible exception, and a careful systematist will go farther and refrain from the giving of a generic name which has been used in zoology. The third article is in accord with the principles and practice of most botanists, but the opponents though few are powerful. It has always seemed odd to me that if the principle of priority were ad- mitted at all, there should ever be a question of the propriety of adhering to it in specific names, the species being the unit and generic, tribal, ordinal, etc., merely classifying names. The claim that " the oldest specific name under the proper genus " should be conserved, is little less than an absurdity—for who in these days shall say when the " proper genus " has been reached, and mean- time in the irresponsible hands of Rafinesquians how many bino- mial synonyms may be inflicted upon us? The fourth article is in my opinion illogical and inadmissible. Some of the lighter and more diverting phases of our nomen- clatural woes are dealt with by Prof. E. L. Greene who, in Pitt. No. 11, finds himself " minded " to take up the cudgels in behalf of Dr. Kuntze's '' Revisio " and the first edition of the Systema as a start- ing point. In objecting to a review by Dr. Schumann he says: " Against the 1735 starting point Dr. Schumann assumes the singu- lar and surely untenable position that the work as regards genera is a list of naked names without diagnoses." If Mr. Greene had ever seen a copy of the first edition of the Systema he would per- haps not have made the remark, which shows so well the danger of ¦ I: 17: A Note on Nomenclature. [zoe dealing with matters not sufficiently understood. The classification of plants is in that work spread out in tabular form over two great folio pages; in these two pages there are under the mark '' f Nova genera a me constituta " twenty-five genera without any mark or reference or means of diagnosis other than that afforded by " Tri- andra monogynia," etc., and ten times as many with no mark whatever beyond the bare word. A second of his amusing " pronouncements " is the following: " Watsonamra has few if any chances of perpetuity, the genus of palms, Serenoa, apparently precluding it; for never yet has it been admitted that two generic names may stand in honor of the same man." We commend these remarks to our friends the mycologists in the light of, say " Saccardia," " Saccardinula," " Saccardoella," etc. Perhaps when Professor Greene and his vagaries have been forgotten some botanist, equally desirous of notoriety, may be en- abled to coin a generic name or two by discovering that " Greenel- la" and "Greenina" are merely synonyms of " Chlora" and "Chloraa." A NOTE ON NOMENCLATURE.* BY ALPHONSE DECANDOLLE. Many botanists are alarmed by the changes in the generic names of plants proposed by Kuntze. But the researches which have been made, and the opinions which are daily published on the subject of nomenclature, may, however, give some reassurance. I have had the curiosity to ascertain what generic names Kuntze claims should be changed in the twenty-six families which I have been studying, either for the Prodromus or the first volume of our Monographiae, and their number is twenty-eight. Now, after an attentive consideration of the reasons given by Kuntze, only six names are found which require to be changed by the application of the well-known law of priority, while twenty-two of the changes are inadmissible. Dr. Briquet, who is better acquainted with the family of the Labiates than any other person, has found that of the fifteen c*hanges proposed by Kuntze, only five are justifiable, while ten are not ad- missible. * Translated for Zoe from Journal of Botany,.May, 1892, by C. C. P. ¦&h VOL. III.] A Note on Nomenclature. 173 After these two examinations, made conscientiously, the number ¦of the changes proposed by Kuntze must be reduced by two-thirds. While rendering, therefore, due justice to the learning and accu- racy of this scientist, I am bound to say that there are several sources of error in his conclusions. I will call attention to the two most important ones: (a) Kuntze takes for genera names only apparently generic, and which are not accompanied by characters sufficiently descriptive of them. A genus is only constituted by the union of a name and the distinctive characters of the plant. Without that it is a genus still- born. It is nil, and therefore can produce no result, especially in the application of the law of priority. All botanists are agreed ¦about nomina nuda or seminuda. (b) The starting point for the genera of Linnaeus is certainly his Genera of 1737, and not his Systema, ed. i,of 1735. This latter had only for its object to make known the twenty-four classes of the author. Some names of genera are indicated there, but without special characters, for the genus is not defined by the single notion conveyed by the term Hexandria or Pentandria digynia. It was in 1737 that Linnaeus enumerated and characterized all the genera he was acquainted with, in his Genera, in-which he abandoned the names of the Systema, regarding them, no doubt, as useless. In my Nouvelles Remarques sur la Nomenclature, in 1883, I have explained why we should start from the Genera rather than from the Systema, and I have seen with pleasure this opinion recently sustained by Daydon Jackson (Bot. Journ. February, 1892); Botanical Gazette (March, 1892); and Schumann (Naturwiss, Rund- schau, Jarhrgang 7, No. 13). The remarks of this latter scientist, favorable to our laws of nomenclature of 1867, have a value so much the greater because he says: An understanding had bee?i arrived at, before their publication, with the botanists of Berlin and some foreign botanists. The principles which I maintained in 1867 and in 1883 are thus supported by good judges, and I confess it is a great satisfaction to me in .my old age. RECENT LITERATURE. Darwin and After Darwin. An Expositio?i of the Darwinian Theory and a Discussion of Post-Darwinian Questions. By George. John Romanes, M. A., L. L. D., F.R.S. I. The Darwinian Theory.* Ever since the publication of the Origin of Species by Means ol Natural Selection, scientist's have been at work adding testimony ot the fact of evolution and discussing theories explanatory of the fact, until, at the present time, the literature of the subject has become highly complex and involved. It would be interesting, indeed, if the voice of Darwin could be heard to-day concerning the many questions which have arisen since his death, or upon which new light has been thrown by recent criticism and investigation. This being impossible, there is no man so pre-eminently qualified to speak for him as George J. Romanes. From personal contact and sym- pathy with his master, and from years of study in similar lines of investigation, he is probably more thoroughly imbued with Darwin's spirit than any other man living, and his attitude of viewing the biological problems of the day doubtless comes as near to the standpoint which Darwin himself would be expected to assume as is possible to imagine. His present work will consequently possess a double interest and value to those concerned with the literature of Darwinism. The first volume of the series of three, the only one as yet before the public, is, as the author says in his preface, " likely to prove of more service to general readers than to professed naturalists," being " a systematic exposition of what may be termed the Darwinism of Darwin "; and yet many questions are raised, even in this first vol- ume, in which scientists are greatly concerned. The book is very properly divided into two parts, the first being a demonstration of evolution as a fact, and the second a discussion of natural and sex- ual selection as more or less complete explanations of the fact.. With the first part of the work naturalists are not so much con- cerned as the general public, for if there be any actual workers in scientific fields at the present day who are not convinced of the va- lidity of evolution as a fact—as a description of the historical growth of organisms—there is no hope for them, and they are not worth wasting time with. With the general public, however, the case is * Open Court Publishing Co., Chicago. Recent Liter attire. 175 •otherwise. Being unfamiliar with even a smattering of modern bi- ological research, their^ attention has not been directed in these channels. Mr. Romanes, therefore, very properly considers that he has a public to convince, and argues every question from this standpoint. In criticising the first part of his book, consequently, the only thing to consider is how well and how forcibly, or, rather, from the standpoint of an outsider, how fairly he has presented the case of evolution. Had this work appeared even a comparatively short time ago there would doubtless have been many reviewers who would question the validity of his proofs, but to-day there are few who would have the^temerity to openly attack such a demon- stration and expose themselves to the criticism which would follow. It is really a question merely of whether his arguments are so pre- sented and his illustrations so chosen that a person unfamiliar with the subject could'reasonably be expected to follow him. And this, it seems, he has realty succeeded admirably well in doing. The figured illustrations are^especially worthy of notice, for both from their profuseness and<"the judiciousness with which they have been selected they, in many cases, speak for themselves. After a few pages of introduction, in which the subject is dis- cussed from a general point of view, the testimony of classification is adduced, followed in succession by that of morphology, embry- ology, palaeontology and geographical distribution. In every case he argues with the defender of special creation and a designing •deity, showing the^innumerable inconsistencies and absurdities which the advocates of that view must maintain. Thus, in the chapter on geographical distribution, he shows that on islands where gales of wind are continually replenishing the mainland forms of life there are few distinct species, while on islands where high winds from the mainland do not prevail the species are, for the most part, distinct. (> But," he says, " on^the theory of special creation, it is impossible to understand why there should be any such correlation between the prevalence of gales and a comparative inertness of creative activity. And, as we have seen, it is equally impossible on this theory to understand why there should be a further correlation between the ¦degree of peculiarity on the part of the isolated species and the -degree in which their nearest allies on the mainland are there con- fined to narrow ranges, and therefore less likely to keep up any I 176 Recent Literature. [zoe biological communication with the islands."* The chapter on embryology is especially worthy of mention as probably the best and fullest argument for evolution ever made from this standpoint- It is noticeable that the general plan of Prof. Joseph Le Conte's work on Evolution and its Relation to Religious Thought has been fol- lowed in the first section of the work under discussion, although the illustrations and the method of presenting them are, to a large extent, unlike those of any other expounder of the subject I will not attempt to discuss a number of points which might be raised with regard to the second part of the book, reserving this for a future time. There is only one point which need be mentioned here. In the chapter on The Theory of Natural Selection, Mr. Romanes says:f "Next, it must be clearly understood that the life which it is the object, so to speak, of natural selection to pre- serve, is primarily the life of the species; not that of the individual. Natural selection preserves the life of the individual only in so far as this is conducive to that of the species. Whenever the life- interests of the individual clash with those of the species, that individual is sacrificed in favor of others who happen better to subserve the interests of the species." Why not go a step farther and say that it is the life of the genus, or the family, and not of the species, which natural selection preserves ? Spe- cies or specific types count for nothing if they come into conflict with higher or better adapted specific types. The record of evolu- tion is a history of the destruction of inferior species to make room for superior. But is it not in reality the individual, rather than the species, which natural selection preserves? I mean, of course, the best individuals. He cites as proof that natural selection! works for the good of the species rather than the individual the case of the ant, "which will allow her head to be slowly drawn from her body rather than relinquish' her hold upon a pupa." Let us examine this instance a little more in detail. There can be no doubt, apparently, that such an instinct as this does make for the good of the community and against the well-being of the indi- vidual concerned. Suppose, however, this instinct of the ant which he cites had * Pp. 230-231. t Pp. 264-265. VOL. III.] Recent Literature. 177 not yet been developed. Then any individual ant which varied in its nature towards determination in facing an enemy would be a great benefit to the tribe, no doubt, but would it stand a better chance to survive and leave offspring who would perpetuate this tendency ? On the contrary, it would be far more apt to be killed early in its career, for Mr. Romanes does not need to be reminded of the old proverb: " He who fights and runs away May live to fight another day." If every individual who possessed this tendency towards self- sacrifice were to be killed off because, as an individual, it was less fit to survive, how could the species ever acquire this instinct? After any altruistic variation was well established it is easy to see how natural selection might favor the group of individuals possess- ing it, whether it be a mere isolated assemblage or an entire species, in their combined conflicts with other groups or species which did not work in harmony; but the difficulty is to understand how it could become established. The individuals would necessarily con- tend among themselves for superiority, and this contest would be a more immediate and vital one than the rivalry between allied species, or even different sections of the same species. The American edition of this work is published in a very neat and attractive form. C.a.k. The Contemporary Evolution of Man. By Henry Fairfield Osborn.* In this, the first of the Cartwright Lectures for 1892, the author presents a general survey of the anatomical changes at present taking place in man, with the intention of investigating their bearing upon the question of the inheritance of acquired characters. Dr. Osborn believes that all the organs of the human body are in a state of change at the present time, although some are moving much more rapidly than others, either progressively or retrogres- sively. He proposes the term metatrophism for the " compensating readjustment, whereby the sum of nutrition to any region remains the same during redistribution to its parts." He considers that man is changing in structure as rapidly at the present time as the horse did in evolving from its five-toed ancestor. Variations in the skeleton, teeth and muscles are discussed in some detail. Under * The Am. Nat. xxvi, 455-481. I'll 17s Recent Literature. [ zoe the topic, The Limits of Reversion, the author calls attention to the fact that an abnormal organ or structure, even though it re- sembles some normal structure in a lower animal, is not necessarily a reversion, but may be a coincidence. There is danger of forgetting the branching plan of evolution and jumping to the conclusion of a connection where none exists. In concluding, Dr. Osborn says: " There are clearly marked out sev- eral regions in the human body in which evolution is relatively most rapid, such as the lower portion of the chest, the upper cervicals, the shoulder girdle in its relation to the trunk, the lower portion of the arm and hand, the outer portion of the foot. We notice that these regions especially are centers of adaptation to new habits of life, in which new organs and new relations of parts are being ac- quired and old organs abandoned. We observe, also, that all parts of the body are not equally variable, but these centers of evolution are also the chief centers of variability. The variations here are not exclusively, but mainly, of one kind; they rise from the constant struggle between adaptation and the force of heredity." c.a.k. 77/y the long, indirect tornaria road, and did a more modern one, imbued with the rapid transit idea, cut across lots leav- ing the ancient roundabout way? Or did the older forms go across while the younger ones have taken to the longer road? No one has discussed this question at any length, and I am not going to un- dertake it at present. In fact without a knowledge of the first stages of development of the Tornaria, it would probably be impossible to- arrive at any very satisfactory conclusion on the subject. It is sug- gested by Korschelt & Heider17 that the direct development is the more primitive, their reason for this conclusion being found in the fact that the mouth and anus do not form in this larva till a comparatively late stage—a condition which would seem to be in- compatible with a free swimming of larva. There are, however, some quite serious difficulties in the way of this suggestion, one of which is that the circumanal ciliated band appears very early in the directly developing species, while it forms quite late in the Tornaria. For the solution of this question, as well as of several others, it is of the utmost importance that we fill up the gap that now exists in our knowledge of the earliest embryonic stages of Tornaria; and to this end the more species we have access to, the better become our chances of being able to do this. It is quite probable that somewhere on our great extent of sand and mud beach a represen- tative of the genus will be found. Explanation of the Figures of Plate xxii. Pig. 1. Balanoglossus kowalevskii. (After A. Agassiz, from Korschelt and Heider.) Fig. 2. Sagittal longitudinal section through the proboscis and collar of Balanoglossus sarniensis. (After Kohler, from Korschelt and Heider.) Fig. 3. The young Balanoglossus, shortly after its transformation; under the compressor. Fig. 4. The anterior portions of a Tornaria shortly before its transforma- tion to Balanoglossus. The larva was flattened down somewhat by the com- pressor. The outlines drawn with a camera lucida. Fig. 5. A Tornaria at a somewhat older stage than Fig. 6, to show internal structures. "I.e. 2OO Indian Relics. [zoe Fig. 6. The youngest stage of Tornaria yet seen. Actual size between .2 mm. and .3 mm. Fig. 7. Surface view of Tornaria considerably older than the one shown in the following figure, to show the tortuous course of the ciliary bands. Figures 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 were all drawn by the writer from the living ani- mals, at Newport, E. I., 1S90. ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE FIGURES. a. Anus. h. Heart. abd. Abdomen. i. Intestine. a.p. Apical plate. m. Mouth. c. b. Ciliated band. mu. Muscle band. ch. Notochord. m. p. Mesoblastic pouches col. Collar. n. Nerve cord. c. I. Tube of water system. ce. (Esophagus. d.b. Dorsal blood vessel. pro. Proboscis. d.p Dorsal pore. p.b. Proboscis gland. e. s. Eye spot. s. or. Sexual orifices. a- Gills. v. b. Ventral blood vessel. RELICS FROM AN INDIAN BURYING GROUND. BY L. BELDING. On the north bank of the Stockton Slough on land of Mr. Ed- ward F. Jones is an extensive Indian burying ground where hun- dreds, if not thousands, of Indians have been buried, and where I have, during the last fourteen or fifteen years, found some very in- teresting relics, but none of them interested me as much as those which were made of the adobe soil of the neighborhood, and which appear to me to be unique. The burying ground is in an extensive stoneless tract and substitutes for stones were made from the con- venient soil, apparently by wetting, shaping with the hand, mark- ing, and then baking in fire. These artificial stones were usually nearly round and would weigh about a half-pound each, but there was a considerable variety in size, form and marking; the latter of which was probably indicative of family or individual ownership, and the stones were probably used for cooking food, but they may have had some connection with the burial customs of these Indians. Among other things found here were two perforated discs which resemble a form described by Mr. Bowers and Paul Schumake, and which Mr. Henshaw refers to as weights to digging sticks. vol. in.] Additions to Mammal Faima. 201 These two were made of the same material and in the same manner as the artificial stones and were too frail to be used in the way Mr. Henshaw mentions in " Perforated Stones from California," Bureau of Ethnology, .1887. A stone digging tool was found which was chisel-shaped at one end, was about sixteen inches long and about two inches in diameter. It must have been very useful in digging the Tule potato (Sagit- iaria) which is now sometimes called " China potato," which grew and still grows in abundance along the sloughs and in the extensive tule marshes of the vicinity. The obsidian spear and arrow-heads found here were fine examples of aboriginal skill. Two obsidian crescent-shaped knives or im- plements, which had probably been used in dressing fish, had their convex edges squarely notched or blocked. They are or were on exhibition in the Smithsonian building in 1882, and differ from any- thing I have seen elsewhere. The burial ground appears to have once been the site of an Indian village, as bones of elk, deer, fish, ducks, geese, and other birds are plentiful. A circular, saucer-shaped excavation for a fandango or sweathouse, is additional evidence that a village once occupied the spot. Many of the skeletons which appear to have been buried last, and about the same time, were probably victims of small-pox or some other epidemic. Waves from passing steamboats have washed away a consider- able part of the ground, and a large levee has recently been built on and of the mound. RECENT ADDITIONS TO THE NORTH AMERICAN LAND MAMMAL FAUNA. BY WALTER E. BRYANT. For several years I have been keeping a list of the new species of North American mammals as the descriptions appeared, with notes on the changes of nomenclature, for convenience of refer- ence. Since 1884, when Mr. True published "A Provisional List of the Mammals of North and Central America, and the West Indian Islands " (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1884, Appendix), I believe nothing has appeared in that line. Certainly the nomenclature of the class is in need of revision, and I am informed that an author- ity has in preparation some work of the kind. 2O2 Additions to Mammal Fauna. [zoe Nothing is attempted in the present article but to give the names, authority, citation of publication and habitat as far as known, except in a few instances when changes have been made in order to bring the names more into conformity to the latest authorities. The species here enumerated are mainly or entirely additions to Mr. True's list, the general order of which has been followed. Consid- erable shuffling of names has been done in the literature upon the subject during the past few years, necessitated by the acquired knowledge concerning the earlier writers and the species treated ot by them and not resulting from the whims of authors or the disre- gard to generally accepted principles of nomenclature. A few ot these changes are noticed here when they concern a given species. The writings of Allen, Merriam and Mearns have supplied the greater portion of the present compilation, which it is hoped will be useful to workers in mammalogy, especially to those whose grow- ing interest in this class of animals may result in the future in the organization of a union such as has done so much for the orni- thology of North America. The majority of the additions here given as will be seen were described in— North American Fauna, No. i, issued October 25, 1889. " 2, October 30, 1889. " 3, " September 11, 1890. " 4, " October 8, 1890. " 5, " July 30, 1891. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. ii, 1887-90; vol. iii, 1890-91; vol. iv, in press. Under North America I have included the species described from the country recognized by the American Ornithologists' Union. To Mr. T. S. Palmer, First Assistant of the Division of Ornitho- logy and Mammalogy of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, I am greatly indebted for substantial aid in the preparation of this paper. He has kindly read the proof sheets and supplied most of the added generic names with data and about fifteen of the added species and noted several important eliminations in the list. Mr. Palmer has also made some changes in the spelling of geo- graphical names, in which he has followed the rulings of the U. S. Board on Geographic Names. When a single definite locality is vol. in.] Additions to Mammal Fauna. 203 given it is the type locality and not necessarily the entire habitat of the species. While the appended list of eliminated species is by no means complete, it is given for whatever assistance it may be to students. GENERIC.AND SUBGENERIC ADDITIONS AND CHANGES. 1. Aplodontia Richardson. [Andetates Haplodori\ Richard- son. (Cf. Merriam, Science, vii, March 5, 1886, p. 219; Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. iii, May, 1886, p. 312.) 2. Phenacomys Merriam. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 2, Oct. 30, 1889, p. 28. Type, Phenacomys intermedius Merriam, from Kamloops, British Columbia. 3. Sitomys Fitzinger. [Hesperomys Waterhouse, antedates Vesperimus Coues.] Fitzinger, Sitzungsber, math. nat. classe, K, Acad. Wiss. Wien, lvi, 1867, p. 97. Type Criceius myoides Gapper, from Lake Simcoe, Ontario, Canada. (Cf. Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, vii, April 13, 1892, p. 27, foot-note.) 4. Onychomys Baird. [Subgenus.] Baird, Mamm. N. Am. 1857, p. 458. Raised to generic rank by Merriam N. Am. Fauna, No. 2, p. 3. Type, Hypudceus leucogaster Max Wied from old Fort Clark, North Dakota. 5. Reithrodontomys Giglioli. [Antedates Ochetodon Coues, 1874.] Giglioli, Richerche intorno alia Distribuzione Geografica Generale, Roma, 1873, p. 160, foot-note. (Cf. Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, vii, Apr. 13, 1892, p. 26, foot-note.) 6. Ch^etodipus Merriam. [Subgenus of Perognathns.~\ Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 1, p. 5. Type, Chcetodipus spinatus Merriam, from lower Colorado River, California. 7. Perodipus Fitzinger. [Antedates Dipodops Merriam, 1890.] 204 Additions to Mammal Fauna. |_ZOE Fitzinger, Sitzungsber. math. nat. Classe, K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, lvi, 1867, p. 126. Type, Dipodomys agilis Gambel, from Los Angeles, California. (Cf. Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, vii, April 13, 1892, p. 26, foot-note). 8. Microdipodops Merriam. 'Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 5, July 30, 1891, p. 115. Type, Microdipodops megacephalus Merriam, from Halleck, Nevada. 9. Euderma H. Allen. Allen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Jan. 1892, p. 467. Type, Histioius maculatus J. A. Allen, from Los Angeles County, California. 10. Otopterus Lydekker. Flower & Lydekker, Mammals Living and Extinct, London, 1891, p. 673, foot-note. Replaces Macrotus Gray which is preoccupied. 11. Notiosorex Baird MS. Coues, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr, iii, May 15, 1877, p. 646. (Subgenus.) Type, Sorex (Notiosorex) crawfordi, from Fort Bliss, Dona Ana County, New Mexico. (Cf. Flower & Lydekker, Mam. Living and Extinct, 1891, p. 624, raised to generic rank.) 12. Bassariscus Coues. Science ix, May 27, 1887, 516. Replaces Bassaris Wagler which is preoccupied. 13. Latax Gloger. Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. Car. xiii, pt. ii, 1827, p. 511. Revived by Stejneger to replace Enhydra Fleming which is pre- occupied. (Cf. Stejneger, Naturen, 1885, p. 172.) 14. Spilogale Gray. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1865, p. 150. Revived by Merriam, N. Am. Fauna No. 4, p. 1. Type, Mephitis interrupta Rafinesque. 15. Lutreola Wagner. [Subgenus.] Suppl. Schreb, Saiigth. ii, 1841, 241. Used as genus by Merriam, Ann. Rep. Dept. Agriculture, 1887, (1888), p. 433. • vol. in.] Additions to Mammal Fauna. 205 In a paper entitled " The Geographic Distribution of Life in North America with special reference to the Mammalia," by C. Hart Merriam, M. D. (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, vii, April 13, 1892, pp. 1-64), the following subgenera are revived or used for the first time: JTeonoma Gray (bushy tailed wood-rats). ^ Neosorex Baird (genus of shrews reduced to subgenus). V Atophyrax Merriam (genus of shrews reduced to subgenus). Tamiascmrus Trouessart (containing the chickarees). Neosciurtis Trouessart (subgenus of Sciurus). Parasciurtis Trouessart (subgenus of Sciurus.) v Xerospermophihis (type, Spermophihts viohavensis). \j Ammospermophihis (type, Spermophilus lezicurus). Neqfiber True (reduced to subgenus of Arvicold). SPECIFIC AND SUBSPECIFIC ADDITIONS AND CHANGES. 1. Didelphis virginiana californica (Bennett) Allen. Texas Opossum. Didelphys californica Bennett, Pr. Zool. Soc. i, 1833, 40. Texas to City of Mexico. 2. Cariacus macrotis californicus (Caton). Southern Mule Deer. Cervus macrotis var- californicus Caton., Am. Nat. x, Aug. 1876, p. 464. Southern California. v 3. Arctomys dacota Merr. Black Hills Marmot. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 2, p. 8. Black Hills, Dakota. / 4. Cynomys arizonensis Mearns. Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, 4, p. 305. Southern Arizona. 5. Cynomys gunnisoni Baird. Short-tailed Prairie Dog. Revived by Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3, p. 58. Arizona; Colorado. )¦- 6. Cynomys leucurus Merr. Merriam, ibid, No. 4, p. 33. Fort Bridger, Wyoming. • 7. Tamias striatus lysteri Rich. Cf. Merriam, Am. Nat. xx, 1886, p. 242. 206 Additions to Mammal Fauna. [zoe Mountains of Pennsylvania; Adirondack region of New York; northern New England; eastern Canada north to the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and in the interior north to James's'Bay, Hudson's Bay. /• 8. Tamias striatus griseus Mearns. Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, p. 231. Upper Mississippi Valley west of the Great Lakes. ; 9. Tamias castanurus Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 4, p. 19. Wahsatch Mountains, Utah. / 10. Tamias chrysodeirus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 19. Fort Klamath, Oregon, and southward in the Sierra Nevada. / 11. Tamias cinerascens Merr. Gray Ground Squirrel. Merriam, ibid, p. 20. Helena, Montana; Idaho. / 12. Tamias macrohabdotes Merr. Long-eared Chipmunk. Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, iii, Jan. 27, 1886, 25. Sierra Nevada Mountains, Placer County, California. 13. Tamias obscurus Townsend, MS. Lower California Chip- munk. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 1, June, 1890, 70. San Pedro Martir Mountain, Lower California. 14. Tamias townsendii hindsii (Gray). Redwood Chip- munk. Revived by Allen in Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 1, 75. Coast region of California, from San Francisco northward. Re- stricted to the narrow coast belt west of the Coast Range. 15. Tamias quadrimaculatus Gray. Sacramento Chipmunk. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. xx, 1867, P- 435- Revived by Allen, ibid, p. 80. Valley of the Sacramento River, California, north to Shasta. County, California, and Fort Klamath, Oregon. y 16. Tamias senex Allen. Allen, ibid, p. 83. Sierra Nevada Mountains, Placer County, California, north. to> Fort Klamath, Oregon. f 17. Tamias merriami Allen. Allen, ibid, p. 84. vol. in.] Additions to Mammal Fauna. 207 Mountains of Southern California, from San Diego County north to Tulare and Monterey counties. * Z' 18. Tamias speciosus Merriam, MS. San Bernardino Chip- munk. Allen, ibid, p. 86. San Bernardino Mountains, California. y 19. Tamias frater Allen. Sierra Nevada Chipmunk. Allen, ibid, p. 88. 'Sierra Nevada Mountains. Placer County, California. y 20. Tamias amcenus Allen. Klamath Chipmunk. Allen, ibid, p. 90. Fort Klamath, Oregon, and southward to Placer County, Cali- fornia, Idaho. y 21. Tamias cinereicollis Allen. Arizona Chipmunk. Allen, ibid, p. 94. San Francisco Mountain and neighboring mountains of Central Arizona. ,// 22. Tamias umbrinus Allen. Uinta Chipmunk. Allen, ibid, p. 96. Mountains of Northern and Central Utah (Wahsatch and Uinta Ranges.) ]/' 23. Tamias quadrivittatus gracilis Allen. San Pedro Chipmunk. Allen, ibid, p. 99. Socorro County, New Mexico, and Apache County, Arizona. /,¦ 24. Tamias quadrivittatus luteiventris Allen. Buff- bellied Chipmunk. Allen, ibid, p. 101. Main chain of the Rocky Mountains in Montana, from Helena northward, probably into British America. y 25. Tamias quadrivittatus affinis Allen. Columbian Chip- munk. Allen, ibid, p. 103. Interior of British Columbia, east of the Cascade Mountains. / 26. Tamias quadrivittatus neglectus Allen. Lake Su- perior Chipmunk. Allen, ibid, p. 106. 2O8 Additions to Mammal Fauna. [zoe Northeastern Minnesota, Northern Wisconsin, northern peninsula of Michigan, and northern shore of Lake Superior. 27. Tamias minimus Bach. Pale Chipmunk. Revived by Allen, ibid, p. no. '' Bad lands'' and plains of Dakota, Montana, and Wyoming. ¦• 28. Tamias minimus consobrinus Allen. Wahsatch Chip- munk. Allen, ibid, p. 112. Eastern border of the Great 'Basin (Eastern Utah, Western and Southern Colorado, and Northwestern New Mexico). 29. Tamias minimus pictus Allen. Desert Chipmunk. Allen, ibid, p. 115. The Great Basin, from western border of Great Salt Lake west- ward, and from Southern Utah and Southern Nevada to the Snake Plains of Eastern Washington. . 30. Spermophilus leucurus Merr. Antelope Squirrel. Tamias leucurus Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 2, p. 20. Southern Utah, northern Arizona, southern Nevada, southern California, and the peninsula of Lower California. 31. Spermophilus leucurus cinnamomeus Merr. White- tailed Chipmunk. Tamias leucurus ci?mamomeus Merriam, ibid, No. 3, p. 51. Grand Canon of the Colorado and Painted Desert, Arizona. 32. Spermophilus interpres Merr. Tamias interpres Merriam, ibid, No. 4, p. 21. El Paso, Texas. 33. Spermophilus grammurus atricapillus Bryant. Black- capped Ground Squirrel. Bryant, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2d ser. ii, p. 26. Peninsula of Lower California, from latitude 250 northward in mountainous region. y 34. Spermophilus beldingi Merr. Sierra Nevada Spermo- phile. Merriam, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., iv, Dec. 28, 1888, p. 317. Sierra Nevada Mountains, California. 35. Spermophilus armatus Kennicott. Mountain Spermo- phile. Revived by Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 5, p. 38. vol. in.] Additions to Mammal Fauna. 209 Uinta Mountains, Utah, to Blackfoot Mountains, Idaho. 36. Spermophilus elegans Kennicott. Kennicott's Spermo- phile. Revived by Merriam, ibid, p. 39. Fort Bridger, Wyoming and northwestward to Lemhi Valley, Idaho. 37. Spermophilus columbianus (Ord). Burrowing Squirrel- Arctomys columbianus Ord, "Guthrie's Geog. 2d Am. Ed., ii, 1815, 292-303." Revived by Merriam, ibid, p. 39. Idaho. Is 38. Spermophilus mohavensis Merr. Mohave Desert Spermo- phile. Merriam, ibid, No. 2, p. 15. Mohave Desert, California. 39. Spermophilus neglectus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 17. Dolan Spring, Arizona. . 40. Spermophilus spilosoma pratensis Merr. Merriam, ibid, No. 3, p. 55. San Francisco Mountain, Arizona. y -41. Spermophilus spilosoma obsidianus Merr. Dusky Spotted Spermophile. Merriam, ibid, p. 56. San Francisco Mountain, Arizona. /' 42. Spermophilus cryptospilotus Merr. Desert Spermo- phile. Merriam, ibid, p. 57. Painted Desert, Arizona. /- 43. Spermophilus canescens Merr. Merriam, ibid., No. 4, p. 38. Cochise County, Arizona. 44. Spermophilus spilosoma macrospilotus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 38. Pinal County, Arizona. 45. Spermophilus spilosoma major Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 39. Albuquerque, New Mexico. 2IO Additions to Mammal Fauna. [zoe /' 46. Sciurus fremonti mogollonensis Mearns. Mogollon Chickaree. Sciurus hudsonius mogollonensis Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, 4, p. 277. /. 47. Sciurus hudsonius vancouverensis Allen. Vancouver Chickaree. Allen, ibid, iii, 1, Nov. 14, 1890, p. 165. Vancouver Island. '/ 48. Sciurus hudsonius californicus Allen. California Chickaree. Allen, ibid, p. 165. Sierra Nevada Mountains, Placer County, California. 49. Sciurus carolinensis hypoph^eus Merr. Merriam, Science, vii, No. 167, April 16, 1886, p. 351. Minnesota. 50. Sciurus fossor nigripes Bryant. Black-footed Gray Squirrel. Bryant, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2d ser. ii, p. 25. Coast region of California, southward from San Francisco. 51. Sciuropterus volans sabrinus (Shaw). Hudsonian Fly- ing Squirrel. Sciurus sabrinus Shaw, Gen. Zoology, Mammalia, ii, pt. 1, 1801, 157- Revived by Merriam in N. Am. Fauna, No. 5, p. 51. Idaho. • 52. Aplodontia major Merr. Merriam, Science, vii, Mar. 5, 1886, p. 219; Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. iii, 10, May, 1886, p. 312. California. ~ 53. Fiber zibethicus pallidus Mearns. Pale Muskrat. Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat Hist, ii, 4, p. 280.' Arizona. ^ 54. EvOTOMYS CAROLINENSIS MeiT. Merriam, Am. Journ. Sci. xxxvi, Dec. 1888, p. 460. Mountains of North Carolina. ^ 55. Evotomys galei Merr. Gale's Red-backed Mouse. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 4, p. 23. Boulder County, Colorado. vol. in.] Additions to Mammal Fauna. 211 // 56. Evotomys occidentalis Merr. Western Red-backed Mouse. Merriam, ibid, p. 25. Chehalis County, Washington. !/ 57. Evotomys californicus Merr. California Red-backed Mouse. Merriam, ibid, p. 26. Humboldt County, California. y 58. Evotomys idahoensis Merr. Idaho Red-backed Mouse. Merriam, ibid, No. 5, p. 66. Idaho. /¦ 59. Evotomys gapperi brevicaudus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 119. Black Hills, South Dakota. }S 60. Evotomys dawsoni Merr. Dawson's Red-backed Mouse. Merriam, Am. Nat. xxii, July, 1888,649. Finlayson River, Northwest Territory. //' 61. Phenacomys intermedius Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 2, p. 32. Kamloops, British Columbia. \f 62. Phenacomys celatus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 33. Godbout, P. O., Canada. \/ 63. Phenacomys latimanus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 34. Fort Chimo, Ungava, Hudson Bay Territory. ^ 64. Phenacomys ungava Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 35. Fort Chimo, Ungava, Hudson Bay Territory. Is 65. Phenacomys longicaudus True. True, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xiii, 826, Nov. 15, 1890, p. 303. Marshfield, Coos County, Oregon ^- 66. Phenacomys orophilus Merr. Mountain Lemming Mouse. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 5, p. 65. Idaho. (/ 67. Arvicola drummondii Aud. & Bach. Audubon & Bachman, N. Am. Quad, iii, 1854, 166. 212 Additions to Mammal Fauna. [zoe Revived by Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, vii, Apr. 13, 1892, P. 25. Rocky Mountains, Western Alberta. y 68. Arvicola mogollonensis Mearns. Mogollon Mountain Vole. Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, 4, p. 283. Mogollon Mountains, Central Arizona. ^ 69. Arvicola (Mynomes) alticolus Merr. Mountain Vole. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3, p. 67. San Francisco Mountain, Arizona. " 70. Arvicola (Mynomes) macropus Merr. Big-footed Arvi- cola. Merriam, ibid, No. 5, p: 59. Salmon River, Saw Tooth and Pahsimeroi Mountains, Idaho. 71. Arvicola (Mynomes) mordax Merr. Cantankerous Arvi- cola. Merriam, ibid, p. 61. Idaho. ; 72. Arvicola (Mynomes) nanus Merr. Dwarf Arvicola. Merriam, ibid, p. 62. Idaho. ., 73. Arvicola (Mynomes) longicaudus Merr. Long-tailed Arvicola. Merriam, Am. Nat. xxii, Oct. 1888, 934. Black Hills, South Dakota. f 74. Arvicola austerus minor Merr. Northern Prairie Meadow Mouse. Merriam, Am. Nat. xxii, July, 1888, 598. Turtle Mountain, North Dakota. ¦ 75. Arvicola pallidus Merr. Merriam, Am. Nat. xxii, August, 1888, 702. Fort Buford, North Dakota. 76. Arvicola pauperrimus Cooper. Pallid Lemming Mouse. Revived by Merriam, ibid, p. 64. Idaho, Washington, Nevada. (?) V '77- Sitomys truei (Shufeldt). Hesperomys truei Shufeldt, Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, viii, Sept. 14, 1885, p. 403. Fort Wingate, New Mexico. vol. in.] Additions to Mam?nal Fauna. 213 ;,-'' 78. SlTOMYS ANTHONYI (Merr.) Hesperomys ( Vesperimus) a?ithonyi Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, iv, April 15, 1887, 5. Grant County, New Mexico. i 79. Sitomys floridanus (Chapman). Hesperomys floridanus Chapman, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, h\ 3, "7- Gainesville, Florida. 80. Sitomys niveiventris (Chapman). Hesperomys niveiventris Chapman, ibid, p. 117. Florida. /' 81. Sitomys americanus arcticus Mearns. Arctic Deer Mouse. Hesperomys leucopus arcticus Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, 4, P- 285. Hudson Bay Territory. y 82. Sitomys americanus nebracensis (Baird). Black-eared Deer Mouse. Hesperomys leucopus nebracensis (Baird) Mearns, ibidk p. 285. Montana; northwestern part of Indian Territory. 83. Sitomys americanus texanus (Woodhouse). Texan Deer Mouse. Hesperomys leucopus texanus (Woodhouse) Mearns, ibid, p. 285 Northwestern Texas; Indian Territory. ;/- 84. Sitomys megalotis (Merr.) Leaf-eared Cliff Mouse. Hesperomys megalotis Merriam, N. A. Fauna, No. 3, p. 63. Grand Canon of the Colorado and Desert of| the Little Colorado, Arizona. y 85. Sitomys White-footed americanus rufinus (Merr.) Mouse. Hesperomys leucopus rufinus Merriam, ibid, p. 65. San Francisco Mountain, Arizona. ¦' 86. Sitomys fraterculus (Miller). Vesperbmis fraterctdus Miller, Am. Nat. xxvi, March, 1892, 261. Dulzura, San Diego County, California. 87. Sitomys boylii (Baird.)' Hesperojnys boylii Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1855, 335- 214 Additions to Mammal Fauna. [zoe Revived by Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, vii, April 13, 1892, p. 32. Middle Fork of the American River, California. V" 88. Sitomys macropus Merr. Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, vii, April 13,1892, p. 34. Hesperomys macropus Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 4, p. 53. Lake Worth, Florida. Y 89. Sitomys nasutus (Allen). ? Vesperimtis nasutus Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, June 30, 1891, p. 299. Larimer County, Colorado. 1,. 90. Sitomys mearnsii (Allen). Vesperimus mearnsii Allen, ibid, p. 300. Brownsville, Texas; Fort Verde, Arizona. y 91. Sitomys crinitus (Merr.) Canon Mouse. Hesperomys crinitus Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 5, p. 53. Snake River, Idaho. y 92. Sitomys taylori (Thomas). Hesperomys (Vesperimus) taylori Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th ser. xix, 1887, p. 66. San Diego, Duval County, Texas. 1, 93. Oryzomys aquaticus Allen. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, June 30, 1891, p. 289. Brownsville, Texas. // 94. Onychomys longipes Merr. Texas Grasshopper Mouse. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 2, p. 1. Concho County, Texas. ^95. Onychomys longicaudus Merr. Long-tailed Grasshopper Mouse. Merriam, ibid, p. 2. St. George, Utah. 1/ 96. Onychomys melanophrys Merr. Black-eyed Grasshop- per Mouse. Merriam, ibid, p. 2. Kanab, Utah. ]/ 97. Onychomys melanophrys pallescens Merr. Desert Scorpion Mouse. Merriam, ibid, No. 3, p. 61. Apache County, Arizona. vol.. in.] Additions to Mammal Fauna. 215 ^98. Onychomys leucogaster brevicaudus Merr. Idaho Grasshopper Mouse. Merriam, ibid, No. 5, p. 52. Idaho. y 99. Onychomys fuliginosus Merr. Dusky Scorpion Mouse. Merriam, ibid, No. 3, p. 59. Between San Francisco Mountain and Desert of the Little Colo- rado, Arizona. ts 100. Sigmodon hispidus littoralis Chapman. Chapman, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, 3, p. 118. " Probably confined to the coasts of Southern Florida." /^ioi. Sigmodon hispidus Arizona Mearns. Arizona Cotton Rat. Mearns, ibid, ii, 4, p. 287. Fort Verde, Arizona. ' 102. Sigmodon hispidus texianus (Aud. & Bach.) Arvicola texiana Aud. & Bach. Quad. N. Am. in, 1853, P- 229- Revived by Allen, ibid, iii, 2, June 30, 1891, p. 287. Texas. [X 103. Neotoma cinerea occidentals (Baird). Dusky Wood Rat. Revived by Allen, ibid, p. 287. Idaho; Shoalwater Bay, Washington. K 104. Neotoma cinerea drummondii (Richardson). Myoxus driimmondii Richardson, Zool. Journ. iii, 1828, 517. Revived by Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 7, April 13, 1892, P- 25. Rocky Mountains, British Columbia. V 105. Neotoma bryanti Merr. Bryant's Wood Rat. Merriam, Am. Nat. xxi, Feb. 1887, p. 191. Cerros Island, Lower California. Y 106. Neotoma micropus Baird. Texan Wood Rat. Revived by Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, June 30, 1891, p. 282. San Fernando River, Tamaulipas, Mexico, northward to Browns- ville, Texas. j/^107. Neotoma micropus canescens Allen. Pallid Wood Rat. Allen, ibid, p. 285. Oklahoma Territory. 2l6 Additions to Mammal Fauna. [zoe 1/ io8. Thomomys perpallidus Merr. Desert Pocket Gopher. Thomomys ialpoidesperpallidus Merriam, Science viii, 203, Dec. 24, 1886, p. 588. Colorado Desert, California; Painted Desert, Arizona. s 109. Thomomys clusius fuscus Merr. Mountain Pocket Gopher. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 5, p. 69. Idaho, in mountains. l/~ 110. Thomomys fulvus (Woodhouse). Geomys fulvus Woodhouse, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vi, 1852, 201. Revived by Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3, p. 71. San Francisco Mountain, Arizona. \f in. Geomys personatus True. True, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xi, Jan. 5, 1889, p. 159. Padre Island, Texas. y 112. Geomys bursarius lutescens Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 4, p. 51. Lincoln County, Nebraska. ' " 1/ 113. Perognathus fasciatus flavescens Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 1, p. 11. Kennedy, Nebraska. {/ 114. Perognathus bimaculatus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 12. Fort Whipple, Arizona. 115. Perognathus longimembris (Coues). Merriam, ibid, p. 13. Fort Tejon; San Bernardino, California. j/116. Perognathus apache Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 14. Apache County, Arizona. j/- 117. Perognathus inornatus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 15. Fresno County, California. Perognathus olivaceus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 15. Kelton, Utah. l/n8. vol. in.] Additions to Mammal Fauna. 217 Y 119. Perognathus olivaceus amcenus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 16. Nephi, Utah. /.- 120. Perognathus formosus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 17. St. George, Utah. / 121. Perognathus intermedius Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 18. Mud Spring, Arizona. y 122. Perognathus fallax Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 19. San Bernardino, California, i/ 123. Perognathus obscurus. Merriam, ibid, p. 20. Camp Apache, Grant County, New Mexico. K 124. Perognathus spinatus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 21. Lower Colorado River, California. 1/ 125. Perognathus paradoxus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 24. Trego County, Kansas. K 126. Perognathus paradoxus spilotus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 25. Gainesville, Cook County, Texas. ¦y 127. Perognathus californicus Merr. Merrianij ibid, p. 26. Berkeley, California. i/* 128. Perognathus armatus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 27. Mount Diablo, California. / 129. Perognathus lordi (Gray). Merriam, ibid, p. 28. British Columbia. 130. Perognathus mollipilosus Coues. Merriam, ibid, p. 29. Fort Crook, California. r' 131. Perognathus fuliginosus Merr. Dusky Pocket Mouse. 2l8 Additions to Mammal Fauna. [zoe Merriam, ibid, No. 3, p. 74. San Francisco Mountain, Arizona. ^ 132. Perognathus femoralis Allen. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, June 30,1891, p. 281. Dulzura, San Diego County, California. />-133. Perognathus merriami Allen. Allen, ibid, iv, 1, March 25, 1892, p. 45. Southeastern Texas. >'"" 134. Dipodomys deserti Stephens. Stephens, Am. Nat. xxi, Jan. 1887, p. 42, pi. v. Mohave and Colorado Desert regions of southeastern California. ',- 135. Dipodomys merriami Mearns. Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, 4, p. 290. New River, Arizona. /¦-' 136. Dipodomys ambiguus Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 4, p. 42. El Paso, Texas. )y 137. Dipodomys spectabilis Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 46. Dos Cabezos, Cochise County, Arizona. 1/ 138. Dipodomys californicus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 49. Mendocino County, California. y~ 139. Perodipus compactus (True). Dipodomys compactus True, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xi, Jan. 5, 1889, p. 160. Padre Island, Texas. ir 140. Perodipus chapmani (Mearns). Dipodomys chapmani Mearns, ibid, p. 291. Fort Verde, Arizona. 1/ 141. Perodipus longipes Merr. Dipodops longipes Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3, p. 71. Painted Desert, Arizona. v 142. Perodipus sennetti (Allen). Dipodops sennetti Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, April 29, 1891, p. 226. Near Brownsville, Cameron County, Texas. vol. in.] Additions to Mammal Fauna. 219 V 143. Perodipus richardsoni Allen. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2. June 30, 1891, p. 277. " Northern Texas to southern Wyoming and westward to the Rocky Mountains." j/- 144. Microdipodops megacephalus Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 5, p. 115. Halleck, Nevada. V 145. Zapus insignis Miller. Miller, Am. Nat. xxv, Aug. 1891, p. 742. Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. ¦5 146. Lagomys schisticeps Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 2, p. 11. Sierra Nevada Mountains, California. y itf. Lepus cinerascens Allen. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 1, Oct. 1890, p. 159. Los Angeles County, California. 1/148. Lepus sylvaticus floridanus Allen. Allen, ibid, p. 160. Brevard County, Florida. ¦, 149. Lepus idahoensis Merr. Idaho Pygmy Rabbit. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 5, p. 75. z Idaho; northern Nevada; (Eastern Oregon and Washington?). V 150. Lepus insularis Bryant. Bryant, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2d, ser., iii, p. 92. Espiritu Santo Island, Lower California. [/ 151. Lepus alleni Mearns. Allen's Hare, Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, 4, p. 294. Arizona. 1/ 152. Lepus melanotis Mearns. Eastern Jackass Hare. Mearns, ibid, p. 297. Kansas; Western Texas and Indian Territory. y 153. Atalapha teliotis H. Allen. — H. Allen, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. xxix, Feb. 11, 1891, p. 5. Southern California ? V 154; Vespertilio ciliolabrum Merr. Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, iv, Dec. 17, 1886, p. 1-4. Kansas and New Mexico. 22O Additions to Mammal Fauna. [zoe /155. Vespertilio longicrus True. True, Science, viii, Dec. 24, 1886, p. 528. Puget Sound, Washington. 1/156. Vespertilio melanorhinus Merr. Black-nosed Bat. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3, p. 46. San Francisco Mountain, Arizona. l/ 157. Molossus californicus Merr. Merriam, ibid, No. 4, p. 31. Alhambra, Los Angeles County, California. ^ 158. Nyctinomus femorosaccus Merr. Merriam, ibid, No. 2, p. 23. Colorado Desert, California. f 159. Nyctinomus mohavensis Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 25. Fort Mojave, Arizona. i/ 160. Euderma maculatum (J. A. Allen). Histiotus maculatus Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, Feb. 20, 1891, p. 195. Los Angeles County, California. 161. Sorex personatus Geoffroy. Geoffroy, Mem. du Museum, xv, 1827, 122-125. Labrador to Massachusetts, Ohio to Nebraska. 162. Sorex richardsonii Bachman. Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vii, 1837, p. 383. Revived by Merriam, Ann. Rept. Dept. Agr. 1887 (1888), p. 435. Canada. / 163. Sorex monticolus Merr. Mountain Shrew. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3, p. 43. San Francisco Mountain, Arizona. , y 164. Sorex idahoensis Merr. Idaho Shrew. Merriam, ibid, No. 5, p. 32. Salmon River and Saw Tooth Mountains, Idaho. I/165. Sorj(ex merriami Dobson. Dobson, Mon. Insectivora, part iii, fasc. 1, May, 1890, pi. xxiii. Fort Custer, Montana. \f 166. Sorex dobsoni Merr. Dobson's Shrew. Merriam, ibid, p. 33. Saw Tooth Mountains, Idaho. vol. in.] Additions to Mammal Fauna. 221 1/167. SOREX VAGRANS SIMILIS Merr. Merriam, ibid, -p. 34. Salmon River and Pahsimeroi Mountains, Idaho. [/ 168. SOREX HYDRODROMUS Dobson. Dobson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, 6th ser. iv, 1889, p. 372. Unalaska Island, Aleutian Islands. 1/ 169. SOREX ALBIBARBIS (Cope). Neosorex albibarbis Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 188. Revived by Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, vii, Apr. 13, 1892, P- 25. Franconia Mountains, New Hampshire. 170. Blarina brevicauda carolinensis (Bach.) Sorex carolinensis Bachman,. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vii, pt. 2, 1837, p. 366. Type from South Carolina. /^I7I. SCALOPS ARGENTATUS TEXANUS Allen. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, April 29, 1891, p. 221. Presidio County, Texas. V 172. Mephitis estor Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3, p. 81. San Francisco Mountain, Arizona. v' 173. Spilogale gracilis Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 83. Grand Canon of the Colorado, Arizona. 174. Spilogale interrupta (Raf.) Revived by Merriam, ibid, No. 4, p. 8. Kansas. ¦v~ 175. Spilogale ringens Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 9. Hale County, Alabama. V 176. Spilogale indianola Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 10. Gulf Coast of Texas (?). ! 177. Spilogale lucasana Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 11. Cape St. Lucas, Lower California. 222 Additions to Afammal Fauna. [zoe '/ 178. Spilogale leucoparia Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 11. Mason County, Texas. f 179. Spilogale saxatilis Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 13. Provo, Utah. ]/ 180. Spilogale phenax Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 13. Marin County, California. \/ 181. Spilogale phenax latifrons Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 15. Oregon and Washington, west of Cascade Mountains. \S 182. Spilogale phenax arizon^e Mearns. Arizona Striped Skunk. Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, p. 231. Fort Verde, Arizona, 1/ 183. TAXIDEA AMERICANA NEGLECTA Mearns. Mearns, ibid, p. 250. Northern California. 184. Putorius culbertsoni Baird MS. Coues, Fur-bearing Animals, 1877, p. 136. Revived by Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, vii, April 13, 1892, p.1 25. Fort Laramie, Wyoming; Fort Union, Montana.. r/-i85. Putorius arizonensis Mearns. Arizona Weazel. Mearns, ibid, p. 234. Mountains and high plateau region of Arizona, down to the lower limit of the forest zone of Pinus ponderosa. 1/ 186. Mustela caurina Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 4, p. 27. Chehalis County, Washington. 187. Canis nubilus Say. Timber Wolf. Revived by Merriam, ibid, No. 5, p. 82. y 188. Urocyon virginianus scottii Mearns. Scott's Fox. Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, p. 236. Southern California; Arizona and western New Mexico. V 189. Vulpes macrotis Merr. Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc Wash, iv, 1886-88, p. 135. Southern California. VOL. III.J Flora. of the Cape Region. 223 \/ 190. Lynx baileyi Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3. p. 79. Arizona. ELIMINATED. ,-•¦¦' Tamias minimus melanurus Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 4, p. 22. Proves to be a phase of the molt of T. m.pictus. (Cf. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 5. p. 46, foot-note.) \[ Tamias asiaticus pallidus Allen. A synonym of T. minimus (Cf. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, 1 ,1890, p. 113). ')/ Sitomys americanus deserticolus (Mearns). Desert Deer Mouse. Hesperomys leucopus deserticohis Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, 4, p. 285. Identical with Sitomys a. sonoriensis. ^Vesperugo merriami Dobson. Dobson, Mon. Insectivora, pt. iii, fasc. 1, May, 1890, pi. xxiii. Identical with Vesperugo hesperus (Cf. True, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. x, Aug. 6, 1888, p. 515). Rangifer tarandus (Linn.) THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE FLORA OF THE CAPE REGION OF BAJA CALIFORNIA.* BY T. S. BRANDEGEE. The Cape Region of Lower California is a mountainous extent of country, about 80 miles long and 30 wide, situated mostly between the twenty-third and twenty-fourth degrees of north latitude. At one time, it may have been an island, and have been separated from the northern portion of the peninsula by a wide sheet of water then connecting the Pacific Ocean with the Gulf of California, now a sandy plain and upland hardly rising more than one hundred and fifty feet above the level of the sea. The northern direction taken by the main mountain ranges of the region is followed by the islands Espiritu Santo, San Jos6 and Santa Catalina out into the Gulf of * A list of plants of the Cape Region of *Baja California is published in Proc. Cal. Acad. Ser. 2, vol. iii, 108, andja number of additions will soon appear in the publications of the same society. 224 Flora of the Cape Region. [zoe California, and Ceralbo Island, east of La Paz, perhaps represents the continuation of the Coast Range in the same direction. Lower California is a Mexican Territory; divided into two de- partments, and the Cape Region forms a portion of the Depart- ment of the South, which has for its capital La Paz. This region, although small, on account of its position with re- spect to the peninsula and its distance from the main land of Mex- ico, possesses a flora in part endemic, in part common, to that of other countries, which by its distribution and peculiarities seems to be worthy of the publication of the following notes and table. The mountains, according to the maps of the Coast Survey, reach nearly to a height of 6,000 feet above the level of the sea; their summits in winter are cool and pleasant, with occasional frosts at night and sometimes ice a quarter of an inch thick is formed on standing water. Clouds envelope the highest portion from June to September, and then thunder storms are frequent. In the lower altitudes, frosts are unknown arid the heat is what would be expected in a region situated about the Tropic of Cancer and in the northern limit of growth of the cocoanut, the guava and the aguacate.* The winds from the ocean and gulf blowing over this narrow strip of land serve somewhat to reduce the heat of the sun's rays during the day and render the nights not unpleasant during the hottest time of the year. The year is divided into the wet and dry seasons. The rains of the wet season are expected between June and September; they come mostly in the form of showers and seem to be unequally dis- tributed over the region. During one of my visits, the vegetation about San Jose" del Cabo was green and growing as the result of many showers, while about La Paz every plant was dry and with- ered. The lower elevations, excepting at the time of rains, are dry, and running water is rarely found except in the San Jose" River, about Todos Santos, San Bartolome and a few other places; but near the tops of the mountains, some small streams run throughout the year some distance downward, but are soon lost amongst the rocks and sand. Some years no rains fall except on the mountain tops, *The fruit of this plant, which is too sparingly found in our markets, is com. monly known as "alligator pear," a rather unlovely corruption of its Spanish VOL. III.] Flora of the Cape Region. 225 and one time of drought, when none fell upon the low lands during more than thirty months, made a lasting impression on the inhabit- ants. During the dry season most of the vegetation is in a state of rest, many of the bushes or small trees are leafless, the annuals have disappeared and the dry stalks of herbaceous perennials mark the place from which a new growth will rapidly appear after the first summer rain. This region is usually spoken of by travelers who have sailed along its Pacific Coast and rounded the rocky promon- tory of Cabo San Lucas, as a forbidding and barren country, and so it is until the summer rains bring life to the vegetation. Residents of a temperate climate, where the change from winter to summer is gradual and the fullness of vegetable life is not reached until the first warmth of spring has become the heat of summer, cannot real- ize the sudden change that comes over a tropical region, when at the hottest time of the year heavy rains cause immediately every leaf to appear and every bud to grow. The Cape Region is quite thickly covered with large bushes and small trees with an abundance of climbing and twining plants using them for supports. These altogether sometimes become so dense that it is impossible to ride or walk between them, and to go through them is usually not to be thought of on account of the spines and thorns. The most conspicuous plants of the lower elevations on account of their abundance, their size and the showiness of their flowers are: Fouquieria spi?iosa, Sida Xanli, Abutilon Xanti, Hibiscus ribifolius, Rsenbeckia flava, Cardiospermum Halicacabum, Mimosa Xanti, Lysiloma Candida, Calliandra Californica, Acacia filicina, Ceretis Pringlei, pecten-aboriginum, gummostis & Thurberi, Dysodia spe- ciosa, Viguiera deltoidea & tomentosa, Bebbia atriplicifoHa, Plumiera acuiifolia, Ipomcsa aurea, Calophanes peninsularis, Beloperone Cali- fornica, Justicia Palmeri, Hyptis tephrodes & lanifolia, Antigomim leptoptis, Yucca baccata, and others that perhaps deserve mention. The Burseras are very abundant and well distributed throughout the region, but their flowers are insignificant although the fruit is somewhat conspicuous; and equally deserving of notice, for similar reasons are Karwinskia, Cyrtocarpa, Pithecolobiujn flexicaule, Al- bizzia, and Ipomcea bracteata. Other plants are extremely abundant in certain localities, and some are confined to small areas where they 226 Flora of the Cafe Region. [zoe form a large part of the vegetation. The sands of the sea shore from Todos Santos to San Jose abound in Euphorbia leucophylla, and Ipo- mtzaPes-caprcs; Rhachidospermum and Martynia are usually in com- pany with them; the fences and hedges about the fields and gardens are the home of the tall climbing Asclepiads; the lagoons near La Paz are filled with mangrove (Rhizophora Mangle), and the saline flats of their vicinity produce most of the chenopods of the flora. The high mountain flora consists mostly of one species of pine (Pinus cembroides), oaks, madrono and Nolina, with some cotton - woods and willows along the streams, and with smaller plants, such as Lopezia, Heterotoma, Lobelia, Dysodia, Eupatorium, Sphacele, Gilia, ferns, etc., growing amongst them. Although most of the vegetation, especially that of the lower elevations, blooms during the rainy season, there are some notable exceptions. Some plants are in flower during the whole year, but produce a greater abundance either in spring or the " rainy sea- son. '' The scarlet flowers of Justicia, Beloperone and Calliandra, can be found at any time, but are most common in March and April. Rubus, Heterotoma, Sphacele, of the high mountains, and Eucnide, most of the Daleas, Tephrosia, Fouquieria, Viguiera, Perityle crassifolia of the lower elevations, are examples oi plants that are in flower the whole year, but their blossoms are most abun- dant during the rainy season. The following plants belonging to the flora of the mountain tops blossom only during the first months of the year, in the '' dry sea- son:" Thalictrum, Ranunculus, Stellaria, Sagina, Hypericum, Nas- turtium, Geranium, Trifolium, Hosackia, Prunus, Fragaria, Hete- romeles, Ribes, Epilobium, Rumfordia, Perezia, Lobelia, Arbutus, Gilia, Erythraea, Mimulus, Sibthorpia, Brunella, Polygonum. Popu- lus, Salix, Epipactis, Sisyrinchium, Juncus, Carex, Tripsacum, Fes- tuca. All these genera, with two or three exceptions, belong to a temperate climate and are found within the tropics only on high mountains. The fact that they retain the habit of blooming in the spring contrary to that of the mass of vegetation of the region is a most interesting one. With the advent of the rains comes a great crowd of flowers such as Desmodiums, CEnothera, Lopezia, Cy- clanthera, Begonia, Mitracarpus, Valeriana, Stevia, Viguiera, Car- minatia, Baccharis, Verbesina, Heterospermum, Bidens, Dysodia, Tagetes, Buchnera, Clevelandia, Dicliptera, Mirabilis, and most of vo:l. hi.] Flora of the Cape Region. 227 the orchids and ferns, etc., belonging'•in general to a more southern flora than those of the spring. Amongst the plants growing at lower elevation are the following that flower in the springtime: Sisymbrmn crenatum, Atamisquea, Abutilon Californicum, Vitis, Sapindus, Lupinus, Erythrina, Ccesal- piniaplacida, Prosopis, Acacia Farnesiana and Wrightii, Lysiloma, Piihecolobium Mexicanum, Cotyledon, Lythrum, Mamillaria, Ce- reuspecien-aboriginum, Pri?iglei, Schottii and Thurberi, Diodia cras- sifolia, Eryngium, Hofmeisteria, Pluchea odorata, Buddleia croio- noides, Samolus ebracteatus, Phacelia, Nama, Fuphotbia¦ Xanli and two or three Agaves. This collection of names, unlike that of the mountain spring-blooming plants, does not remind one of a north- ern flora. It might be expected that Lupinus, Lythrum, Samolus, Phacelia, and Nama, would blossom in the spring, but that habit does not seem fit for such semi-tropical genera as Lysiloma, Ery- thrina, Albizzia, Pithecolobium, etc. It is often impossible to decide with certainty whether a plant is native, or whether it should be considered an immigrant recently introduced by the agency of man. Conocarpus, for instance, is a rare bush of the southern shores and belongs to the maritime flora of tropical climates, a flora represented along the coast by several species of plants but, though probably derived from the south, does not belong to the class generally meant by " introduced plants.'' The weeds of the fields and trails, certainly derived from other regions, are: Malva borealis, Brassica nigra, Melilottis parviflora, Momordica charantia, Xanthium strumaritim, Sonchus oleraceus, Polygonum acre, Desmodium scorpiurus, and there are others more common; the universally distributed weeds of towns and cultivated grounds, that are not so evidently introduced, these are: Porhclaca oleracea, Sida rhombifolia, Cassia Absus & Tora, Mollugo veriicillata & cerviana, Richardia, Amarantus, and Euphorbia. Only four of the genera of the Cape Region are supposed to be endemic, and three of them are certainly not very distinct from their nearest relatives. The most distinct, Coulterella, has been found only along the gulf shore, east from La Paz, but as it is strictly a maritime plant it is to be expected from neighboring coasts. The annexed table,, showing in a condensed form the geo- graphical distribution of the flowering plants and ferns and 228 Flora of the Cape Region. [zoe their relation to the floras of*neighboring regions, especially the Mexican main land, is based upon 732 species. These are the re- sult of collections made, by Dr. Hinds of H.M.S. Sulphur in 1839, at Cabo San Lucas; by L. J. Xantus de Vesey in 1859-1860, about the same place; by Dr. Edward Palmer at La Paz in 1890, and by the writer at various localities during three trips in 1890 and 1892. Seventy-two species or nearly ten per cent, of the whole number seem to be endemic and future exploration together with the identi- fication of unnamed specimens may increase this proportion, al- though a more complete knowledge of the botany of Sinaloa and Sonora will probably show that some plants now considered peculiar to the Cape Region only appear so on account of our ignorance concerning their distribution. Three hundred and sixty-two of the Cape Region species are found growing on the peninsula from Mag- dalena Bay and Comondu northward, and nearly one-half of this number extend into Alta California; sixty-four of them are peculiar to the peninsula. Mr. Hemsley in Biologia Centrali-Americana, iv, 139, considers Mazatlan the southern limit of the North Mexican flora upon the west coast; assuming this to be correct, nearly five hundred of the species belong to that flora, and with few exceptions they all belong to the flora of Sonora. The adjacent mainland, Sinaloa, has not been as well explored botanically as Sonora, but judging from our scanty data the Mex- ican part of the Cape Region flora bears much less resemblance to it than to the more northern Sonora, and the flora as a whole is de- cidedly that of Sonora and not an extension of that of Alta California southward as has usually been supposed. The few plants that probably belong to a more southern flora are found along the shore or in the southeast about San Jose" and Miraflores. Some of these semi-tropical maritime and brackish-water plants are found also on the southern end of the Peninsula of Florida. Rhizophora, Conocarpus, Avicennia, Laguncularia, Ipomcea Pes- caprcz and acetoscefolia and Sc&vola Plumieri are common to Amer- ican tropical shores, and reach their northern limit at about the same latitude on the Peninsula of Baja California as on that of Florida. The number common to this region and Florida, how- ever, is not large, and of about twenty-five having such widespread distribution, some like Samolus ebracteaius and Centunculus mini- VOL. III.] Flora of the Cajye Region. 229 mus are found across the continent, while others may by future exploration have their now apparently widely separated habitats connected along1 a more southern route. The number of genera in the ninety-nine orders found in the re- gion is three hundred and ninety, and two hundred and thirty of them are represented by a single species, the flora being essentially insular the proportion of genera to species is large as in island floras. The largest genera are: Euphorbia with about twenty species, Cereus with nine, Acacia nine, Desmodium eleven, Cassia seven, Dalea seven, Ipomaea fourteen, etc. Leguminosae, the largest order, has ninety-five species that are in most cases widely dis- tributed throughout the region and abundant, so that this class of plants is the predominating one of the region. The second largest is Compositae of eighty species; some of them are very common and some such as Franseria, Eupatorium, Brickellia, become almost arborescent. Euphorbiaceae has forty-eight, many of them small prostrate species of the genus Euphorbia, but one species of Phyl- lanthus is a small tree. Malvaceae has twenty-two, Graminse fifty- two, Filices twenty-two, Convolvulaceae twenty-five, Acanthaceae seventeen. The relative positions of Leguminosae and Compositae in the flora of the world and that of Mexico are reversed and other large orders occupy different positions in the scale, but the region considered is so small that such comparisons have little value. By the term " Mountain Flora " is meant those plants growing only upon or very near to the top of the highest ridges and sum- mits of the mountains. Some plants of the lower elevations, such as Heterosperntum, Behria, Centunculus, grow also up the mount- ains to their highest elevations, and others of the mountains are washed down the streams to the lower elevations, especially by the waters of the San Jose1 River; so that such strictly mountain plants as Clevelandia, Heterotoma and others can sometimes be found in damp stream beds, but the great mass of the mountain flora is peculiar to the high elevations. The hundred and forty-eight species belong to a hundred and seventeen genera; the orders containing the greatest number of species are: Filices with sixteen, Rosaceae six, Leguminosae fourteen, Compositae twenty-one, Caryophyllaceae six, Crchidaceae nine. The largest genera are: Desmodium with three species, Notholaena of three; several others have two, but most of them are represented by but a single species. Forty-two of the hundred and forty-eight grow also in Alta California and ninety-five 230 Flora of the Cafe Region. [zoe are found in Sonora, while seventeen are considered endemic to these mountain tops. These figures, when compared with the flora of the lower elevations, show a slightly larger proportion of en- demic species. Number of Species. Peculiar to the Cape .Region. Also in Northern Baja California. Found in Mexico. High Elevation. Lower Elevation. Eanunculaceaa.................. 3 1 2 2 1 Papaveraceaa.................. 1 6 1 5 1 3 Gruciferie................... 1 3 3 Capparidaceaa................... 4 2 1 3 3 2 4 Cistaceas............. . .... 2 Violaceae....................... 9 1 1 1 9 Bixineae........................ 1 1 1 Polygalaceaa.................... 6 11 7 1 4 4 4 2 4 7 7 2 6 4 5 Caryophyllaceaa................ Portulacaceae................... TamariscinecB...... ....... 1 1 1 1 Hypericaoeas ...... 2 92 2 13 2 1 Malvaceaa... ..... 2 17 21 Sterciiliacea3 ... ... .... 6 1 3 5 6 Tiliaceas....... 1 1 1 Malpighiaceas . . . . ..... 2 7 2 2 5 2 9 Zygophyllaceas.................. 6 2 . Geraniaceas...................... 2 Butaceae................•........ 3 i 2 3 Siniarubeai................. 1 1 1 Burseraceae............. 5 i 3 3 5 Olacineaa................. 1 1 1 Celastraceaa....... . . 1 1 i 4 2 4 4 Vitacete........................ 3 1 2 i 9 Sapindaceoa....... 8 3 2 1 2 7 1 Anacardiaceas........ . . 2 Leguminosaa.............. 95 9 34 6« 14 SI Eosaceaa.................. 5 1 5 5 Saxifragaceaa.................... 1 1 Crassulaceaa ............. 2 1 1 9 Ehizophoraceaa............ 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 0 njythraceae . .... 3 1 6 3 5 1 3 9 Ona^raceaa -...... s 5 Iioasaceas . . . . 3 2 2 3 Turneraceas 2 2 9 Passifloraceae.................. 1 1 1 1 Cucurbitaceaa................. 9 2 2 4 1 s Begoniaceas ... ........ 1 16 1 3 1 1 Cactaceas....................... 8 11 15 Ficoideaa...................... 4 4 4 4 Umbelliferae.................... 3 2 1 1 9 Cornaceae....................... 1 1 1 Etibiaceae..................... 15 5 3 9 2 15 Valerianacese................. 1 1 1 CompositaB...................... 80 14 45 43 21 59 VOL. III.] Flora of the Cape Region. 231 KTumber of Species. ?eculiar to the Cape Region. Also in Northern Baja California. Found in Mexico. High Elevation. Lower Elevation. Goodeniaceae.................... 1 1 1 Lobeliaceae..................... 2 1 1 2 Ericaceae..................... 1 1 1 1 Primulaceaa.................... 3 2 2 1 9 Ebenaceae....................... 1 1 1 Oleaceae.................... 1 9 1 ApocynacesB.................... 2 10 2 1 7 1 8 1 Asclepiadaceae .................. 10 2 Loganiaceaa__ .... 1 Gentianaceas........ 3 1 9 2 1 Polemoniaceae.................. 2 1 . 1 1 1 Boraginaceaa.................... 14 2 25 9 2 12 10 1 21 14 2 24 Hydrophyllaceae........ ___ Convolvulaceae........ ___ 1 Solanaceae...................... 19 1 14 14 1 18 Scroplmlariaceae ................ 14 2 1 1 8 1 1 10 2 1-"i" 13 2 Bignoniaceaa.................... Orobanchaceae......... Pedaliaceae...................... 1 1 1 1 Acanthaceae.................... 17 4 9 8 1 16 Verbenaceae............ ..... 8 2 4 3 8 Labiatae ............... 13 1 7 8 4 9 Plantaginaceae.................. 2 9 4 10 2 5 4 6 2 6 3 7 2 1 1 1 Nyctaginaceae................. 1 8 Polygonaceae...................; 3 9 Amarantaeeae......... Chenopodiaceee................ 7 1 7 1 6 7 1 Batidese........................ PliytolaccacesB........ ...... 4 2 3 4 2 4 2 Aristolochiaceae................ Piperaceae................... 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 Loranthaceae................ Euphorbiaceae ................. 48 2 4 26 2 30 1 48 2 Urticaceae................. CupuliferaB..................... 3 4 3 9 3 2 2 1 2 Salicaceae...................... 1 Coniferae ............ 1 1 1 Orchidaceae...................... 9 1 9? 9 Bromeliaceae.................... 1 1 1 Iridaceae .............. .... 2 1 1 1 1 Amaryllidaceae.................. 6 2 6 Liliacese............. .... 4 2 1 3 1 3 Commelinaceae.......... 5 1 4 (?) 5 Palmaceae................... 2 1 1 1 1 Aroidese....................... 1 • 1 1 Lemnaceae...................... 1 i 1 1 AlismaceaB............ 1 1 1 1 Naidaceae...................___ 2 2 2 1 1 Juncaceae.................... 1 1 1 1 Cyperacese . 10 52 29 V 43 2 8 8 Gramineaa...................... 2 44 Filices.......................... 22 1 5 21 16 6 732" 72 362 494 146 586 FOOD OF THE GROUSE AND MOUNTAIN QUAIL OF CENTRAL CALIFORNIA. BY L. BELDING. In autumn the grouse (Dendragapus obscurus fuliginosus), of the Sierra Nevada at about seven thousand feet altitude, has a great variety of food as I have ascertained by dissecting many of them. The thimbleberry (Rubus Nidkanus), appears to be its favorite article of diet, and next to this, the service berry (Amelanchier alnifolia). Several kinds of wild currants and goose- berries, including Ribes sanguineum and R. Metisiesii and red elderberries (Sa??ibucus racemosa) are hardly less acceptable. Berries of manzanita (Arctoslaphylos pungens and A. Nevadensis) and the mountain twin berry (Lonicera conjugialis), the huckle- berry (Vaccinium occideniale) and of the mountain ash (Pyrus sa?nbucifolia), are also eaten. The seeds of lupines, of Polygonum polymorphum, of the very abundant false sun-flower ( Wyethia mollis), of caraway (Glycosma), and acorns of the dwarf oak (Quercus chrysolepis var. vacciniifolia), add to the variety. The last two named are also eaten by deer and Indians. I have seen Washoe Indians have a pile of not less than thirty bushels, of nicely cleaned seeds of Glycosma occideniale. After the young grouse are hatched the mother bird takes them to alder and willow thickets where they find seclusion and water. Here they also find some insect food (which seems to be very necessary to young birds of most species), and a species of native red clover, the green leaves and heads of which supply them, for a time, with nearly all the food they require. Old as well as young birds appear to be very fond of the mitre- wort (Mitella Breweri), which grows in these damp, shady situa- tions. About the middle of August the females, with their broods, begin to change their haunts and range higher in the mountains, and then feed partly upon the foliage of fir trees (Abies concolor and magnifica), and hemlock spruce ( Tsuga Pattoniana), the latter being apparently preferred. The old males feed upon the foliage of these conifers nearly all the year and during the winter when everything is covered with snow all grouse must subsist upon it. Some years, late summer frosts destroy the berry and seed crops and then the grouse are limited to a diet of a few kinds of vegetable food, grasshoppers and other insects. One such year, during Sep- Food of Grouse and 233 tember, I found them feeding almost exclusively on the fallen dried male flowers of the yellow pine (Pinus ponderosa). After, about the first of October, these grouse go into the fir trees of the high peaks and are seldom seen. The game law which prohibits their being shot prior to this time is almost equivalent to prohibiting shooting them at all. The open season should begin about the middle of August, when young birds are about two- thirds grown, at which time they are a great luxury, whereas an old bird is no better than an old hen, if as good. Sportsmen, who are familiar with grouse, avoid shooting the adults. The mountain quail (Oreortyx pictus piumiferus), which are so plentiful in the high mountains in summer, are only summer resi- dents there. They usually spend the winter below the snow line, but as it is not possible to tell just where that is, or rather where it is going to be, they are sometimes caught in snow storms, but I have been astonished at the correctness of their apparent forecast of different winters. A few birds winter high in the mountains, but I think they are parts of flocks which were nearly annihilated, or young birds which got scattered and lost, and a few that were wounded and survived. They begin their journey on foot from the summit and east slope to the foothills, a little after the first of September, and by the first of October, when the game law allows them to be shot, they have nearly all escaped from the mountain hunters to run the gauntlet of those lower down, on the west slope. In some respects they are very stupid birds, in others, quite the reverse. When they are go- ing from their summer to their winter resorts, birds of a flock can all, or nearly all, be shot if the flock can be turned from its course and scattered. They soon begin to call together and will nearly al- ways respond to a hunter's imitation of their call. The loud pleas- ing call of the male in breeding season is not easily imitated nor described, though apparently consisting of a single note, which is sometimes varied a little. The service berry is the staple article of their food in fall, but they eat more or less of the different kinds of berries which the grouse eat. I suppose they, as well as the grouse, eat berries of the wild coffee (Rham?ius Californica), but I have no data for a positive opinion. They also eat the acorn of the dwarf oak and seeds of the snow bush ( Ceanothus cordulatus), and seeds of many small plants. I do not know that they eat any of the 234 Leaf-Miner. [zoe foliage mentioned as the food of the grouse, but they probably eat leaves of clover early in summer, just as valley quail do in win- ter. The juveniles eat a great many ants. Some seasons, when there are no berries and very few seeds, they live almost entirely upon the bulb of a species of grass, ap- parently Melica bulbosa, which grows at the head of springs and rivulets. The birds get the bulb by scratching. Such seasons they start for the foothills sooner than when food is abundant. ON A LEAF-MINER OF POPULUS FREMONTI. BY C H. TYLER TOWNSEND. Almost every spring the cottonwoods in the town of Las Cruces, New Mexico, and its vicinity, are badly infested with a leaf-miner, which up to the present time has baffled all attempts at breeding. The cottonwood is our only native shade tree in. the Mesilla Valley, there being only the one species, Populus fremonli; and as this in- sect has proven a serious pest to it, the following notes on the larva will probably be of interest, although the imago is unknown. A very brief notice of this miner was published in Insect Life, vol. 4, pp. 26-27. It was found on April 30, 1891, that nearly every tree in the valley was most thoroughly infested, the majority of trees having almost every leaf mined out and blistered. The larvae eat out the entire inner portion or parenchyma of the leaf, leaving the two skins whitened and inflated like blisters. They entirely and irrecoverably ruin the foliage of the tree, giving it a most desolate and dying ap- pearance. The trees, however, gradually put forth a new set of leaves, and though they apparently soon recover their normal healthy appearance it is clearly evident that this process must be a great tax on their vitality. I have even been told that in some previous years the second crop of leaves has been likewise destroyed, but I cannot vouch for the accuracy of this statement. On the above date the larvae were of several sizes, the largest being about seven-sixteenths of an inch in length. In general color they are nearly white, with some black dots on the anterior segments below and on the seg- ments next the head above. Two larvae were often found in one leaf, their mines beginning in separate parts of the leaf and gradually approaching until they coalesced. VOL. III.] Leaf-Miner. 235 Leaves containing larvae were collected on May 4 of the same year, and put in a jar with earth to breed, but the larvae all seem- ingly shriveled up and became hard and dried. At this date more than two-thirds of the larvae had left the leaves. The spring of the present year the leaves of the cottonwood had been out not more than one week when it was found, April 21, 1892, that they contained good-sized larvae of this miner. It would therefore seem that the eggs must be deposited in the leaf-buds be- fore the leaves appear, perhaps about the time the buds begin to swell. On April 25 of this year, most of the larvae were apparently full- grown, and accordingly a good number of small branches bearing leaves filled with healthy larvae were put in a breeding cage, the branches being inserted in a receptacle which was kept filled with water. The leaves remained green and healthy for days, until all the larvae had disappeared. The next day, April 26, a large num- ber of the larvae had already left the leaves, and were crawling on the earth in the bottom of the cage. They seemed to manifest a migratory instinct, and did not appear inclined to bury themselves at once in the soil. The migratory larva seems to lose the blackish dots on the anterior segments both above and below, and is entirely of a whitish color and somewhat shorter than before. Two or three of them were noticed going into the earth, but they were subse- quently found perfectly hard and dried, and this was likewise the fate of all the others, which shriveled up and died on top of the earth within a day or two. They would not crawl under chips which were placed within the cage. All natural conditions had been care- fully studied and provided, but to no avail. On April 29, the larvae had all left the leaves in the breeding cage. Some very small larvae were at work on April 25, along with the apparently full-grown ones. Five of these miners were often found in one leaf this season, but the leaves of the trees were not so totally destroyed as in 1891. In one case even "seven larvae were found in the same leaf. They all begin separately, and work till their mines meet. The two skins of the leaves then become filled with the very fine black frass or ex- crement of the larvae. They feed by day, and so far as observed always with the venter toward the upper surface of the leaf. They leave the leaf by making an incision in the upper skin just in the 236 Leaf-Miner. edge of the blistered portion from which the parenchyma has been eaten, and next the latter. A remedy for these miners is rather hard to suggest. Perhaps an arsenical spray about the time the leaf-buds begin to swell would kill the newly-hatched larvae when they begin to enter the leaves. Birds and chickens seem to destroy many of them after they have left the leaves and descended to the ground. On May 4, what were supposed • to be pupae were found in the earth under a cottonwood tree, and blackbirds were reported digging them out and eating them. It is quite certain that this miner is lepidopterous, and it will prob- ably be found to belong to the Tineidtz. It seems also that there is usually but one brood annually, and perhaps the pupae remains in the earth until the following spring. Below is given a description of the larva: Full-grown larva of leaf-miner on Populns fremonti: Elongate, creamy ¦whitish, with sis pale brownish true legs. Twelve segments beside the head, legs 5-jointed, terminal joint small, conical. Head pale tawny brownish or testaceous, with a median posterior ventral brownish marking; mouth parts darker distally. First segment (next head) with a large oblong brownish marking situated in the middle, which covers about one-half of the dorsuin of segment and is divided in the middle longitudinally by a faint median whitish line or suture, and also transversely through the middle by a suture which, however, does not show as a whitish line. A median pair of brown dots on dorsum of second segment. Venter of first segment with a large brown marking in middle, venter of second and third segments with a much smaller brown spot, and venter of fourth with a still smaller brown dot. Fifth to eleventh segments each with rudiments of a pair of pro-legs, appear- ing as very small buds on ventral surface defined anteriorly by a pale brown- ish usually semilunar marking. Anal tubercle brown or blackish, except terminal and dorsal surfaces which are whitish. Head fully three-fourths width of first (next) segment; second and third segments widest and also shorter than the other segments which are all of a nearly uniform length, ex- cept sometimes the fourth which is not quite so long. Segments four to twelve often exhibit (in alcoholic specimens) a continuous longitudinal me- dian furrow on the dorsal surface. In some specimens the dorsal markings of the first and second segments have disappeared, or are absent, and the legs have nearly lost their pale brownish color. Length, about 9 mm.; width of second and third segments, 2 mm.; average width of following segments, 1.5 mm. Described from alcoholic specimens. NOTES ON SOME OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE YOSEMITE VALLEY AND ADJACENT REGION. BY EDWIN C. VAN DYKE. In the summer vacation of this year, I had the good fortune to be one of a camping party, traveling through the Yosemite Valley and adjacent regions in the National Park. During odd moments around camp or on the march, I found time to do a little entomo- logical work, chiefly upon beetles and butterflies. It is of the latter that I wish to speak here, supplementing to some extent the article of Dr. Behr in Zoe, Vol. I, as well as that of Mr. Harrison G. Dyar in Entomological News, Vol. Ill, No. 2. In the region traversed, I had the opportunity of observing between forty and fifty species of butterflies, and concerning most of these I will here give the re- sult of my observations. ¦ Papilio rutulus Bdv.—Quite common in the lower valleys and meadows of the region, where it may be seen skirting the willow thickets or sporting around the flowers in the immediate neighbor- hood. Found in the Yosemite and' Hetch Hetchy valleys and around Lake Eleanor. Never seen at a higher altitude than five or six thousand feet. Papilio eurymedon Bdv.—Very plentiful also throughout the re- gion, but prefers the open spaces on the hillsides to the valleys. Also often found flying at higher altitudes than the above. Most of the specimens caught were in a more or less tattered condition, which indicates that August is their last month in the mountains, at least for that brood. Papilio daunus Bdv. — Several splendid specimens caught from July 23 to 26, in the Hetch Hetchy Valley, and several later on at Lake Eleanor. In both places they were caught while in the act of drinking. Papilio zolicaon Bdv.—Often noticed on the ridges and tops of mountains, at altitudes not greater than eight or nine thousand feet. One was taken at the top of Sentinel Dome, July 11. Papilio indra Reak.—Only one specimen seen. This crossed the Tioga road just ahead of us, when we were at an altitude of over eight thousand feet. The species is probably found at much higher altitudes than any of our Papilios, save in a few instances that of P. zolicaon. 238 Butterflies of the Tosemite Valley. [zoe Parnassius clarius Eversmann.—Quite common around the bogs and wet places, between Lake Tenieya and Tuolumne Meadows. The average altitude here is about nine thousand feet. In manner of flight they much resemble the species of Satyrus. Pieris sisymbri Bdv.—Several of these were caught on the top of Sentinel Dome, July n. They fly around while it is quiet, but seek shelter as soon as it begins to blow at all hard. Neophasia menapia Feld.—Of this species I saw only about three specimens. They were in a yellow-pine forest on the south side of Lake Eleanor. Anthocharis ausonides Bdv.—Several specimens of these, in a very fresh condition, were caught. They were found around the mead- ows in the lower altitudes. Colzas eurytkeme Bdv.—Found about every meadow in the re- gion, even up to ten thousand feet altitude. The albino female was also quite common. Colzas behrz'i Edw. — Only one specimen of this scarce butterfly was seen. This was disturbed from its resting place in the grass, while our party was crossing a small meadow on the side of ML Lyell. It is found on several of the high peaks around Tuolumne Meadows, as well as occasionally in the meadows themselves, but nowhere is it a common butterfly. Danais archippus Fab.—Quite common up to an altitude of about six thousand feet, and is commonly seen sailing across small canons or hovering over the milkweed. Several larvae of it in different stages of development were also observed on the milkweed. The habits of the butterfly in the mountains do not seem to me different from those I have observed in the valleys. Heterochroa Californica Butl. — Quite common in the valleys throughout the region. These butterflies have a curious habit of coursing up and down the roads and paths, much in the manner of large dragonflies. Limenitis lorquini Bdv. — This species was found in about the same localities as the preceding. Neither of them were observed at higher elevations than six thousand feet. Argynnis monticola Behr; Argynnis zerene Bdv. — These two species were always found together, the former being the most nu- merous generally. Very common through the mountains at alti- tudes below nine thousand feet. They delight in sunshine, and are vol. iii.J Butterflies of the Yosemite Valley. 2.39 always to be found on open hillsides or other such warm spots. In view of the fact that I have found these two butterflies together here, as well as in Shasta county two years ago, it seems to me hardly possible that they are more than mere color varieties of the same species. Argynnis leto Behr.—This handsome Argynnid was found quite often. It is a strong and rapid flyer, and is quite hard to capture, partly from the above cause and partly from its habit of flying around the wet places of the meadows. No females were observed by me on the entire trip. Argynnis egleis Bdv.—Only three specimens of this high mount- ain form were captured. One was caught on the upper Tioga road, and the other two on the Lyell fork of the Tuolumne river. It strongly resembles monticola and zerene in its habits, though it is a weaker butterfly, flying slower and closer to the ground. Argynnis epithorcz Bdv. — This, the smallest of the Argynnidae found in that region, is quite common in the open regions of the high altitudes. In manner of flight this species much resembles a Melitaea or even some of the species of Satyrus. Melitcea palla Bdv.—Found throughout the region traveled, up to moderate altitudes. Melittza leanira Bdv.; Melit&a quino Behr.—Only one specimen of each of these was captured. They were found July 9 on the north edge of the Yosemite Valley. Phyciodes mylitta Edw. — Several specimens from different parts of the region traveled. Vanessa antiopa Linn. — Several specimens observed. Most of them were at medium altitudes, though one was seen at the foot of Mt. Lyell at an altitude of about ten thousand feet. It ranges still higher, probably. Pyrameis cardui Linn.—Very common, even up to high altitudes. This is one of our hardiest species, being often seen on some of the coldest and windiest ridges in the mountains. Pyrameis carye Hbn. — Quite common, but not found at such high altitudes as the preceding. Pyrameis hunter a Fabr.—Several of these were seen around water courses in the lower valleys of the mountains. This does not ap- pear to be quite as hardy a butterfly as either of the two preceding, though it is found quite late in the autumn, around the bay here. 240 Butterflies of the Tosemite Valley. [zoe Junonia ccenia Hbn.—Very common everywhere at low altitudes. Chionobas ivallda Mead. — This butterfly probably reaches a higher altitude than any other butterfly found in the locality. I only captured one and that was at the base of Mt. Lyell, at an alti- tude of about ten thousand feet; but I have received some battered specimens taken from the Mt. Dana glacier, at a much higher alti- tude. This butterfly is a rapid flyer, being in this respect quite a contrast to the rest of the family of Satyrs. Chrysopha?ius helloides Bdv.; Chrysophanus arota Bdv.—Several of both species seen several times in the Tuolumne Meadows and often in company with the following: Chrysophamis ctipreus Edw. — This beautiful little butterfly is quite common in the Tuolumne Meadows, especially in the bare and sunny spots on the hillsides. Thecla melinus Hbn. — Only one specimen captured, at Lake Eleanor, July 27. Thecla gruniis Bdv. — Quite common on the Eagle Peak trail, coming out of the Yosemite Valley. Found about the oak ( Quer- cus chrysolepis). Thecla eryphon Bdv.—Quite common along the shores of Lake Eleanor. Lyccena acmon Db.-Hew. —Very common in the lower altitudes of the district. Lyccena baitoides Behr.—Only one specimen captured here. Lyccena scepiolus Bdv.; Lyccena rustica Edw.—Very common in the Tuolumne Meadows, especially the former. Found congre- gated in great numbers along the margins of streams and ponds. Eudarmis tityrus Fabr. — Two specimens captured in the Tuo- lumne Meadows. Nisoniades propertius Lint. — Several found in the same region as the preceding. Besides the butterflies given above, I saw many other species which I did not get near enough to identify. The region as a whole is, however, a very rich one for a lepidopterist, and is partic- ularly interesting to one interested in geographical distribution. Looking at the Yosemite region from this standpoint,'one can see how similar it is to the rest of the Sierra region north of it. The only one of the above butterflies peculiar to this one district is Colzas behrii, the remainder being either mountain forms peculiar to the VOL. III.] A New Rumfordia. 241 Sierra region in general or else cosmopolitan forms and those found everywhere in the State. To the collector from the valley and coast regions of the State this region is a new world. Here he first comes in contact with large numbers of that family of Argynnidse which makes the mount- ains seem so full of insect life. This is by far the best represented of any family in the mountains of this region, with reference both to numbers and to species. Vanessa californica slightly outnumbers it farther north, but is not seen in this locality. The genus Papilio is also better represented here than in the lower regions. The spe- cies of Thecla, Lycaena, Chrysophanus, Pieris and Colias are repre- sented here as well as in the valleys. Parnassius and Chionobas are of course mountain genera, seldom found at low altitudes. This short paper, with what has been done before by others, I hope will induce more collectors to explore the above district and try to clear up some of the difficult points. Very little has yet been done, but until this region is well explored our knowledge of what the Sierras contain will necessarily be limited.* *Most of these butterflies were named for me by Mr. J. J. Rivers. A NEW RUMFORDIA FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA. With Plate xxiii. BY T. S. BRANDEGEE. Rumfordia connata. Perennial, herbaceous 1-2 m. high; stems clustered, much branched near the top, glandular-pubescent: leaves Yz-iJ/2 dm. long, ovate, acuminate, serrate, decurrent on the petioles as a broad margin and connate into a cup often 1-2 cm. in depth, more or less filled by the hirsute pubescence; nodes as long or longer than the leaves: panicle compound: heads long-peduncu- late; peduncles slender, naked: heads 4-5 cm. broad; outer involu- cre foliaceous, deeply 5-8 lobed, its segments nearly equalling the rays, two of them usually much broader than the others and 2- toothed at apex; inner conduplicate about % the length of the out- er, green and glandular on the back, acute, and three times the length of the akene; receptacle convex, the palese membranaceous, obliquely obtuse, somewhat boat - shaped, loosely enclosing and twice longer than the akenes: rays ? , numerous 15-18 mm. long, 242 A New Efilobium. [zoe equally 3-toothed at apex, and usually with two strap-like lobes at base, the slender glandular tube nearly half as long as the limb; disk flowers long-tubular 5-toothed: stamens long-exserted minute- ly sagittate at base: akenes glabrous, compressed, striate, oblique at apex, somewhat clavate, curved on the back and straight on the inner edge, crowned by a thickened ring; pappus none. Highest elevations of the mountains of the Cape region of Lower California. Not very abundant, but conspicuous, making masses of bloom a yard or more in diameter. The oblique compressed akenes, broader at the back, remind of Madia. The description is rather fully given because the plant does not entirely agree with that of the hitherto monotypic Rumfordia. It is, however, a fault which will readily be pardoned by any one who has had to delve among the brief and vague descriptions of too many of the Mexican Compositae. The figure in the plate is drawn one-half natural size. A NEW EPILOBIUM. With Plate xxiv. BY T. S. BRANDEGEE. Epilobium nivium. Perennial, pubescent, stems in tufts from a strong woody base: leaves oblong- or elliptic-lanceolate, pubescent on both sides 8-15 mm. long, narrowed to a short stout petiole, somewhat fascicled in the axils, the lower opposite, the upper usual- ly alternate, all abruptly tipped with a stout subulate gland ^-1 mm. long: flowers racemose in the upper axils; pedicels shorter than the ovary: calyx tube red or reddish, abruptly enlarged above the ovary, nearly linear 5-7 mm. long, 2/i the length of the petals; lobes spreading, at length deflexed, about 3 mm. long above the obconical throat: petals violet - purple, obcordate, 7-10 mm. long, twice the length of the longer stamens which are opposite the sepals and inserted a little higher in the tube; anthers apiculate: ovary few - about 8 - ovuled; style equalling the corolla, the stigma with 4 short ultimately reflexed lobes: capsule somewhat fusiform, the few seeds being developed near the center; seeds immature, appa- rently smooth; coma dingy. Collected September 25, 1892, at an altitude of 5,500 feet, on the vol. in.] Habits of Palmer's Thrasher. 243 red shales of Snow Mountain, Lake County, in flower and young fruit. In habit this species is strikingly like the narrower - leaved forms of the monotypic genus Zauschneria, and in conjunction with such species as E. paniculatum and E. obcordatum, make that genus un- tenable, there being no longer any definable and constant differ- ence, however trivial, which can be used to separate them. THE HABITS AND NESTING OF PALMER'S THRASHER. (Harporhynchus curvirostris palmeri.) BY HERBERT BROWN. In offering these notes on the habits and nesting of Palmer's and Bendire's thrashers, I question much if I can say anything new in regard to the former, inasmuch as it has long been under the ob- servation of experienced naturalists. The bird is a common resident of this portion of the Territory, and a notable feature of feathered life in every cactus belt in Southern Arizona. Some years since, I purchased a partial albino.* I first saw it as a fledgling at a ranch about forty-five miles west of Tucson, to which place the writer had gone as one of a rescuing party; the sheriff of the county, while endeavoring to arrest an Indian horsethief, had fallen into ambush and was himself a captive. The bird had been taken from its nest under the impression that it was a young mocking-bird. When I again saw it some six months later, it was fully grown, and appar- *In general appearance it resembled H. c.palmeri. Poise and shape of head, length and curve of mandibles, bold, bright yellowish gray eye and movements those of palmeri, but the white markings gave it somewhat of a resemblance to M. poly- glottos. Jf approached by a stranger when caged, it would ruffle its feathers, open its tail like a fan and peck viciously at the hand, but to its owner, a young fellow, whose both arms had been broken by an Apache bullet, it was all love and affection. The first, fifth and ninth primary in the left wing were white, sixth, seventh and eighth brownish gray, secondaries ashy gray, tertiaries white, stems of ' all white feathers black. Right wing, first and fifth primaries white, sixth brown- ish gray, secondaries first two white, the next four brownish gray, tertiaries first brown, second brown and white, third white, upper half of greater coverts white, eighth, nine and tenth all white. Tail—eleven rectrices entirely white, barred with faint waving lines of a darker color. Back, head and breast ashy gray, throat and abdomen white, upper mandible black, lower mandible from base to angle of gonys, white. 244 Habits of Palmer's Thrasher. [zoe ently as domestic as the chickens with which it freely associated. Occasionally it would become too obtrusive and draw upon itself the belligerent attention of its more powerful companions, but when struck at, like the proverbial flea, it was never there. A dozen times an hour, and off and on I watched it for nearly half a day. I expected to see it killed, but its remarkable quickness always stood its friend. One pestiferous old hen would run up to within striking distance, then slowly crane her neck in the direction of the impudent little intruder, which also as suddenly assumed a like posi- tion, and for a moment they would stand defiantly eyeing each other, when, almost too quick to be seen, the hen would deliver her blow, but only to find the enemy two feet away with its head cocked first on one side .and then on the other, apparently enjoying the dangerous sport. It answered readily to the name of Dick, and was particularly fond of a mixture of chili and corn meal, and when its attention was called to a cup containing some, it would be up in an instant, and if the vessel was covered with the hand would at- tempt to force its mandibles between the fingers. Failing in this, it would watch eagerly for any opening it could take advantage of. It had a penchant for digging holes in the ground; the harder the earth the greater its apparent delight. This odd feature, however, is common to the palmeri family at all seasons of the year, but more particularly, I think, while breeding. They press their tails firmly against the ground, after the matter of the woodpecker; if the earth be dry and sandy, a perfect fusilade ot dirt is kept up. The force of the blow is downward and towards the body, but occasionally to clean the sand out they strike several sideward blows, and dirt flies for a foot in all directions. In the early spring they are commonly seen with a hard lump about the size of a pea, attached firmly un- derneath the point of the lower mandible, and as the lump is of adobe, which at times is found a considerable distance from their resting places, it is evident that this digging is done for a purpose. During the winter months they leave the mesas for the more.shelt- ered bottoms where they frequent the brush fences, pomgranate and willow hedge rows bordering the ploughed fields, and then, literally, they are in mud to their eyes. Palmer's thrasher may never be classed as a musical prodigy, but nevertheless among Arizona birds he is rivalled only by that king of American songsters, Mimus polyglottos. Morning, noon and vol. in.] Habits of Palmer's Thi'asher. 245 evening, perched on the topmost branch of a cholla, he is always in tune, and while his notes may perhaps be less varied than his more favored kinsman, it is none the less bold and commanding, and but for the ubiquity of his rival in song would be in demand as a cage bird. Southern Arizona, notwithstanding its great mountain chains, if viewed from an elevated position, presents the appearance of a vast plain that ends only where the horizon seems to touch the earth, with here and there a mountain range small in comparison with the surrounding plain, set down upon it. Between the mountains lie immense mesas and valleys, as a whole, timberless and waterless, but covered with nutritious grasses, great cacti belts and other vegetation of curious growth. Here, then, is the home of the palm- eri, and in the cholla, beset with countless spines, it builds its nest and rears its young. This class of cacti, of which the foregoing cut gives but a faint conception of its terrors, is virtually impenetrable .to man and beast. Ten million of cambric needles, set on hundreds of loosely jointed spindles, woven so closely together as to appar- ently defy the penetration of a body however small, but the thrashers go in and out and up and through them with the ease of water running through a sieve. In some convenient fork, on a limb against the bole of the bush, or in a cavity formed by the pendent stems of the plant, the nest is most commonly built. All the spines in the vicinity of the nest are pulled off for the better protection of the young. This does not, however, always save them as I have found them once in a while, tangled and dead in the terrible burs. The external nest of the Palmer's thrasher is made of thorn twigs avergaing in length about eight or nine inches, seldom shorter but fre- quently much longer. Almost invariably they are lined with a species of wire grass, but sometimes thay go astray and use other material. In external depth the nests vary according to the whims of the bird and the requirements of the site chosen, but generally they average irom seven to ten inches. The inner cavity at its greatest width near the top measures from four to four and one-half inches, bottom one-half an inch to an inch narrower, rounded or- flat, and from three to three and one-half inches deep. However sparsely the walls of the nest may be lined, the bottom is always thickly padded with dried grass, into which the eggs frequently sink one-half their depth, and in this condition hatch. There are, of 246 Habits of Palmer''s Thrasher. [zoe course, many exceptional nests. Some remarkable for the oddity of their construction, others for their bulkiness and still others for the flimsy manner in which they are put together. Have many records of such; a few instances, however, will suffice to show the peculiar ideas of the birds when they depart from their usual seven by ten building. One nest was built on the ruins of three others and probably represented as many successive broods, and gave the interior of the cholla the appearance of having been solidly filled in with dead sticks. Exterior diameter of the nest 20 inches, depth 36 inches, cavity across the top 4^ inches, bottom 3 inches, depth 6 inches, but lined only about 4 inches up with baling rope, hog bristles and grass. A second had an external diameter of 14 inches, depth 12 inches, interior diameter top of cavity 5 inches, bottom 2 inches and depth 9 inches, but lined with grass and feathers for two inches only, the other seven inches being naked sticks. The pecu- liarity of another was that the bird in leaving the nest went through a well built piece of cribbing rather more than ten inches deep, which stood at an angle of about 70 degrees with the top of the nest. The sticks forming the cribbing were from six to eight inches long and straight, the aperture was about four and one-half inches in the clear, being rather longer one way than the other. One edge of the cribbing lay solidly on the nest, the opposite side being open sufficiently to admit the body of the bird, giving the cribbing the appearance of having at some time been tipped from the perpen- dicular. I broke sufficient of the cactus burs away to expose the open side of the nest, then secreted myself to watch events. Both birds soon returned to the nest, but becoming alarmed again left apparently for good, but in the course of half an hour one again came back and was presently followed by the other. After a general in- spection of the premises the female went on the nest, going in under the open edge of the cribbing, but on being approached left the nest by going up through the cribbing as she did when first dis- turbed. For a third time I saw her make her entrance and exit as described. The nest contained three slightly incubated eggs. In >the spring of 1889 I noted several nests made almost entirely of flowering weeds. This came from the nature of the vegetation in the immediate vicinity of the cholla belt in which the nests were placed. There appears to be no fixed time for the opening of the nesting vol. in.] Habits of Palmer's Thrasher. 247 season, which alternates between the latter part of February and the beginning of April. At first I was inclined to attribute this dif- ference to climate causes, but subsequent events modified my opinion in that direction. A cold winter followed by a late nesting led to the former belief, but a still colder winter and an earlier nesting upset my theory on that proposition. March 1, 1889, the young were al- ready in the nests. February 28, 1886, my notes show two nests of three eggs each. March 28, 1887, is my first record. Although I had watched diligently for weeks and found many finished nests. March 3 opened the season for 1888 and March 15 for 1889, al- though the season was not fairly under way till two weeks later. The season of 1887 was characterized by the smallness of the clutches, two eggs as a rule being the maximum number laid, that of 1889 being marked by the other extreme, the complement being seldom less than three but more generally four. Although the season oi 1888 opened early in March it was not until March 12 that I visited the principal cactus belts within a radius of about twelve miles east and south of Tucson, and of the fifteen nests examined one contained two eggs; two, three eggs each; five, two young each, and two contained one young each. Three nests were ap- parently ready for eggs and two were in course of construction. The young in two nests were apparently ten days old and from that age they graduated down to the chipped shell. On the 18th I worked the cactus north of Tucson. I found one nest with two- well developed young, one ready for eggs, one with one young- fledged and sitting in the bush, two with three eggs each and one with one young, one about a week old. March 25 I partially cov- ered the ground that I had been over on the 12th east of Fort Lowell, following down the Rillito a dry wash and a roaring torrent at different seasons of the year. The young had almost invariably left their nests and were sitting in the bush or running around with the old ones. The broods varied in size from one to three. The season of. 1889 did nQt fairly open till the first week in April, when it opened with a rush, the birds being more numerous and clutches larger than on preceding years. April 3, I noted nine nests con- taining three eggs each; April io, five of three; April 13, nine of four, twelve of three and two of two eggs each; April 14, two of four and eleven of three each; April 16, four of four; 17th, three of four and eleven of three; 27th, six of four and eight of three; 30th, 248 Notes on CEnothera. [zoe six of three and one of two. This practically closes the book for the year. It must be borne in mind, however, that the foregoing is given only to show the unusual size of the clutches and not as an actual representation of all the nests that came under my observa- tion. The mesas and desert lands of^ Arizona are better than the macadamized road of the Eastern States for good driving, and, as they are generally level and everywhere accessible to a team, a large area of ground can be covered in one day. This fact par- tially accounts for the richness of the foregoing result for 1889. NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF THE GENUS CENOTHERA. BY ALICE EASTWOOD. CEnothera biennis L. The flowers of this common species ex- pand about sunrise, not all at once as if they were opened by electricity, but one here, another there, and so on until all the fully developed buds are out. The style is shorter than the filaments, and fertilization takes place in the bud. On a cloudy morning they remain bright and fresh, but when the sun beats down with intense and undimmed rays, the petals are wilted long before noon. The var. grandiflora Lindl. has much larger flowers and stems less leafy. The style is larger than the filaments and before the bud opens is protruded from the expanding corolla, so fertilization in the bud is impossible. I have not observed insects flying around the open flowers or crawling within the corollas. CEnothera pinnatifida Nutt. In the spring two classes of plants can be found; those that have evidently lived through the previous season and small plants that appear to be seedlings. The former soon become large with spreading habit, often forming a mat more than a foot in diameter. I have counted sixty-five large white blos- soms on a single plant. They die when the seed ripens, unless growing near where the supply of water is permanent, when they ap- pear to become perennial. They bloom in April and May, often lingering on through June and even occasionally into August. When there are rains in August, as there almost always are, a new crop of seedlings comes up which form simple-stemmed plants with a few flowers that remain until the frost. These plants are, in my opinion, the originals of the many stemmed plants of the next spring, VOL.. III.] Notes on CEnothera. 249 while the spring seedlings come from seeds that did not germinate the previous season, or perhaps from seeds ripened on the fall seed- lings. These flowers open about sunset and are not fertilized in the bud, for the pistil greatly surpasses the stamens. I have examined hundreds of pods and have always found two rows of seeds in each cell, eight rows in all. The seeds are round and pitted. CEnothera trichocalyx Nutt. Of this I have collected several forms that vary with reference to the bud, the appearance of which seems to be the chief difference between this and CE. albicaulis. I cannot determine to which species several belong, though the Grand Junction CE. trichocalyx and the Denver CE. albicaulis seem quite distinct. They all have lance-linear seeds, grooved where they press against their companions, and often mottled with red. I found the mottled seeds on the Grand Junction form of CE. tricho- calyx and the Denver form of CE. albicaulis. In both, the seeds of well developed pods have two rows in each cell. The plants from Grand Junction have buds that are conspicuously white vil- lous and decidedly blunt; the tips are not in the least free. This seems to be the typical form, as I said before, of CE. trichocalyx. The form from Thompson's Springs, a station on the Rio Grande Western in Utah, has villous buds that are acuminate but without free tips. I have the same from along McElmo Creek, in south- western Colorado. The form from Moab in Utah has smooth buds, acuminate and with free tips. The form from Court House Wash, on the road to Moab, has buds slightly villous, with tips acuminate and partially free. These forms are all annuals or biennials. The Denver form of CE. albicaulis has sparingly villous pods, acuminate and with free tips. It would appear that a'specific dif- ference between these two must be sought in some other organ. CEnothera albicaulis is distinctively a perennial, but that might arise from its situation. It is always found not far from water, while CE. trichocalyx inhabits desert regions. In comparing the. Denver CE. albicaulis with the forms of CE. trichocalyx I find the leaves to be quite dissimilar, the former hav- ing leaves that are either sparingly or deeply toothed and canescent with appressed hairs; the latter having pinnately divided smooth leaves with the segments narrow and linear. However, in looking over Watson's Revision, I find that var. runcinata and var. Calif or- nica of CE. albicaulis have pinnatifid leaves; so the difference in the 250 Notes on (Enothera. [zoe :•¦ M leaves ought to have no weight. They both have white shreddy- stems, CE. irichocalyx being more frequently red than white. The flowers and capsules do not differ sufficiently to be marked. From all these considerations I feel compelled to believe that there is but one species instead of two. I have not had opportunities to observe the habits of any of these forms, but all are white - flowered and of course open in the evening. CEnothera coronopifolia Torr. & Gray. Next to CE. biennis, this seems most widely distributed. The flowers have a strong, sicken- ing odor, and open before sunset. The style which is at first erect and longer than the stamens becomes declined as in Epilobium spicatum. It is not fertilized in the bud. The flowers remain open until nearly noon the next day and seem to gradually wither, changing from white to rose color. They are not quite an inch in diameter, and often there are several in bloom at once on the low but erect stem. There are two rows of seeds in each cell as in those of CE. pirmatifida. CEnothera ccsspitosa Nutt., is the most variable of all the species, especially in its manner of growth, seeming to change so as to adapt itself to different conditions, or rather those that became best adapted prevailed and transmitted their qualities to the new genera- tions. The form from Steamboat Springs in Routt county, Colorado, has pods on peduncles from a half-inch to an inch long. It is caes- pitose. I have not seen the flower. The Mancos form is caespitose 'from running root-stocks, with slightly angled sessile pods. The petals are deeply obcordate. At Grand Junction there are three forms: first, the typical caespitose form; second, that with simple erect stem, the flowers in the axils and the dry stem of winter thickly covered with large ridged-winged sessile pods; and third, the inter- mediate, with stems branching from the base above ground, instead of underground, as in the Mancos form. The first is the common mountain form, the second is found at Pueblo and near Colorado Springs in the same kind of adobe soil in which it lives at Grand Junction. The axis of the two last forms is succulent, and doubt- less holds a supply of moisture to ripen the fruit during the dry season that always follows the spring rains. The capsules are strongly winged and sessile. The flowers of this species are not fertilized in the bud. I watched the Mancos form and found that the flowers expanded almost at sunset, quite gradually but notice- VOL. III.] Notes on (E not her a. 251 ably. The pistil was erect and protruded its viscid stigmas from the opening bud without a grain of pollen to be seen. The stigma lobes which were folded in the bud expanded as the corolla unfold- ed. Humming bird moths frequented the patches and flew from flower to flower almost as soon as they were open. The flowers were withered before noon the next day. They have a fragrance sweet and strong, so much like a lily that they are often so called. I suppose that the color tOQ has something to do with the incorrect name. One morning in June, after a frost the preceding night, I per- ceived, as I was riding along, an open flower with the lobes of the stigma closed. I had never noticed such a phenomenon before, and it impressed me as singular. I wondered if the frost had closed them after expansion or if the cold had prevented their opening. Did the stigma lobes come together to protect the naked stigmatic surfaces, or was it merely an accident ? CEnothera scapoidea Nutt., has two distinct forms which are both found at Grand Junction, sometimes even growing side by side. The small-flowered form blooms earlier than the other. The differ- ence in size is marked, one having flowers an inch in diameter with protruding stigmas, the other with corollas less than a quarter of an inch across and stigmas included and fertilized in the bud. The pods and seed differ only in size but to a less degree than the flow- ers. Both have the red spots at the base of the petals and both have variable leaves. Generally they are entire, sometimes they, have a few short irregular lobes at the base of the blade, and rarely have I seen them with margins irregularly sinuate toothed. CEnothera cardiophylla Torr. Approaches so near to CE. scapoi- dea that it is impossible for me to discriminate among the several forms which I collected this spring. The Grand Junction form has stems leafy along the branches instead of at the base; the leaves are oblanceolate, sinuate, dentate or entire, often with small irregular lobes below the blade. The flowers are very small and reddish, orange when they first open. The, Moab form has all the leaves, except the bract-like upper ones, clustered near the root; the upper leaves are small, ovate and remotely dentate, the lower have from one to five pairs of small irregular leaflets on the long petiole. The pedicels equal the pod, but they vary in length in almost every plant. Another Moab form has all the leaves clustered at the base 252 Notes on Cistelidce. [zoe 1 of the stem, very villous canescent and similar in shape to the pre- ceding form. In its general appearance it comes very near to CE. scapoidea, and I regard it as an intermediate form. In Montezuma Canon I found a similar plant. The pods are long and slender, twice as long as the pedicels. I cannot find a constant characteristic among all these forms, but yet the forms that seem typical are not alike. All of the varieties of the (two?) species have two rows of seeds in each cell of the ovary. The impress of the eight rows can be distinctly seen on the pods of all my specimens. There is an interesting feature common to the- two forms of CE. biennis and the two of CE. scapoidea. Each has a large and small flowered variety, the former fertilized after opening and the latter in the bud. It is a subject for future study, and observations have not yet been sufficiently close and extended for theories or hy- potheses. NOTES ON SOME CALIFORNIAN CISTELIDCE. BY F. E. BLAISDELL. Stenochidus gracilis Lee. Sparsely distributed throughout San Diego County. Frequents the blossom of Adenosloma fascicula- tum; taken in net while at rest from various species of plants. The insect is black in color with basal portions of femora red. Stenochidus cyanescens Lee. One specimen taken in May at Mokelumne Hill, Calaveras County. The genus is not exclusively Californian (vide Classif. N. A. Coleop., p. 390), as supposed by Drs. LeConte and Horn—it also occurs in Nevada (Casey). A black species; frequently the elytra have a bluish tinge. Hymenorus inquilinus Casey. One specimen which I refer to the present species was taken from an agricultural ants' nest Sept. 24th, at Mokelumne Hill. The elytra are without impressed striae, al- though the sutural lines are partly discernible. Color rufo-testaceous, humeral areas paler. Eyes black, front strongly convex, sparsely punctate and shining, epistoma abruptly flat and rather closely punctured. Prothorax short and slightly wider than elytra, the latter with sides straight and nearly parallel. Hymenorus fusculus Casey. A number of specimens of this species were taken from a pile of decaying sunflower blossoms at Coronado. l\ vol. in.] Letter from Atyhonse de Candolle. 253 Hymenorus macer Casey. Common at Poway, San Diego County, under debris, beneath trees and about decaying vegetables. fsomira variabilis Horn. Moderately common at Poway during June and July on the blossoms of Adenostoma fasciculatum. dstela Thevenetii Horn. Moderately rare at Poway. Frequents the blossoms of Adenostoma fasciculatum. Color piceous-black to black, femora red. LETTER FROM M. ALPHONSE DE CANDOLLE TO M. ERNEST MALINVAUD.* Geneva, July 6, 1892. Dear Sir and Fellow Member: You wish to know my opinion regarding the propositions issued by a committee of very competent botanists in Berlin, on the sub- ject of nomenclature. I have signed the four articles which they propose, and I will tell you why. In 1867, when we revised the collection of laws of nomenclature, we made omissions and committed several errors, which the march of science has now made obvious. We then thought almost exclu- sively of the future, scarcely at all of the first epoch in binominal nomenclature. We particularly said that it should start from Linnaeus, without explaining from which of his works. But be- tween the first edition of the Systema Naturae (1735) and the au- thor's last dissertation, published in 1776, a period of forty-one years elapsed, and during this long time his principal works were' spread abroad (Genera, Species, Mantissa, etc.). At the same time descriptions of genera and species were published which are or are not sound, according as the nomenclature is based on this or that work of the master. It is sufficient to cast a glance at the first folio edition of the Sys- tema, now very rare, to be convinced that it is intended to make known Linnaeus' twenty-four classes and not at all to define genera. It was in 1737, in the first edition of the Genera, that the author named and characterized the genera which he admitted. In 1753, in the first edition of the Species, he enumerated species under the binominal form. .Not long since I was disposed to determine gen- * Translated by Mary F. McRoberts, from the Bulletin of the Botanical Society of France, Vol. 39, meeting of July 8, 1892. i 254 Letter from Al^phonse de Candolle. [zoe. era from 1737 and species from 1753, but on this point the members of the committee of Berlin make a remark which is, in my opinion, very just. The real merit of Linnaeus is to have combined for all plants the generic name with the specific term, which he did in 1753. That is, therefore, the chief date of the new nomenclature. Linnaeus did not invent the designating of a species by two words. That is found in many books before his time. But it was an excep- tional case, the greater number of species being named by phrases. If this plan had been continued the science would not have changed; there would only have been phrases, more or less lengthy, accord- ing as new species were discovered. Happily, Linnaeus struck a suc- cessful blow when he instituted the constant and general employ- ment of the binominal method as a fixed rule. Thus he is virtually the creator of this method, just as Ant. L. de Jussieu is of naming families, although many before him named and characterized these groups. Taking everything into consideration, it is a happy con- clusion, that of deciding upon the date 1753 as the origin of modern nomenclature. That resolves the difficulty regarding the change of names, which the law of priority would entail had an earlier date been fixed upon. Strictly taken, 1752 decides the genera and 1753 the species, but taking into consideration the page which precedes the definition of species in the first edition of Species Plantarum, we see that Linnaeus made use of the fourth edition of Genera Planta- rum for determination of the genera, which he published in 1752. The second proposition of the Berlin committee is in part our Article 46 of the Laws of Nomenclature, with useful additions re- garding seminuda names, also regarding plates unprovided with descriptions of new genera. The third proposition conforms to the principle of the desirability of fixity of names. Finally, proposition four is a learned and impartial application of exceptions which it is possible to admit in the law of priority. Botanists will be pleased to see the desire to preserve such names as Oxytropis, Desmodium, Statice, Protea, Banksia, Myristica, Dendrobium and others, which an ill-chosen date or irrational interpretation of the law of priority threatened to change. The idea of making exceptions to that rule is not precisely a new one. Our Laws of Nomenclature (Article 4,. and Commentary, p. 33) allow this to be seen. Thus the most just and best drafted laws, even in the civil code, are sometimes submit- ted to alterations which it is true ought to be rare and only caused VOL. III.] Mexican Ceroplastes. 255 by necessity. At the present moment M. Kuntze's much to be re- gretted work involves just such a necessity. The Berlin committee understand this, and in the list of names to be rejected and names to be preserved, in spite of the law of priority, it has accomplished a difficult task, for which gratitude is due to it. Its propositions are a development of our laws of nomenclature, such as should be made when abuses crop in or when negligence is discovered in the com- pilation of 1867. I have myself given utterance to ideas of that nature, from which I hope good results, although the action of an isolated individual must always be slower than that of a committee. ~ Accept, dear sir and fellow member, the assurance of my cordial esteem. Alph. de Candolle. NOTES ON TWO MEXICAN SPECIES OF CEROPLAS- TES, WITH A RECORD OF PARASITES REARED FROM ONE. BY C. H. TYLER TOWNSEND. The two scales below mentioned have been sent to me by Dr. Alfredo Dug£s, from the vicinity of Guanajuato, Mexico. To Dr. Duges also is due the credit for the information given regarding food-plants. Ceroplastes dugesii J. Licht.—Found at Guanajuato " more com- monly on Malvaviscus arboreus Cav. and M. acerifolius Presl., two shrubs of about 3 or 4 metres height; and accidentally on adjoining shrubs." This is a large species, nearly white, sub-hemispherical, showing no division into plates, the white waxy secretion being very susceptible to pressure and filled with a watery liquid. Specimens kept dry for months do not lose this liquid in the least degree. Those sent measure in length, 9 to 11 mm.; width, 7 to 9 mm.; height, 5 to 8 mm. Ceroplastes sp.—Found "on Bignonia (buccinatoriaf), and Chrysanthemum at Guanajuato." This is quite a different species in appearance. It considerably resembles C. cirripediformis, but is more than twice as large. The waxy secretion is not so white as in C. dugesii, but more of a dirty gray in color, not so soft, dryer, and is very distinctly marked off into plates, much resembling in general form the carapace of the box-turtle (Cistudo). There is a dorsal, central, rounded plate, with a central black navel-like 256 Mexican Cei'ofilastes. [zor spot; around this are grouped six other plates, two on each side and one at each end, the anterior end plate being the widest and bearing in a transverse row three central navel-like spots, the other plates sub-equal and with a single navel-like spot approximated to lower lateral margin; all the plates are marked with numerous very slight ridges radiating from the navel-like spot, the radiations being perfect on all sides from the center of the dorsal plate, and mostly- upward and laterally on the others, the anterior end plate most ap- proaching the central one in this respect. The specimens sent measure in length, 6 to 8 mm.; width, .4^ to 5^ mm.; height, 4 to 6 mm. The specimens of this species were received from Dr. Duges, on Sept. 27. On opening them, there were found to be present numbers of live adult flies of some species of parasitic microhy- menoptera. Probably a dozen or more of these parasites escaped at this time. These all belonged to the more numerous fiavous species. More of the same issued up to Sept. 29. The scales were not again looked at until Oct. 15, when a careful examina- tion showed four different forms among the parasites, some of which had been issuing up to date. These were counted, showing the following numbers that had issued from 10 scales: The more nu- merous were the first or common flavous form, distinguished by the scutum of thorax being of a rufous tinge, and of which there were 22 specimens. Of a smaller form, which was black above and pallid below, there were 6 specimens. There were 3 specimens of a form more slender than the first one, and perfectly black except the wings. And finally there was a single specimen of a beautiful trype- tid-like variegated-winged species, having the wings white with fuscous reticulations and the body marked in very much the same way. The fiavous form was the only one noticed for the first few days, and the others must have issued much later. One specimen of the black species was found alive Oct. 15. These parasites were sent to Mr. L. O. Howard for determina- tion, and the following letter was received in reply: " I am glad to get the specimens which you send, and it is in- teresting to know that all are bred from Ceroplastes. The yellow species, which occurs in the greatest abundance, is a species of Aphycus. It differs, curiously enough, from my Aphycus ceroplastis described in Bulletin 5 of this Division, and which was bred from VOL. III.] Numenius Borealis. 257 a Ceroplastes received from Silver City, N. M. I fully expected that your form would prove identical with this. The beautiful species which resembles a Trypeta belongs to a new genus of Encyrtince. We have the same species in the National Collection from Califor- nia. The other species—the small black one—belongs to the genus Tebrastichus, and is a parasite not of the scale-insect, but of the Aphycus. It is a tremendous genus and the species are not worked up." m A SUPPOSED NEW FEATHER STRUCTURE: BY CHARLES A. KEELER. In examining a specimen of the Arizona hooded oriole (Icterus cucullaius nelsoni), I observed what looked like fine black hairs sticking out among the feathers on the head and back of the neck. Upon extracting one of them, and examining it under the micro- scope it had every appearance of being a true hair. In reality it is probably a structure allied to the rictal bristles, but occurring in so unusual a place, and lying down upon the feathers instead of stand- ing erect it has the appearance of being a different structure. Being unable to find any allusion to it I would propose, if it be indeed a new structure, that it be termed Pseudopilum. They are present on the backs of the neck and heads of all the orioles I have been able to examine, and might prove to be a generic character. They also occur in both sexes and in the young, although most numerous in the adult male. ON NUMENIUS BOREALIS IN CALIFORNIA BY L. BELDING. I think Numenius borealis published by Mr. Holterhoff in The Auk (vol. i, 4, 393), and referred to by Mr. Bryant (Zoe iii, 2, 165), was really N. hudso?iicus and Mr. Holterhoff was mistaken in iden- tifying his specimen. I was in San Diego not long after he pub- lished the note of its occurrence there and asked to see the speci- men. He showed me a specimen of N. hudsonicus instead of N. borealis, and as there is no other known record of its capture in California, it is scarcely entitled yet to a place among Californian birds. NOMENCLATURE OF PLANTS. '. BY KATHARINE BRANDEGEE. The Botanical Club of the American Association for the advance- ment of Science, which met this year on August 18, at Rochester, N. Y., appointed, on motion of N. L. Britton, a committee to con- sider the question of nomenclature and submit a set of recommend- ations to the club. The committee as appointed consisted of N. L. Britton, John M. Coulter, H. H. Rusby, W. A. Kellerman, F. V. Coville, L. M. Underwood and L. F. Ward, and on the following day submitted this report: Resolved, That the Paris Code of 1867 be adopted, except where it conflicts with the following recommendations: I. The Law of Priority.—Priority' of publication is to be re- garded as the fundamental principle of botanical nomenclature. II. Beginning of Botanical Nomenclature.—The botanical no- menclature of both genera and species is to begin with the publication of the first edition of Linnaeus' Species Pldntarum in 1753. III. Stability of Specific Names.—In the transfer of a species to a genus other than the one under which it was first published, the original specific name is to be retained, unless it is identical with the generic name or with a specific name previously used in that genus. IV. Homonyms.—The publication of a generic name or a bi- nomial invalidates the use of the same name for any subsequently published genus or species respectively. V. Publication of Genera.—Publication of a genus consists* (1) in the distribution of a printed description of the genus named; (2) in the publication of the name of the genus and the citation of one or more previously published species as examples or types of the genus, with or without a diagnosis. VI. Publication of Species.—Publication of a species consists * (1) in the distribution of a printed description of the species named; (2) in the publishing of a binomial, with reference to a previously published species as a type. VII. Similar Generic Names.—Similar generic names are not to be rejected on account of slight differences, except in the spelling of the same word; for example, Apios and Apium are to be re- Amended Aug. 22, by inserting the word " only." Nomenclature. 259 tained, but of Epidendrum and Epidendroti, Asterocarptis and As- trocarpus the later is to be rejected. VIII. Citation of Authorities.—In the case of a species which has been transferred from one genus to another, the original author must always be cited in parenthesis, followed by the author of the new binomial. The main discussion upon this report was on Article VI, in re- gard to the acceptance of named exsiccati not accompanied by a description as valid publication of a species, which was discussed by Messrs. Beal, Coulter, Vasey, Swingle, Bailey, Kellerman, Barnes, Fernow, Cook, Dudley, Morong, Britton, Underwood and Johnson. The motion to amend by including exsiccati was lost. Dr. Britton moved that a permanent committee be appointed to serve as a board of arbitration, and to prepare and print a list of the flowering plants within the area of the sixth edition of Gray's Manual in accordance with the recent report on nomenclature. It was subsequently agreed to to extend the range to include Canada, Nebraska and Kansas. On motion of Dr. Arthur the nomenclature committee was made the permanent committee for this purpose. A further iriotion was carried " that this committee be empowered to receive all suggestions and criticisms of this list, and to report upon them at the next year's meeting.'' The action here taken is certain to have an important effect upon botanical nomenclature, in North America at least, as most botanists would be willing to make concessions in non-essentials for the sake of peace and uniformity. It is evident that such sacrifices were made in committee, as Art. IV of the principles set forth in the circular f sent out to American botanists did not appear in the re- port. This article, which received the signatures of four members of the committee, provided "That a varietal name be treated as equal in rank to a specific name, in its relations as a homonym and in the transfer of species and varieties from one genus to another." The effect of this article would be to render the oldest specific name invalid in place of a still older varietal name. We have to thank the good sense of the committee for the shelving of this article, which would necessitate an absurdity in citation, and in view of the extreme looseness with which varieties are treated in bot- t Zoe, Hi, 170. 1: 260 Nomenclature. [zoe «| H, any—as equivalent to subspecies on one hand and to the slightest variation on the other—would lead to endless confusion. Articles I, III, V, VI, VII, VIII will continue to be the practice, as they have been in the past, of most botanists. Objections to Article II may readily be waived. If Article V is rigidly enforced we shall be delivered from a lot of Rafinesquian trash—Agoseris for instance, where no type species is named. The discussion on Article VI is somewhat surprising, as it is evi- dent that some members of the club wished to make the issuance of exsiccati a valid publication. It might be endurable to so consider sets carefully prepared under competent superintendence and suffi- ciently numerous to allow at least one to each country, but a mo- ment's reflection ought to convince anyone that sets as ordinarily distributed—in which only the sample, if any, has been submitted to authority—would be valueless for such a purpose, while the facilities for species-making, already too great, would be immensely increased. And who should have authority to discriminate ? Article VIII, requiring the name of the original describer of a species to follow it in all cases, and in parenthesis when transferred to another genus, seems to us a great improvement over the old practice, which made no distinction between species described by an author and those merely, for any reason, written after another generic name—indeed offered a premium for as many changes as possible. The concluding clause, requiring the name of author of the last transference to be appended after the parenthesis, will prob- ably be followed or neglected according to the fancy of the writer, as at present. The rock ahead in these rules is the fourth article: the " Once a synonym always a synonym " provision. If this were intended as a rule for future guidance the objections might easily be overcome, though it would enable any mean-minded man—and some such have been known in botany—to prevent the commemoration of the name of anyone against whom he might have a grudge, by attaching his name to an invalid genus; but as a retroactive measure it will make chaos come again, unless—which it is idle to hope for—it could be left to the hands of careful monographers, It appears to us far bet- ter to let the matter of homonyms rest and devote the time spent VOL. III.J Nomenclature. 261 in discussions of them to a study of the organisms themselves, especially as such study may result in altering the bounds of genera and involving a new set of names, for perhaps few botanists, if they remember the mutations of genera in the last hundred years, largely due to our increasing knowledge, will consider that even their own efforts will be able to put nomenclature on a perfectly stable footing. The annoyance arising from homonyms in synonymy is com- paratively small, but as between zoology and botany they are a crying evil which overshadows all the others. Even so long ago as 1846, when Agassiz wrote the index to his Nomenclator Zool- ogicus he made the statement that the rectification of these names in zoology and as between zoology and botany would necessitate the sacrifice of almost half the generic names made in recent times, and it must be apparent to anyone that the inconvenience of writing concerning an insect feeding upon a plant of the same name is in- finitely greater than that arising-from the occasional revival of an old homonym, especially as by the recent tendency of science genera are more apt to be consolidated than divided. The law of priority is apparently the only way of securing uni- formity, yet it is repugnant to our sense of justice to reckon as of equal value in systematic science the work of careful and conscien- tious botanists and of the other far too numerous ones who, without herbaria or books of reference, record their vague descriptions, often identifiable only by the process of exclusion, in obscure journals or trade catalogues. There is no other branch of human knowledge which deliberately encourages incompetence. We pay a dear price for uniformity when we have to accept such work as that of Necker and Rafinesque, and to dread the day when some Mexican may take it into his head to identify the plants of Hernandez' Historia Plantarum Novae Hispaniae, and give us some hundreds of names like Tzonpilihuizpatti Tepuzculullcs, for instance. _ A Correction.—I included in the additions to True's Check- list (in this issue) a reference to Am. Rept. Dept. Agr. T887, p. 435, as the place where the. name Sorex richardsonii was revived. This is a mistake as S. richardsonii was revived, so far as I know, in Merriam's Geog. Dist. of Life in N. Am. (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, vii, April 13, 1892, p. 25.) The species referred to in Annual Re- port for 1887 is 6". Forsteri, which should not appear in the list of additions as it is given in True's list. t.s.p. INSECTS OF CATALINA ISLAND. BY F. A. SEAVEY. During the last week in August of the present year I spent part of the time in collecting insects on Catalina Island. As I know of no list of insects from this island having ever been published, I send one of my collection, incomplete as it is, trusting it might be of some interest in furnishing a new locality for the insects named: Hymenoptera. Apis mellifica Linn. Emphor sp.? Bombus Californicus Smith. Bombus sp.? Pompilus ferrugineus Say. Pompilus tenebrosus Cresson. Pompilus sp. ? Parapompilus sp.? Augochlora pura Say. Polistes aurifer Saussure. Ceratina acantha Provancher. Paratiphia albilabris Spinpla. Philanthus Californicus Cresson. Vespa diabolica Saussure. Bembex fasciata Fabricius. Bembex nubilipennis Cresson. Isodontia sp.? Sphtzrophthalma sp.? Sphtzrophthalma aureola Cresson. Dipara sp.? COLEOPTERA. Balani?itis obtusus Blanchard. Anthonomus canus LeConte. Pristoscelis qziadricollis LeConte. From Heteromeles arbzdifolia. Carpophilus pallipennis Say. Saprinus vitiosus LeConte. Platynus brunneomarginatus Mannerheim. Tropisternus Califortiicus LeConte. Hyperaspis lateralis Mulsant. From Artemisia Californica. Insects of Catalina Island. 263 Psyllobora tesdaia Leconte. From Artemisia Californica. \ Chilocorus bivulnerus Mulsant. I Hippodamia ambigua LeConte. \ Hippodamia convergens Guerin. j Coccinella sanguinea Linnaeus. Diabrotica soror LeConte. Hemiptera. Lygizus reclivaius Say. Lygceus sp.? From Verbena prostata. Orsitlus scolopax Say. From Verbena prostata. Nysius angustatus Uhler. From Verbena prostata. Narniafemorata Stal. Neathus vitripenne Stal. Miirgantia histrionica Hahn. From Isorneris arborea. Platycotis sp.? Kermes galliformis Riley. Lecanium olece Bernard. Lecanium sp.? Aspidiotus convexus Comstock. Diptera. Volucella avida Osten Sacken. Volucella esuriens Fabricius. Volucella tan Bigot. Copestylum inprginatuvi Say. Anthrax editiiia Say. Anthrax pretiosa Coquillett. Anthrax si?mosa Wiedemann. Lepidanthrax inaurata Coquillett. Nerius sp.? Ectyphus sp.? Orthoptera. Scudderia Behre?isii Bruner. CBcanihus sp.? Labia sp.? Neuroptera. Chrysopa sp. ? RECENT LITERATURE. Reviews of Paleobotanical Literature. by theo. holm. A. G. Nathorst: On the occurrence of fossil glacial-plants.* It is nothing less than a mapping of the former distribution of the Arctic flora in Europe, that the author presents in these papers. They are principally based upon his own observations, and contain an invaluable account of the distribution of these plants. The ac- companying map gives a comprehensive view of the former extent of the Ice-period in Europe, covering an area from 500 to 700 lat., besides Switzerland, a part of Hungary, Bavaria, Wiirtemberg, France and the Pyrenees. The plants which especially indicate the presence of a former Arctic flora are: Salix polaris, S. reticulata, Beticla nana, Polygo- num viviparum, Azalea procumbens, Saxifraga opposiiifolia, Dryas octopetala, besides some others, including mosses. The author pre- sumes that several other species of Salix will be found by closer ex- amination of the considerable material he has at hand, as there are some leaves which very much resemble 61 myrsim'les, S. myrtillo- ides, S. retusa, S. Lapponum and various others. The fragments of these plants are not only leaves, butalso branches, catkins and fruits. It will be interesting to know the conclusions which the author promises will soon appear from these investiga- tions, concerning the former and present distribution of the Arctic plants. Some very interesting points have been given, however, in the present paper, concerning the distribution of Dryas. For the first time this has lately been discovered as fossil in Great Britain in a single locality near Edinburgh, while it is found in the living state among the mountains of Wales, Yorkshire and Scotland. Polygonum viviparum was found as fossil in Switzerland, but no fossil remains have ever been found of it in Sweden, although it is very common in the recent flora. *"Ueberden gegenwartigen Standpunkt unserer Kenntniss von dem Vorkom- men fossiler Glacialpflanzen." (Bihang K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hdlgr. vol. 17, 1892; Stockholm, pp. 1-32, with map.) and: "Den arktiska Florans forna Utbredning i Landerna dster och soder om Oestergon." (YmervStockholm, 1891, pp. 115-147, with map.) Also, " Fresh Evidences Concerning the Distribution of Arctic Plant during the Glacial Epoch." (Nature, vol.45, Jan., 1892.) Recent Literature. 265 The accompanying map shows, also, the former and recent dis- tribution of Salix polaris, which, in connection with the other facts mentioned above, may give us important hints as to the migra- tion of plants. It is to be hoped that Professor Nathorst will soon give us the promised work upon the distribution of these plants. And similar researches are highly recommended to the paleobotanists of this country. Fridolin Krasser: The Rhetic flora of Persia* It was not until the year 1858 that the fossil flora of Persia was investigated, when Dr. Goebel, as a member of the Khanikow- expedition to Chorassan, had the opportunity of making some col- lections in that country. These were studied by Dr. Goeppert. While Dr. Goebel collected in the province Asterabad in eastern Persia, visited Tietze, several years later, Hif near Kaswin and the mountain Siodscher, and Dr. Wahner made extensive collections on the Polak-expedition, discovering plant-bearing deposits near Rud- bar and Sapuhin. The Persian fossils from these localities occurred in a formation consisting principally of a greenish or sometimes reddish sand- stone, the age of which, judging from the flora, seems to be iden- tical with the Rhetic formation. The author gives a complete list of works, published upon this Persian flora, the most important having been written by Goeppert, Polak, Schenk, Sturr and Tietze. He also mentions the most in- teresting fossil plants that were collected by the above mentioned explorers, and gives, finally, a full account of a very large collec- tion, made recently by Dr. Rodler near Sapuhin at Kaswin, and presented to the Vienna Museum by the late Dr. Polak, court-sur- geon of the Shah. It is especially from this last collection, that the age of the formation has been ascertained, and the specimens seem to give a more complete illustration of that flora, than any of the other Persian collections. We find in the list a few Archego?iiata; Equi- setacecz and Filices. Among the genera of these families are Equi- setum, Phyllotheca, Asplenium, Bernouillia, Clathropteris and others. The Cycadece are represented by Podozamites, Otozamites—of which O. Polakii is described as new to the science—and such genera as *"Ueber die fossile Flora der rhatischen Schichten Persiens." (Sitzungsberichte d. K. Akad. d. Wissenschaften, Wien. vol. 100, 1891, 20 p.) 266 Recent Literature. [zoe Plerophyllum and Anomozamites. Palissya, Baiera and Ginkgo. Among the Co7iifercB are found H. Engelhardt: Cretaceous plants from Saxony* Such authors as Brongniart, Sternberg, Brown, Geinitz and Goep- pert have already described the cretaceous Ferns, Cycads and Conifers from the locality near Freiberg, in Saxony, and Ettings- hausen has treated the oldest dicotyledonous plants of the region in his paper: " Die Kreideflora von Niederschona in Sachsen."f But since the year 1867, nothing of importance has appeared upon this subject. There is, however, in the Museum of the " Freiberg Bergakademie" a considerable collection made by Reich, which has been left partly unnamed, and it is upon this valuable material that the author has based the present paper. It contains an enu- meration of plants with several critical remarks, and following are figured and described as new species: Pterophyllum Reichianum (Cycadets), Salix Schoencs, Triplaris cenomanica (Polygonece), Sapotacites Stelzneri, Mimusops ballolaoides, Chrysophyllum Vele- novskyi, Sapindus saxonicus, Sterculia Gei?iilzi, Simaba saxonica and Leguminosites cretaceus. The collection embraces, also, several very interesting types, and, although described before, we will note the presence of such characteristic forms as: Delesseria Reichii, Didymosorus comptonicsfolius, Sequoia Reichenbachii and 6*. minor, Diospyrosprimcsva and Liriodendron Meekii. C. T. Bartholin: Jurassic plants from Denmark.% The present paper contains an enumeration of fossil plants, mostly collected by the author himself during his stay on the Danish island Bornholm. They all belong to the Jurassic flora, and represent the Equisetacece, Marsiliacece and Filices. Sagenopteris Nathorsti is described and figured as new to the science. The author with some doubt has referred to this genus the fragments of some leaves which, if we consider the minute nerva- tion, resemble somewhat the genus Antrophyopsis. There has, also, *"Ueber Kreidepflanzen von Niederschona." (Sitzungsberichte und Abhand- lungen d. naturwiss. Gesellschaft Isis. Dresden, 1892, pp. 79-105. One plate.) tSitzungsberichte d. K. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien. vol. 55. t" Nogle i den bornholmske Juraformation forekommende Planteforsteninger." (Botanisk Tidsskrift, Kjobenhavn, 1892, vol. 18, pp. 12-28, plates 5-12.) VOL. III.] Recent Literature. 267 been described and figured a new species of Laccopteris, but the author has not ventured to name this supposed new species, since merely a very few specimens were discovered. This form seems to be related to L. elegans, but differs, however, by the considerably larger size of the leaves and the variation of nervation. Hausmannia Forchhammeri apparently represents a distinct type. It has the appearance of Jeanpaulia very much in the shape of the frond, being stipitate and showing some divisions; but, the second- ary nerves proceeding at right angles from the primary one, brings this form as to nervation closer to the genus Clathropteris. The author calls attention to the fact that the leaves of Hausman- nia show the same peculiar difference as does Platycerium of the recent. Concerning the arrangement of the sori, this new species agrees with Clathropteris platyphylla, in which they are scattered all over the dorsal face of the leaf. The situation of the sori in relation to the nerves, was, unfortu- nately, not to be distinguished in the fossil. The plates contain several, well-drawn figures, with some details of all the species which were collected. Third Annual Report of the Missouri Botanic Garden. The scientific papers are, first, A Revision of the American Species of Rumex occurring North of Mexico, by William Trelease. Twenty- three species are admitted and illustrated by as many plates, which though unecessarily reduced for the size of the page and deficient in detail will be found useful in dealing with this somewhat neglected group. In the second paper Dr. C. V. Riley brings together in ac- cessible form papers previously published on " The Yucca Moth and Yucca Pollination," and describes six new species of Yucca moths Pronuba synthetica, Prodoxus pulverulenlus, P. y-inversus, P. reticzdatus, P. coloradoensis and P. sordidus. The ten appended plates are devoted to the different moths and details of oviposition and pollination. The paper is of much interest, but the author's argument that the Pronuba deliberately gathers the pollen from one flower and carries it to another with the view of fertilizing the flower and producing food for her young is somewhat of a draft on our capacity for belief. The succeeding papers are: Notes and Observations on Yucca, with many good photographs and several detail drawings by Engel- til 268 Recent Literature. [zoe m ml ¦ ' ;: 27: Proceedings of Societies. [zoe form gain access to the intestines of herbivorous animals, being swallowed with the green plants on which they feed. The embryos develop rapidly and finally encyst themselves in the walls of the stomach, ccecum and colon, and later on emerge as full grown Scler- ostoma. Dochmius duodenalis, which is very similar to the Scler- ostomes, causes the dreadful disease in man known as " Kala- azar" or " Beri-Beri." The best remedy to be administered are repeated doses of % oz. each of Thymol, 1 yi oz. in all being suffi- cient to expel all the free worms, the treatment to be repeated when the cysts have developed. In a subsequent paper in the same part Mr. Giles describes 3 species of Sclerostomes—robustjwi, equinum and tetracanthum, all infesting the horse. Following this paper is one by the same author "On Nodular Disease of the Intestines in Sheep." In Assam and Burma the keeping of sheep is almost impossible on account of this nodular disease, the sheep dying off one by one in quick succession. This disease, also common in United States, is caused by a nematode worm, CEsophagosioma columbianum Curtice. The ova are carried away by the dung, hatch out in one or two days and become Rhab- dites with short tails. They moult at least three times, and feed on green vegetation. Their eggs pass into the intestines of sheep, encyst there and later develop into CEsophagostomas. No success- ful treatment is possible and no prevention is likely to succeed. The Rhabdite forms exist continuously as free nemadotes and only await the opportunity to pass into the sheep. Stall feeding with steamed fodder appears to be the only prevention. g.e. PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES. California Academy of Sciences. August 1,1892. Presi- dent Harkness in the chair. Donation's to the museum were reported from S. Reubel, W. W. Price, A. W. Anthony, Dr. J. G. Cooper, John Carlsen, Frank H. Vaslit, W. O. L. Crandall, Agent S. P. Co;, Indio, Cal., C W. Knox, Frank H. Holmes, Charles Fuchs, Mr. Goebig,. M. Braver- man, E. D; Flint, J. W. Barry, Dr. Harkness, Charles A. Keeler, J. J. Kinrade. The Librarian reported 187 additions to the library. A paper by William W. Price on the Discovery of a New Grove of Sequoia gigantea was read by Walter E. Bryant. ¦iSU VOL- III.] Proceedings of Societies. 2 73 A paper by Dr. J. G. Cooper on Land and Fresh-water Shells of Lower California was read by title. The Secretary read a paper prepared by Melville Attwood on the ad visibility of making an exhibition of Californian iron ores at the World's Columbian Exposition. Dr. Harkness exhibited a living specimen of Amblystoma and made a few remarks concerning its metamorphosis. Charles A. Keeler and Prof. W. E. Ritter discussed certain points in Romanes' theory of natural selection. September 5', 1892. President Harkness in the chair. Donations to the museum were reported from W. G. Blunt, Carlos Troyer, R. G. Stitt, Lieutenant Holcomb, E. W. Jones, Melville Attwood, R. C. McGregor, Miss Effie A. Mclllriach, George B. Badger, Sidney M. Smith, Mrs. Nuttall, Mrs. Bush, A. W. Craw- ford, T. H. Hittell. Twelve hundred and twenty-six additions to the library were re- ported. E. W. Jones, by invitation, addressed the Academy on the sub- ject of tin mining, explaining the methods used at the Temescal mine in working the ore. Charles Fuchs made some remarks on Phlceosinus dentatus Say, which is ravaging the cypress trees. September 19, 1892. President Harkness in the chair. Donations to the museum were reported from C. H. and Dr. E. S. Clark, Henry Lorenzen, J. B. Haggin, James E. Requa, Carlos Troyer, G. P. Rixford, Mrs. A. E. Bush. The Librarian reported 207 additions to the library. Charles A. Keeler read a paper -entitled Sexual Selection as a factor in the Beautiful in Nature. October 3, 1892. President Harkness in the chair. Anthony W. Vogdes and Oscar T. Baron were elected resident members. Donations to the museum were reported from H. S. Nichols, Miss Effie A. Mclllriach, Olaf Olsen, Dr. J. G. Cooper, Dr. L. D.Morse, M. Braverman. Seventy-six additions to the library were reported. Major J. W. Powell, Director of the United States Geological Survey, delivered a lecture on the Aboriginal Tribes of North America. A vote of thanks was tendered to Major Powell. Ert fffe 274 Proceedings of Societies. [zoe i '» lit 1 ' M r Mi' October 17, 1892. President Harkness in the chair. Additions to the museum were reported from F. A. Marriott, Jr., Mrs. C. A. Boland, Frank Miller, Dr. J. G. Cooper, Capt. Hult- man, Geo. E. Twitchell and Thomas C. Johnston. A vote of thanks was tendered to Mr. Thomas C. Johnston for his donation of a valuable ethnological collection from the South Sea Islands. The Secretary read an announcement of the discovery by H. W. Fairbanks of Proctus ellipticus Meek, a trilobite from th e Waverly Group, in Shasta County, California, identified by Captain A. W. Vogdes. Lieutenant John P. Finley delivered a lecture on Phases of Pacific Coast Weather and Violent Local Storms, illustrated with stereop- ticon views. A vote of thanks was tendered Lieutenant Finley. California Botanical Club. September5, 1892. Dr. Hark- ness in the chair. The following"were elected to membership: Miss Alice J. Mer- ritt, Mrs. H. W. Hansen, Thomas Hatch, J. W. Blankinship, Dr. Ferdinand A. Hassler, Miss M. B. Harvey, Mrs. M. E. P. Mc- Cowen. September 29, 1892. President Campbell in the chair. Professor Douglas H. Campbell delivered a lecture on a Trip to the Hawaiian Islands, of which the following is a brief outline: On first arriving in Honolulu one is struck by the great variety of tropical vegetation in the city. Of these tropical growths the palms are especially noticeable, the finest of all being the royal palm* Oreodoxa regia. Of the other showy plants the various legu- minous trees with showy flowers were conspicuous, and of these the handsomest was Poinciana regia. An examination of the shore region outside the city shows that practically none of the garden plants are indigenous, and that the vegetation native to the site of the city is very scanty. In the val- leys back of the town, however, where the rainfall is very heavy, vegetation is abundant and varied. The cane and rice plantations in the vicinity of the city, as well as elsewhere in the islands, are conspicuous features, and, with taro, constitute the staple crops. Cocoanuts are found everywhere near the sea, and banana and pineapple plantations are common. VOL. III.] Proceedings of Societies. 275 Other fruits noted were oranges, mangoes, papayas, guavas and others less frequent. Trips were made to Hawaii and Kauai, respectively the most southerly and most northerly islands of the group. Attention was drawn to the great difference in the amount of rain- fall upon different parts of the islands, especially upon the two sides of Hawaii. At Hilo the annual rainfall is 180 inches, and the vegeta- tion in consequence extraordinarily luxuriant. Here the ferns reach wonderful development and the tree-ferns reach their full size and beauty. The ferns belong to much more diverse groups than in the United States, and all of the principal groups are represented. On Hawaii the largest forests trees were met, but the variety is much less than on Kauai, which is much richer, especially in flower- ing plants. The different geological age of the islands was referred to, Kauai being the oldest and Hawaii the youngest. Hawaii is, indeed, still in process of formation. The islands being so isolated, and never having been connected with any other land have developed a most peculiar flora. Of the flowering plants and pteridophytes together almost 75 per cent., are strictly peculiar to the islands, while of dicotyledons the percentage is about 85, the highest known in any area of equal size. October ly, i8g2. The Vice-president, Mrs. S. W. Dennis, in the chair. The following were elected to membership: Prof. W. R. Dudley, Mrs. R. F. Bingham, Mrs. R. M. Austin, J. H. Redfield, E. J. Buell, Prof. M. L. Seymour, Miss Emma Chismore, Mrs. Sophia E. Wilson, L. M. King, Christian Dahl, Dr. F. O.Jacobs, Miss Emma A. Shumway, W. A. Setchell, W. S. Lyon. California Zoological Club. Atigust 19,1892. The Vice- President, Walter E. Bryant, in the chair. Mr. Bryant addressed the club on methods of preparing bird skins. The charter roll was declared closed with this meeting. October 1,1892. Dr. Harkness in the chair. Dr. O. P. Jenkins, of the Leland Stanford Jr. University, deliv- ered an address on Recent Explorations in the Yellowstone National Park. The lecturer spoke in substance, as follows: 276 Proceedings of Societies. ¦[zoe •if Despite the perpetual explorations of the Yellowstone Park by tourists, there is still much to be learned there from a zoological standpoint. Fish Commissioner McDonald has been especially in- terested in the Salmonidse of the west, the trout, grayling and sal- mon, and much money has been spent in investigating the subject in this region. In 1889 Messrs. Jordan and Gilbert made a careful survey of the park for the purpose of determining the limits of the troutless area, which is situated in the Shoshone and Lewis Lake region, and includes the streams running from these two bodies of water. The explanation of this troutless area is not far to seek. The district in question is a greatly elevated volcanic region form- ing a high plateau, and the streams arising upon it invariably plunge down high falls. Accordingly, although trout are plentiful up to the falls they are unable to ascend to the plateau above. This elevated area is a beautifully timbered region, interspersed with grassy meadows affording ample feed for horses, and has now been well stocked with trout by the Fish Commission. In 1891 I was sent with Prof. Evermann, of the Fish Commission, to this locality to see how the trout which had been left there were doing, and to see what other streams in the region might be stocked to advantage. A fine opportunity was also presented to work out an interesting problem in the geographical distribution of the trout" of this district. We started from Two Ocean Hotel, with a pack train of eighteen horses and complete outfit, for Two Ocean Pass, a pretty meadow valley of high elevation, from which flow a number of streams, some ultimately reaching the Atlantic and some the Pacific system of water courses. The trout in the two water-courses had been considered as two species, but Dr. Jordan, after an ex- amination of a large series, pronounced them to be the same. An examination showed that one Atlantic stream had piled up a gravelly bank and the water had been dammed up so that by the removal of a few stones a strong stream ran off towards the Pacific creek. Trout were found on both sides of the divide in this instance. Near at hand another stream was found, which could be made to -flow in both directions from the divide by diverting its channel at a slight bend, and allowing the water to flow up one arm and down the other of a sort of Y. The bull-head, blob, or miller's thumb, as it is variously called, is found in this troutless area above the falls, especially in the Gib- VOL. III.] Proceedings of Societies. 277 bons River. Strangely enough no blob are found in Yellowstone Lake or River, which are alive with trout. Why it should go where it apparently could not get, and did not go where it might easily have been, is indeed a mystery. Geysers occur at various points near the shore of the Yellowstone Lake, where there is a sudden contrast from ice cold to boiling water. Trout may be caught and cooked in the same body of water, almost without stir- ring from one spot. In fact, not unfrequently they swim into a geyser unawares and are speedily killed. All these trout of the Yellowstone Lake and River are infested with a parasite—a cestode worm. It sometimes lodges in the abdominal cavity, sometimes in the pyloric caeca or intestines, but most frequently in the muscles. For some time we were unable to understand how it was that the trout of the Yellowstone Lake were thus infested, while those of Jackson Lake were not, but the explanation was at last found. The California gull and white pelican are hosts of the adult form of this parasite, which lives in their intestines. The eggs of the worm, when voided by the birds are eaten by the trout, and developing there into the larval stage burrow into the muscles of the fish. In an interesting stream known as Crawfish Creek no fish were present, but an abundance of crawfish (Cambarus ambellis). Grayling were restricted to Firehole River and Gibbon River, which flow to- gether. The temperature of the water makes a great difference in the size of trout, an extremely cold temperature retarding growth, and it is on this account that most of the Yellowstone trout are comparatively small in size. MEMBERS OF THE CALIFORNIA ZOOLOGICAL CLUB. Mrs. Kate D. Adams, 109 Montgomery St., San Francisco. H. M. Anthony, .124 Oak St., San Francisco. Mrs. A. L. Bancroft" 1605 Franklin St., San Francisco. Frank W. Bancroft, Berkeley, Cal. Oscar T. Baron, Fresno, Cal. Dr. F. E. Blaisdell, Mokelumne Hill, Cal. A. W. Bowman, Piedmont, Cal. A. W. Bowman, Jr., Piedmont, Cal. Mrs. Katharine Brandegee, 819 Market St., San Francisco. Robert B. Brandegee, 253 W. 42d St., New York City. Townshend S. Brandegee, 819 Market St.,' San Francisco. 278 Proceedings of Societies. [zoe 1 V tf* Prof. John C. Branner, Palo Alto, Cal. Walter Brett, Lakeport, Cal. Walter E. Bryant, 819 Market St., San Francisco. Miss Louise M. Bunnell, 2610 Pacific Ave., San Francisco. Miss Mabel Campbell, Irving Institute, San Francisco. Allen M. Carpenter, Berkeley, Cal. Mrs. John Vance Cheney, 900 O'Farrell St., San Francisco. Dr. Edward S. Clark, 16 Geary St., San Francisco. Miss Josephine Cohn, 1452 O'Farrell St., San Francisco. Prof. John H. Comstock, Ithaca, N. Y. Miss E. R. Congdon, Berkeley, Cal. Dr. J. G. Cooper, East Oakland, Cal. D. W. Coquillett, Los Angeles, Cal. Miss A. T. Croughwell, 10 Middle St., San Francisco. John L. Curtis, 1513 Curtis St., Oakland, Cal. H. E. Davis, 2323 Devisadero St., San Francisco. Dr. Fred W. D'Evelyn, 219 Geary St., San Francisco. Miss Daisy Doud, 2211 Steiner St., San Francisco. George W. Dunn, 321 Sansome St., San Francisco. Miss Alice Eastwood, 819 Market St., San Francisco. Dr. Gustav Eisen, 8x9 Market St., San Francisco. Miss Florence Emerson, 1030 24th St., San Francisco. Mrs. L. D. Emerson, 1030 24th St., San Francisco. Mrs. E. C. B. Fassett, 2622 Sacramento St., San Francisco. Miss Ethel Fountain, 528 nth St., Oakland, Cal. Miss T. M. Franklin, 514 Hermann St., San Francisco. Charles Fuchs, 212 Kearny St., San Francisco. Dr. C. H. Gilbert, Menlo Park, Cal. S. Glucksman, 538 3d St., San Francisco. Dr. H. W. Gould, 1422 C St., San Diego, Cal. William F. Greany, 827 Brannan St., San Francisco. William H. Hall, East Oakland, Cal. Mrs. A. Hall-Jones, 1514 Pine St., San Francisco. Miss Katharine V. D. Harker, 1909 Pine St., San Francisco. Dr. H. W. Harkness, Pacific-Union Club, San Francisco. Miss Laura J. F. Hecox, Santa Cruz, Cal. H< nry Hemphill, San Diego, Cal. J. W. Hendrie, Sound Beach, Conn. Miss Frances Hodgkinson, 1513 Pierce St., San Francisco. VOL. III.] Proceedings of Societies. 279 Miss Caroline L. Hunt, 1520^ Vallejo St., San Francisco. A. M. Ingersoll, 873 Fifth St., San Diego, Cal. Dr. O. P. Jenkins, Menlo Park, Cal. Ira C. Jenks, Lakeport, Cal. F. O. Johnson, Berkeley, Cal. Dr. David S. Jordan, Menlo Park, Cal. Charles A. Keeler, Berkeley, Cal. W. D. Kingsbury, 2530 Mission St., San Francisco. Albert Koebele, Alameda, Cal. A. Krause, Calistoga, Cal. Miss Eugenia C. Landstrom, Berkeley, Cal. John D. Locke, Haverhill, N. H. James L. Lockwood, Chicago, 111. P. MacEwen, 819 Market St., San Francisco. Miss L. J. Martin, 711 Jones St., San Francisco. Miss EffieA. Mclllriach, 1030 24th St., San Francisco. F. H. McLean, Berkeley, Cal. James D. Meeker, Box G, Berkeley, Cal. Dr. C. Hart Merriam, Washington, D. C. Edward C. Merwin, 1262 Franklin St., Oakland, Cal. Dr. H. N. Miner, Berkeley, Cal. H. E. Parker, cor. Broadway and Taylor Sts., San Francisco. F. S. Plimpton, San Diego, Cal. Miss F. Prag, Commercial High School, San Francisco. William M. Price, Palo Alto, Cal. A. P. Redington, 23 Second St., San Francisco. Rev. F. Reiser, Marysville, Cal. L. E. Ricksecker, Santa Rosa, Cal. Prof. William E. Ritter, Berkeley, Cal. J. J. Rivers, Berkeley, Cal. Miss Inez L. Robinson, Berkeley, Cal. W. T. Ross, 6 Eddy St., San Francisco. Miss Sara W. Scruggs, 1036 Valencia St., San Francisco. J. R. Scupham, 942 Myrtle St., Oakland, San Francisco. Fred A. Seavey, The Palms, Cal. T. E. Slevin, Jr., 2413 Sacramento St., San Francisco. Norwood B. Smith, 1619 Washington St., San Francisco. W. P. Steinbeck, Hollister, Cal. F. Stephens, Santa Isabel, Cal. 280 Notes. [zoe Clark P. Streator, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. Mrs. W. J. Stringer, 2007 Taylor St., San Francisco. Adolph Sutro, Sutro Heights, San Francisco. Aurelius Todd, Eugene, Oregon. F. C. Torrey, 108 Grant Ave., San Francisco. Charles H. Townsend, U. S. Fish Commission. Prof. C. H. Tyler Townsend, Las Cruces, N. M. Carlos Troyer, 538 Turk St., San Francisco. Edwin C. Van Dyke, Berkeley, Cal. Frank H. Vaslit, 705 Sutter St., San Francisco. Miss Emily I. Wade, T819 Eddy St., San Francisco. Miss Nettie Wade, 1819 Eddy St., San Francisco. Mrs. N. A. Wood, 2211 Steiner St., San Francisco. Allen C. Wright, 1814 Taylor St., San Francisco. 1 ft NOTES. The Journal of Botany for July says: " British botanists, especi- ally London ones, will regret to learn that the introduction of plants into localities where they may become established is being carried on with considerable energy by a member of a London Natural History Society. Hampstead Heath and Keston Bog are two of the places where this pernicious and unscientific action has occurred; and Parnassia and Pinguicula v?dgaris were planted in the New Forest bogs by the same individual. In this case it was possible to nullify the attempt; but the precautions then taken may be easily evaded, and it is to be feared that in some cases the imposition may be successful. We trust that the society referred to will take steps to disassociate itself from so disreputable a proceeding." Unless there is more in this note than meets the eye of a casual reader it is difficult to see why the writer objects with so much vigor. Nature aided by the peregrinations of man diffuses many of the unsightly and objectionable of her plants pretty widely, and if no attempt is made to deceive, why should not the ornamental ones go visiting also? We would hold.that man a benefactor who would vary the prevailing yellow of our autumn fields by the beau- tiful New England Aster, make our swamps acquainted with the Osmunda and the Side-saddle Flower, or hide in our forests the Indian pipe. VOL. III.] Notes. 281 Prof. W. R. Dudley of Cornell is expected in California in De- cember to take charge of the department of Phanerogamic Botany at Stanford University. Miss Faustina Butler, in charge of the World's Fair exhibit of California Wild Flowers, would be grateful for seeds, bulbs, etc., of our showy wild flowers. Address, care of World's Fair Commis- sion, Flood Building, San Francisco. Miss E. Cannon, 1402 Bush St., San Francisco, wishes to dispose of her herbarium of named Californian plants; some hundreds mounted on large-sized sheets, but the greater part unmounted. Botaniska Notiser, 1891, Part 4, 174, has the following note upon Cystopteris Bteniteii Dorfier: "According to Botan. Centralblatt 1891, nr. 25, pp. 333-4, there is to be found in C. Bsenitz's Herbarium Europaeum under nr. 6,510 a new Cystopteris species distributed and described under the name of C. Bcznitzii Dorfler. While the spores of C. fragilis Bernb. are closely covered with pointed teeth, the new species possesses spores which are perfectly smooth with- out signs of teeth, only here and there furnished with isolated ir- regular, folded"ridges or 'combs.' The specimens were found on slate rocks in the vicinity of Kongswold Dovre in Norway. The species is besides only known by its namer from San Bernardino in South California. Among the many specimens in the herbarium of the Lund University no one agrees with the above description except one with the following: ' C. fragilis lobulato-dentata Wilde. Elstad, in crevices close to a small brook 3/7,1865, A. Falck.' Elstad is situated in Gudbransdalen. The value of this new species must be decided by future investigations." If species of ferns are to be founded upon markings of the surface of the spores a fertile field is prepared for the species maker. The numerous specimens of C. fragilis in the herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences show every gradation of spore markings, from mere irregular reticulations to the ordinary echinate form. One example from Santa Clara County is covered with irregular warty projections. Specimens from Rhode Island and from Hawaii agree exactly with the description of C. BCephalothorax moderately high, convex, a very little dilated behind dorsal eyes with sides nearly vertical in front and rounded behind. Ephalic part level, thoracic part falling rather abruptly. Quadrangle of eyes occupying one-third of cephalothorax, one-half wider than long, same width before and behind. First row of eyes bent, inclined slightly downward, middle eyes sub-touching, lateral about one-third as large as middle eyes and separated from them by one- fourth of their own diameter. Eyes of second row midway between dorsal and lateral eyes d1, a little farther from dorsal than from lateral eyes £>. Dorsal eyes a little smaller than lateral eyes, farther from each other than from lateral borders, forming a row as wide as the cephalothorax at that place. Clypeus perhaps inclined a little back- wards, one-third as high as middle eyes in d, four-fifths as high as middle eyes in P. Falces wider than the two middle eyes, reaching to inner margins of lateral eyes, once and a half as long as face tf are American, viz.: A. filicu- loides and A. Caroliniana; A. nilotica is African, and A.pinnata is Asiatic and Australasian. Both A. filiculoides and A. Caroliniana are attributed to California, but all specimens yet seen by me have be- longed to the former species, and as these included some from the collection of the Academy of Sciences labeled A. Caroliniana, I have some doubts about this species occurring here. This is the species of the eastern part of the continent, where it is widely distributed and reaches as far south as Brazil. A. filiculoides occurs in Chile and Peru, and probably pretty much all along the Pacific Coast. As the life history of all the species was very imperfectly known, an effort was made to clear up as far as possible the obscure points. To this end observations were begun in November, 1891, and con- tinued, with more or less interruption, for a year. Only a few of the more important and- general points brought out by these investi- VOL. III.] Some Notes on Azolla. 341 gations will be given here, as the details will be given in a somewhat extended paper that has just been completed. The plants multiply very rapidly by the detachment of branches at the base, which become independent plants, and in this way the plant spreads with great rapidity when once established. Besides this method of multiplication, spores are formed which give rise to a new generation of plants. The spores are of two kinds, large ones (macrospores), and small ones (microspores). The sporangea that contain these are borne in separate receptacles, which usually occur in pairs. These are borne on the lowest leaf of a branch, and an investigation of their earlier stages shows that they are metamorphosed leaf-segments. The or- dinary leaves are divided almost to the base, into two lobes, and in the sporiferous leaves, one of these lobes is transformed into the ru- diments of the sporocarps. This lobe is first divided into two equal parts by a median cell wall, and each half then grows by an apical cell to form the rudiments of the young sporocarp. At a very early stage a ring-like wall is formed around the base of each rudiment, and rapidly grows until it forms a cup, in which is contained the papilla-like sporangial receptacle. This cup finally closes at the top and thus forms the closed capsule in which the sporangia are borne. In the smaller sporocarps a single macrosporangium, which almost completely fills it, is formed, and this originates directly from the apical cell of the sporocarp-rudiment. The microsporangia are pro- duced many together, and the sporocarps containing them are larger. The development of the two sorts of sporangia is at first much the same, and follows closely that of the ordinary ferns, so much so, in- deed, as to leave no doubt that Azolla is closely related to them. A comparison of the whole sporocarp with the sorus of certain ferns shows that its wall is really homologous with the indusium of the latter. If we examine the earlier stages of the macrosporangium we can- not fail to be struck with its extraordinary resemblance to the young ovule of many phanerogams, and the form and position of the indu- sium suggest immediately its homology with the first integument of the ovule. This is not so surprising when we remen:ber that the ovule is really nothing but a specially modified sporangium. Up to a certain point the two kinds of sporangia develop alike, but a difference becomes evident just before the formation of the spores. 342 Some Notes on Azolla. [zoe In the macrosporangium but eight spore mother cells are produced, while in the microsporangium there are sixteen. In both cases,each spore mother cell divides into four, in the usual way.; but whereas all of these develop more or less perfectly in the microsporangium, only one comes to maturity in the macrosporangium, and develops into the single large spore that fills its cavity. Shortly before maturity the protoplasmic matter -filling the micro- sporangium separates into several masses (massulse) each of which encloses a number of spores. The substance of the mature massulae has a peculiar foamy appearance, and looks almost like a cellular tis- sue, but examination shows that it is only hardened protoplastic mat- ter, and that the peculiar cellular appearance is caused by vacuoles in it. In stained sections of the nearly ripe sporangium, the nuclei of the disorganized tapetal cells can still be seen lying in the spaces between the massulae, and are evidently concerned in the formation of the glochidia, curious anchor-like outgrowths of the massulae. In the macrosporangium the protoplasmic matter surrounding the spore is used to build up the curious epispore and appendages. The epispore in Azolla jiliculoides'is composed of a substance very .similar to that of the massulae. It is provided with prominent irregular knobs that have attached to them numerous fine threads. The up- per part of the spore is crowned with three pear-shaped masses of the same substance as the epispore. The ripe macrospore fills the sporangium so completely, and the latter fits so closely into the in- dusium, that its wall is so compressed as to be only discernible after close scrutiny. The sporangia are set free by the decay of the indusium, but this decay is only partial in the case of the macrosporangium, and the upper part of the indusium becomes hard and dark-colored, and per- sists as a little cap, covering the top of the spore, whose base finally becomes entirely free by the deca)^ of the sporangium wall. As the massulae escape from the microsporangium, by the complete disor- ganization of its wall, the glochidia stand o.ut from them and by their hooked ends become fastened to the threads that cover the prominences on the surface of the macrospore, and often the massu- lae are so numerous as to completely hide the lower part of the ma- crospore. This is obviously a great assistance in fertilization, as the germinating microspores are thus, brought close to the macrospore. In order to study the germination of the spores, sections must be VOL. III.] Some Notes on Azolla. 343 made, as the first stages take place within the completely closed spore. From the macrospore a small triangular prothallium is pro- duced, which breaks open the apex'of the spore, and pushes up be- tween the three appendages on the top- A single archegonium is formed at a very early stage, in the center. This resembles in its essential features the archegonium of the ordinary ferns. In case the first archegonium is not fecundated, several others may be formed, but the growth of the prothallium is limited, and appears to cease after the reserve fund in the spore is used up. If the first archego- nium is fertilized, the egg-cell after secreting a cellulose wall about itself divides by a transverse wall. From the upper of the two primary cells the stem and fine leaf of the young plant arise; from the lower, the primary root and the foot (the organ by which the em- bryo absorbs its nourishment from the spore). The microspore produces an extremely simple prothallium bearing a single antheridium. The ripe spores sink promptly when placed in clear water, but as the embryo develops, large intercellular spaces are formed, which, filling with gases, cause the young plant to rise to the surface. The development of the prothallium, so far as could be determined, is completed in about one week from the beginning of germination; and it is almost as long before the young plant rises to the surface of the water. These figures are necessarily only approximate, as there is no means of telling how far germination has advanced without killing the plant, and there is a great deal of difference in the time when germination begins. All species of Azolla have always associated with them a nostoc- like plant of the genus Anabaena. The necklace-like chains of cells of this plant are always found tangled about the growing point of the Azolla stem, and as the leaves develop, a cavity is formed in each one, into which the Anabaena filaments creep and form a colony. They do not seem to affect the growth of the Azolla, but are simply sheltered by it. As the sporocarps are forming, the Anabaena makes its way into the open top where the cells enter a resting condition to assume growth again when the spores germinate. When this takes place, the Anabaena filaments surround the growing point of the embryo, which is thus brought into contact with the parasite from the very first. NOTES CONCERNING THE FLORA OF SONORA. BY T. S. • BRANDEGEE. Early in May the writer landed at Guaymas, the seaport of the State of Sonora, Mexico. This month of the year is never a good one for observing the vegetation of the region, for the ground has completely lost the moisture acquired during the rainy season, and ¦ no new showers are to be expected immediately. The time of my visit was unusually- unfavorable, for the rainfall of the preceding rainy season had been small, and the vegetation of a dry earth under a burning sun showed fewer signs of life than usual. The surface of the country about Guaymas is very much diversified and eminently suitable for a varied flora; the city itself is almost surrounded by high cliffs and steep hills; the large harbor contains many islands, some rocky and abrupt, some of a more gentle and rolling character, and some extending into long sand-spits, but slightly elevated above high tide. Its waters find their way into numerous small bays, situated behind ridges and extending to the openings of long canons, all of which can easily be visited by obtaining the assistance of the clam- orous boatmen. Any botanical collector who reaches this place is likely to be visited by the same thoughts that often occurred to me when, after climbing a high hill, I saw from the shade of some rock the exquisite panorama spread out before me, and pictured the glo- rious time Dr. Edward Palmer must have enjoyed, when, climbing the rough hills covered with vegetation, crawling among rocks steaming from recent rains, and sailing around and about the islands and neighboring shores, he so carefully collected a flora then almost unknown and abounding in species new to the scientific world. A few plants were found, however, that do not seem to have been be- fore noticed. One, that disagreeable bush Atamisquea emarginata, was seen on the hills near the coast, and as later it was often met with in the neighborhood of Hermosillo, it must be a common plant of this part of Sonora. Helianthus dealbatus, in a depauperate form, was found growing on one of the long sand-spits, and as its habitat was supposed to be the seashore sands between San Quentin and Mag- dalena Bay, this locality considerably extends its range. Palafoxia linearis also grows in sandy locations, and in saline soil near tide wa- ter bushes of Avicennia nitida are sometimes seen. VOL. III.] The Flora of Sonora% 345 The cacti of the vicinity of Guaymas seem to have been somewhat neglected and are not noticed in the accounts of its flora. Of course they are difficult plants to make into botanical specimens, and disa- greeable to come in contact with, but some of them, when in bloom, are very attractive, and there is a species of Platopuntia, often grow- ing among nearly black rocks that contrast so strongly with its bright red joints as to make it seem from a distance like a mass of brilliantly colored flowers, in fact at first I made the boatman land me on the rocks, which I climbed, so as to be certain what it might be. This cactus is known as "durasnillas," and a little village near Hermosillo that we visited later is named from it Las Durasnillas. A few plants of a scarlet-flowered cereus grow on a sandy island, and afterwards it was seen in abundance in the interior. Near the city and in many parts of Sonora, Cereus Schottii, which on the peninsula received not long ago the additional name C. Sargentiamis, is common and assumes the various forms in which it grows on the peninsula of Lower California. The most distinct is the one in which the top bears spines similar to the lower part, and, although flower-bearing, large and old, entirely lacks those long white spines so characteristic of this species. Notwithstanding the adverse conditions, some of the well known plants of the Guaymas flora were in full bloom. Hofmeisteria cras- sifolia blooms in the dry season, as does its near ally, H. fasciculata, of Cabo San Lucas, and was now crowned by its myriad of light-pink flowers,.and like its Lower Californian relative delights to grow on cliffs just beyond the reach of the ocean spray. Now and then a small tree of Guaiacum Coulteri disdaining to follow the example of the other members of its species, covered its leafless branches with a mass of dark sky-blue flowers, and the brilliant effect of its erratic conduct was increased by the staidness of its surroundings, for it was a cloud of blue amongst a crowd of leafless grayish-brown bushes, resting on an ash-colored and baked adobe soil. Ccesaipinia, Hyptis, Jacquinia, and other shrubs were evidently endeavoring to produce blossoms and fruit, but the drought was so excessive that only withered flowers were the result. That slender, drooping acacia, A. Willardia?ia, full of flowers and ripe pods, was found to be abundant on rocky ledges west of the city, and again later I was pleased to see it growing on a rocky hill almost within the city limits of Hermosillo. 346 , The Flora of Sonora. [zoe The street railway of Guaymas ends in a semi-public park, in which grow two trees with willow-like leaves that would not be recognized as belonging to the fig family by anyone knowing only the cultivated figs of California. The owner says they were brought from below San Bias, and Dr. Palmer says that at least one of them grows also wild in the neighboring canons. These two trees from which were collected the typical specimens of Ficus fasciculata and F. SonorcB, are separated by a short distance; one bears numerous aerial rootlets and sends down to the earth roots from its branches; the other has neither of these peculiarities, but, as F. Palmeri, of Lower Califor- nia, sometimes produces an abundance of aerial rootlets, and more often has none, their presence or absence cannot be considered a specific character. The two trees of Guaymas bear a general re- semblance to one another; the leaves are alike, and at the time I thought they were one species, and afterwards was surprised to learn from Dr. Palmer that they represented types of two distinct species. Dr. Gustav Eisen, a well-known expert in fig culture, who has seen these same two trees, thinks it possible that they may represent the male and female forms of a single species, and says: "F. fasciculata possesses in the April crop of figs very few male flowers, about half a dozen to each fig, and these male flowers are situated in the region around the eye (osteolar region), and are not found dispersed among the female and gall flowers lower down." Along the railway from Guaymas to Hermosillo and in the sur- rounding region, one of the most abundant plants is the thorny bush, or small tree, Olneya Tesota. At this time all its flowers were open, and they were so numerous that horses and cattle become fat eating them from the branches within reach, and from the ground where they have fallen. The irrigated fields and gardens about Hermosillo were quite green when compared with the surrounding country, and much vegetation of interest was found, especially along the ditches and in the hedge rows. The dry rocks and hills of course did not produce many plants at this time of the year, but some collections of Perityle made among them, and by Dr. Eisen at San Miguel de Horcasitas, gave evidence that the awns of the pappus may be present or absent in the same species. Hircea macroptera, a perennial plant, very com- mon in the vicinity of Hermosillo, does not seem to suffer from the lack of moisture, for along the roads and in the very driest situations VOL. III.] The Flora of Sonora. 347 its bright yellow flowers and winged seeds flourish amongst the sur- rounding dried-out vegetation. The most interesting part of Sonora visited was Las Durasnillas, a small collection of houses about sixty miles from Hermosillo, near a mountain range known as Sierra Matapan. At this place was found a flora very different from any before seen, and some moist localities along the base of the mountain had retained their green and grow- ing vegetation longer than was to have been expected. The most conspicuous plant was Ccesalpinia pulcherrima, with its large and handsome blossoms, compelling admiration from the least attentive. The very dark-purple flowered Brongniartia Palmeri was equally abundant. Some of the Pithecolobiums were in bloom, and under one of them our camp was made, as they furnished more shade than any other tree of the region, but a denser shade would have been more agreeable, because the hot sun found many openings among the scattered leaves and branches through which to send its rays. Among- the trees and shrubs some are so different from familiar forms that they are a constant source of interest, and even the inhabitants rec- ognized their peculiarities, and, after exciting our curiosity, guided us to the places where they grew. The cotton tree, Eriodendro?i acumin- ahim, is a singular tree, having the bark of its trunk thickly covered with large thorns, with leaves like those of the buckeye or horsechest- nut, and large yellow flowers that are followed by bolls of cotton four or five inches long. When the fruit bursts and the tips of the twigs and branches of a spreading tree twenty feet high are adorned with good-sized bunches of cotton, the effect is very striking. Another tree, with a trunk sometimes two feet in diameter, that is always nearly white, and for that reason called "Palo bianco," surprises even botanists when they observe its botanical relationship, for it is an Ipomcea, a genus seen in more temperate climates only as low twining herbaceous plants. Among so many interesting plants, a few others are deserving of notice. Erythrina is represented by a single species here, and in Lower California by another very distinct one; both blossom in the spring, some time before the appearance of the leaves, and both retain their long pods after the short-lived foliage has fallen. The abundant large, dark maroon colored flowers are as beautiful in April as are the open pods that expose their scarlet beans in December. Cordia Sonora is completely covered with flowers that persist on the bushes and assume different shades of 343 The Flora of Sonora. [ZOE color as they wither. In the canons is Vitex mollis, a tree that is often planted in the gardens of Hermosillo, and many other plants interesting botanically, among which the following, which seem to have been undescribed, were found:— Abutilon (Wissadula) cinctum. Perennial, 4-6 dm. high, stems slender, diffusely branching, white, with a thin appressed to- mentum: leaves cordate-ovate, crenate-serrate, acute, on slender pedicels of about the same length, upper surface appressed pubescent, pubescence of the lower mixed with stellate hairs: flowers solitary on stout pedicels shorter than the petioles, not jointed: bracts linear- oblong, caducous: calyx cuneate at base, 10-angulate, cleft less than half its length into five lanceolate acute lobes, covered with long spreading hairs, which also occur sparingly on petioles, peduncles, and on the margins and veins of the leaves: corolla ]/o,-2 dm. broad, light-purple or lilac, segments cuneate-obovate, inequilateral, twice the length of calyx, tomentose in the angles, erose at summit: stamineal column very short, horizontal: stamens ~/z the length of the petals; anthers by the unusual development of the double sep- tum, spuriously two-celled, developing a large quantity of mucus when wetted: ovary 3-celled; ovules three in each cell, the two up- per collateral; styles three, capitate, united only at base, minutely. and sparsely stellate hairy; carpels three, rounded at apex, loculi- cidally-dehiscent to the base within, two-thirds the length without, constricted below the middle by a callous ring which is higher ante- riorly and posteriorly than at the sides; upper seeds smooth, lower conformed in shape to the cavity, tuberculate punctate at the sides, and crowned by a hirsute ring; radicle superior. This plant hardly belongs to the geniis Wissadula, yet according to Grisebach's Flora of the West Indies, it would be included in the Wissadula section of Abutilon. The constriction between the upper and lower cells is not very apparent externally and does not amount to occlusion of the lower, but insomuch as it approaches Abutilon weakens Wissadula. The shortening of the stamineal column the tricarpellary ovary and collateral ovules occur in other species of Abutilon. It was collected near Las Durasnillas, Sonora, Mexico. Anisacanthus abditus. Perennial, the few stems virgate, in- durated herbaceous, bearing short branches, leaves and flowers above, the whole plant minutely puberulent and abounding in stipitate vol. in.] Mamillaria Notesteinii Britton. 349 glands: leaves ovate-lanceolate, 2-3 cm. in length on slender petioles more than half as long, the uppermost reduced to sessile bracts: proper bracts lighter green than the leaves, ovate-lanceolate, a pair sessile in each of the upper axils, 8-12 mm. long, nearly twice the length of the concealed calyx: flowers sessile, one or two in each pair of bracts: calyx cleft to the base, lobes lanceolate-acuminate: corolla rose-color 3-4 cm. long, the rather slender tube somewhat curved and a little longer than the nearly equally cleft and spreading lobes: anther cells muticous, parallel, one very slightly lengthened below: capsule oblong, 2 cm. long, the stipe-like portion occupying half the length; seeds flattened but thick, apparently violet in color, covered with short, sinuous ridges. This plant was found growing about a spring on the Sierra Mata- pan. Its habit and flowers resemble those of related species, but its large bracts, of a lighter color than the leaves, make this a very distinct one, and the numerous blossoms crowded at the upper part of the stems surpass in beauty those of the well-known members of the genus Anisacanthus. MAMILLARIA NOTESTEINII Britton; Since the sending of my first specimen to Dr. Britton I have found quite a plantation of them, and after examining a number have thought it best to modify the original description. Mamillaria Notesteinii Britton, stems ovate, simple, or occa- sionally csespitose, 2—8 cm. in diameter. Tubercles nearly terete and about 2 cm. long, spines 12—18 white, becoming gray with age, weak and slender, 1—2 cm. long, spreading. The central spine, which is longer and stronger than the others, is generally tipped with reddish-pink. Pubescent throughout. Flowers 2—4 cm. in diame- ter, ash-gray, tinged and penciled with a delicate pink. Petals linear oblong, mucronate tipped; sepals fringed; fruit scarlet, obovate; seed black, globose, pitted. Soil and exposure to sunshine changed the amount of coloring and penciling. Found by the writer in gravelly soil, near a small creek, in this vicinity, June 4, 1891. F. N. Notestein. College of Montana, Deer Lodge, Mont. NOTES ON THE ANIMALS OF SOME WEST COAST SHELLS. BY HENRY HEMPHILL. Trivia solandri Gray. A single living specimen of this beau- tiful little mollusk recently collected by Miss Ida M. Shepard,- at Ballast Point, San Diego Bay, and which she kindly brought to me for examination, enabled me to make the following note on the ani- mal. When the animal is fully extended, the mantle lobes completely 'envelop the shell. The lobes are of a brownish flesh-color, thickly though not closely crowded with mammillated tubercles, about thirty-five on each side, flecked and frosted with whitish specks. The tubercles vary some in size and form, the larger ones being rounded and broad at the base, while the smaller ones are narrower and more conical. The nipple-like processes that rise from their summits vary in number from one to four on each tubercle, their tips being also frosted with whitish specks. The spaces between the tubercles are a shade darker than other portions of the mantle, and peppered over with irregular black specks. The edges of the mantle lobes that meet on the summit qf the shell are lighter in color than other portions of the mantle, and are also covered with black specks like those between the tubercles. When the animal is in motion the proboscis extends forward like the bowsprit of a boat; it is about Yz an inch long, a shade or two lighter than the mantles, flecked with whitish specks like those on the tubercles, with its end slightly expanded and edged with white. Two slender tentacles about y7 of an inch long when fully extended protrude from the head near the base of the proboscis, each one bearing a black piercing eye, about midway between their tips and the head of the animal. The foot is about as broad as the shell, truncated in front and roundly pointed behind, when the animal is in motion. The front •of the foot is marked beneath by a very fine transverse dark line, which perhaps serves to define the front edge of the sole. The sole is lighter colored than other portions of the animal that are exposed outside of the shell, and is beautifully and profusely flecked with very small whitish dots. The animal was slow in its movements, its motion being a contin- vol. in.] Animals of Some West Coast Shells. 351 uous glide around the vessel in which it was confined, but most of the time it remained stationary at the edge of the water, as if waiting for the tide to come in, or a chance to escape. Conus californicus Hinds. The body of this mollusk is whitish in color, and profusely dotted over with black specks that frequently coalesce near the margin of the mantle. When the animal is in mo- tion the foot extends about ^ of an inch beyond the anterior and posterior ends of the shell. It is truncated in front and bluntly pointed behind. The sole is white and sparsely sprinkled with black specks. The motion of the animal is a constant glide. The proboscis is black, and about ^ an inch long when fully extended,, and seems to be a specialized portion of the animal's mantle, rolled together with the lower edges in contact but not joined. It curves, over and above the back of the shell, as the animal moves forward. Two small tentacles, of a dark color, each 5 millimeters long, pro- trude from the head near the base of the proboscis, bearing two small keen eyes, which are situated about half way between the tips and base of the tentacles. The operculum is horn-color and claw shaped, a portion of the lower or sharp end being free from the animal. When the animal is in motion this operculum lies transversely across the upper side of the posterior part of the animal's foot. The nucleus of the young shell is white and glassy, and after a few turns the spire resembles a bluntly pointed, round peg. After this the upper end of the whorls rapidly enlarges, as also does the length of the whorls from the anterior end of the shell to the. shoulder. In the adult the body of the shell is covered with numerous re- volving lines, more prominent near the anterior end of the shell. On the spire of some specimens there are also strong revolving- lines, while on others these lines are entirely obsolete. The shoulder of the last whorl is rather concave and forms a shallow subcanal around the shell at the base of the spine, but this, like all other characters of shells, is very variable, and in some individuals it is absent. The whole shell is covered with a dirty yellowish epidermis that, frequently darkens into chestnut color. The shells are quite brittle and very frequently broken, which perhaps is due to the thin, sharp. 352 Notes on Calif or nian Plants. [zoe outer lip, and an excessive amount of carbonate of lime in their com- position. The bungling manner in which the animal repairs these fractures does not add to the beauty or attractiveness of the shell, which even in its perfect state is not very inspiring, especially when we consider the beauty of many other cones. Terebra simplex Cpr. The animal that inhabits this shell is of a pure, pearly white color, without spot or blemish. When fully ex- tended, its foot is about yz the length of the shell. The proboscis.is slender, about as long as the foot of the animal, gracefully curved over the back of the shell, and when the animal is in motion it forms an interesting and conspicuous part of the creature, and seems out of all proportions in its length to the rest of the animal's body. This animal has no tentacles, but the eyes are situated on mammillated tubercles that protrude from the body midway between the foot and proboscis. The eyes are small, dark and keen; the foot is truncated in front and rounded behind. The operculum is carneous, unguic- ulated in form, and lies on the upper 'side of the posterior part of the foot. This shell is abundant at San Diego and southward. NOTES ON CALIFORNIAN PLANTS. IV. BY S. B. PARISH. VARIATIONS OF CALOCHORTUS VENUSTUS BENTH. This species, not uncommon in the central region of the State, ex- tends as far south as Elizabeth Lake, in Los Angeles County. Here at its southern limit it is strictly typical; the stem stout and branch- ing and from 18 to 24 inches high; the flowers light lilac, the petals marked above with a reddish stain, below that a brown,yellow-edged occulation, and the basal portion brown-striate; the densely hirsute gland narrowly oblong, and surrounded by scattered hairs. The plants are not very abundant here, but among a considerable num- ber observed not one manifested, any noticeable variation. Hardly fifty miles further north, at Fort Tejon, on the borders ot Kern County, they are very plentiful, but here, on the contrary, they show a range of color variation which I have seen in no other plant that has not been subjected to the art of the hybridizer. Specimens growing on the flats about Lake Castac were sufficient to unmistak- VOL. III.] Notes on Californian Plants. ably fix the species; indeed, they differed only in having the mark- ings less distinct and well defined. But on the precipitous sides of the surrounding grass-clad mountains, where every recess or gentler acclivity was a thickly set bed of these flowers, all the color character of the species vanished. Repeatedly I found it easy to gather from one of these parterres a dozen flowers, each abundantly distinct for ' a florist's variety, and some of which, if considered by themselves, a botanist might well regard as distinct species. But with all the in- termediate variations so profusely present the most diverse extremes were traceable to the original form. A little study resolved these many-hued varieties into two series, the one of lilacs and the other of yellows. In the former the range of color proceeded from while through varying shades of lilac to a deep purple, the extreme being the var. purpurasceiis Watson. The other series passed through similar gradations from very light yellow to a bright lemon color, which may be identified with the var. cit- rinus Baker.* Sometimes the petals were of uniform color through- out, or were shaded from light to darker tints; in others a lilac petal passed into a yellow border above, or the reverse; others again were yellow striate with lilac, or lilac with yellow. The upper and lower spots of the normal flower were occasionally indicated in these va- rieties, but in most instances were entirely obsolete. The glands were uniformly densely hairy, but varied much in size and shape, being oblong, oval, or transversely flattened. In some instances they were obsolescent. All the plants were slenderer stemmed and fewer flowered than in the normal form, single flowered specimens being common, and few exceeded a foot in height. The flowers varied much in size, but were generally smaller than in the type. The whole exhibition appeared to be an example of pure nat- ural variation uninfluenced by hybridization, since no other species was observed in the neighborhood. Considering how completely all distinctions of color and markings, or of size and shape of gland, here break down.it becomes a question as to what value can be placed on these characters in a group of closely allied species, which inhabit the same geographical region. *In Dr. Watson's Revision of the N. A. Liliacese, and in the Bot. of California this is referred as a variety to C. litteus, Dou^l., the most natural disposition to make from herbarium specimens. But, considering the associations, with which it grows on these hillsides it-is evident that Baker was right, if the two species are to be kept up. 354 A Trip through Southeastern Utah. [zoe It is precisely on such treacherous grounds that C. luteus Dougl., C. venustus Benth, and C. splendens Dougl. were established, and more recently C. Lyoni Gray and C Plummer more especially as leucobltylla has been used in the genus already several times. Potentilla ambigens and P. scopulorum are perhaps of that genus, though experience has shown that it is not always safe to assume even that degree of ac- curacy on the author's part, and there is hardly anything in the de- scriptions to prove that he is not describing forms of, Barbarea vul- 368 Recent Literature. [zoe garis, for instance. No information is "vouchsafed" as to whether the plants are annual, biennial, or perennial; both species are said to have "about 5 pairs of leaflets," but whether scattered on long petioles or crowded near the top of them is left to the imagination along with such unconsidered trifles as stipules, bractlets, petals, stamens, styles, akenes, etc. Absolutely the only mention made of the floral organs is "flowers small, yellow," in one case, and corol- las nearly an inch in diameter, pale yellow," in the other! Sanicula nemoralis is, as Mr. Greene remarks, the yellow-flowered form of 61 bipinnatifida. Sa?iicula saxatilis has been collected at Tehachapi, and is probably not uncommon about rocky summits. It has heretofore been considered a form of .5*. tuberosa. Sanicula septentrionalis, described from an immature fragmentary specimen distributed under the name S. Nevadensis may easily be that species. Mr. Greene's idea of the great importance of the outline, or degree of dissection of a dissected leaf will scarcely commend itself to botanists who know anything about Umbelliferae- Microseris indi- visa is a well-known form of M. apliantocarpha. Senecio Blochmanc? is of course the entire-leaved form of 6". Douglasii, already provided with synonyms to spare. Peucedanum rofaistum was sent from the type locality to Coulter &. Rose at the time of their revision of the Umbelliferae. They did not find it to be a new species. Mr. Jepson's account of the mountain region of Clear Lake is re- markable chiefly for the things he did not observe. All the plants mentioned by him have been in the herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences for nearly ten years. Streptanthus hesperidis is S. Brewer? pure and simple. Arctostaphylos elegans is another of the absolutely inexcusable synonyms with which that long-suffering genus is becom- ing loaded. Gnaphalium bicolor is so imperfectly described that even the section to which it belongs can only be conjectured from the remark that it can readily be distinguished from G. leucocephalum. It is probably only a rather broader-leaved form of that species which belongs to the division '' leaves obviously adnate-decurrent, the upper face at least becoming naked and green in age, and with the stem glandular-pubescent or glandular viscid; herbage strongly balsamic- scented; root lignescent-perennial." Apparently the best species, and certainly the best described is- Collinsia Franciscana; but the description would have been much VOL. III.] Recent Literature. 369 improved if the author had given us some idea of the curvature of the throat, the presence or absence of crests, and some indi- cation of the shape of the seeds. As these points are usually at- tended to in descriptions of Collinsia, their lack leaves few data for comparison. In all species where account is made of the seedsr the ovules should be numbered instead, as they are usually much less variable. It is probably identical with Dr. Keilogg's C. solitaria, which was described from the.vicinity of Oakland. No type specimen has been found, but the description so far as it goes agrees with the San Francisco plant. The original C. sparsifiora was however a coast plant collected a short distance above San Francisco, and before at- tempting to separate species from it, it would be well to examine the type which is only too likely to be the same as C. Franciscana. In "Notes and News" Mr. Greene takes occasion to sneer at a paper by Professor Coulter and Mr. E. M. Fisher in the November number of the Botanical Gazette, on account of the personal names bestowed on the new species. It must be admitted that such names are not in the best taste, but the remarks thereon come with poor grace from the author of Madia Rammii, Clevelandia Beldingii, Potentilla Micheneri, Streptanthus Bio/ettii, B&ria Burkei Convolvulus Binghamice, Collomia Rawso?iia?ia, etc., etc. Perhaps, however, the creator of these names salves his conscience by remembering that they are principally synonyms. k. b. Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of the University of Pennsylvania. Vol. i, No. 1. Unlike the usual contributions from botanical laboratories, the papers contained in this are largely physi- ological. They are: A monstrous specimen of Rudbeckia hirta, by J. T. Rothrock; Contributions to the history of Dioncea muscipula, by J. M. MacFarlane; An abnormal development of the inflorescence of Dionaea, by John W. Harshberger; Mangrove tannin, by H. Trim- ble; Observations on Epigcea repens, by W. P. Wilson; A nascent variety of Brunella vulgaris, by J. T. Rothrock; Preliminary ob- servations on movements of the leaves of Melilotus alba and other plants, by W. P. Wilson. The volume is enriched with twelve plates. Contributions to the Life Histories of Plants. No. 8. By Thomas Meehan. Extract from Proc, Philadelphia Academy, 1892. This is another of the interesting papers recording observations, principally on the fertilization of flowers, of.which several previous 37O Recent Literature. [zoe ones have treated. The plants discussed are .Euphrasia officina- lis; Gaura and CEnothera: the carpellary structure of Nymphaea; the sexual characters of Rhus; Rubus Chamcsmorus, Dalibarda repens; some morphological distinctions in the genera of Ericaceae; vitality of seeds in Lysimachia atropurpurea; Campanula rohtndifolia; Cormis Can- adensis; Aralia hispida; Lnzula, campestris, Cakile Americana, Hyperi- cum ellipticum, Trifolium hybridum; Lathyrus maritimus, • Louie era cceru- lea; Raphanus sativus; the nature of the verruae in some Convolvula- ceae; Polygonum cilinode; Aster Tatarica. The observations are of a kind to be readily made by anyone with leisure and access at all hours to living plants, and require no great knowledge of systematic botany, yet they are of great general interest, and more attention to the physiology of plants would attract to their study many now de- terred by the somewhat dry details of herbarium work. List of Plants of Los Angeles County, California. By Anstruther Davidson, M. D. Local lists are always useful even if very incomplete—they stimulate search. The next issue will probably contain a much larger number. There are many in the herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences, from Los Angeles County, not mentioned in this. In Oxytheca,for instance, O. irilobata grows at Ravina, and O. lutea at Lancaster. Boisduvalia clfistogama is probably an error of determination. The rather numerous printer's errors will of course be rectified in subsequent editions. Flora Washingtoniensis. By W. N. SuKSDORF.is a list of the flow- ering plants and ferns of the State of Washington. These lists are of great service in the study of the distribution of plants. Washing- ton is a highly objectionable name for a State, as it requires always an explanatory phrase to distinguish it from the better-known seat of the general government. Contributions from U. S. National Herbarium. Vol. i, No. vi. i. List of plants collected by C. S. Sheldon and M. A. Carleton in the Indian Territory in 1891. By J. M. Holzinger. ii. Observations on the native plants of Oklahoma Territory and adjacent districts. By M. A. Carleton. Two new species Ipomizj Carletoni Holz and Euphorbia strictior Holz are described, with plates, and Euphorbia polyphylla Engelm is characterized. Many interesting observations on the relationship of allied species and the distribution of plants are scattered through the papers. vol. in.] Proceedings of Societies. 371 Check List of the Plants of Kansas. By Bernard B. Smyth. Aug., 1892. This is an attempt to give a complete list of the plants of the State with approximate localities. The introduction shows an originality not common in catalogue' makers. The author says: " As to nomenclature the compiler simply adopts those names said by common authority to be the correct ones. He is opposed to changes of name in a plant, and prefers a name long-established and well-known to a name which though more correct, is comparatively unknown. Notwithstanding this, exceptions are made, where evi- dence is indisputable as to priority of some other name as applied to a particular plant. Most noticeable among these is Hicoria instead of Carya, Navarretia for Gilia. Castalia for Nymphaea, and others. . . . Where no name is given the compiler doesn't know who is authority. ... A few radical changes are made, as the trans- ferring of the order Nymphaeaceae from Exogens to Endogens, these plants showing most clearly endogenous characteristics of structure. Conversely the order Smilacaceae should be transferred to Exogens, these plants being exogenous when more than herbaceous." Under the head of "New Species" are included Erythronium mesochoreum Knerr, 11. sp.; Cy.perus carruthii Wood, n sp ; Cyperus spiculatus Wood, n. sp.; Setariaperennis Hall.n. sp. Sporoboluspilosus Vasey n. sp.; Barbula henrici E. A. Rau, n. sp. All of these "new species," .excepting two, are credited at the end of the character to previous places of publication. PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES. California Academy of Sciences, November 7, 1892. ' President Harkness in the chair. Donations to the museum were reported from John Carlsen, Gustav Eisen, Carl Precht, Dr. J. G. Cooper, John L. Howard. November 21, 1892. Mr. T. H. Hittell in the chair. Donations to the museum were received from Willard M. Wood, Miss Lottie Rau, George H. Knight, Sam Hubbard Jr., Overend G. Rose, M. H. Gilson, T. S. Brandegee. The Librarian reported 104 additions to the library. Mr. H. W. L. Couperus read a paper on the possibility of the cultivation of coffee within the limits of the United States. 372 Proceedings of Societies. [zoe Decembsrj;, 1892. President Harkness in the chair. Additions to the museum were reported from Walter H. Levy, Gustav Eisen, William Hooper, W. G- Blunt, John P. West, Com- pafiia Minera y Beneficiadora.de )a Barranca, Sonora, Mexico. The Librarian reported eighty-four additions to the library. A resolution was adopted to the effect that the Academy heartily indorses the proposition to secure an appropriation from the State Legislature that will cover the annual expense of $25,coo to secure a topographical map of the State, the general government consent- ing to cooperate with the State to the extent of superintending the work, and appropriating a like amount annually. December 19, 1892. President Harkness in the chair. Additions to museum were reported from Herbert Kellogg, Walter H. Levy, W. E. Steadman, Baron Bceselager, Walter E, Bryant, G. E. Colwell. Eighty-three additions to the library were reported, The Nominating Committee presented a report embodying a ticket to be voted at the annual election. January j, 1893. Annual meeting. President Harkness in the chair. Additions to the museum were reported from Ed Garner, P. F* Rountree, Dr. Julius Rosenstirn, Wm. F. Nolte, Charles Allison. The annual reports of the officers and curators were read and ordered filed. The report of the officers of election was read1 and the following were declared elected for the ensuing term: President—H. W. Harkness. First Vice President—H. H. Behr. Second Vice President—J. G. Cooper. Corresponding Secretary—T. S. Brandegee. Recording Secretary—J. R. Scupham. Treasurer—L. H. Foote. Librarian—Carlos Troyer. Director of Museum—J. Z. Davis. Trustees—W. C. Burnett, C F. Crocker, D. E. Hayes, E. J. Molera, George C.Perkins, Adolph Sutro, John Taylor. vol. in.] Miscellany. 373 January 16, 1893. President Harkness in the chair. Additions to the museum were reported from Charles Allison, W. G. Blunt, Chase Littlejohn, Charles Fuchs. ' Mr. W. L. Watts read a paper on the Geological Economics of the Central Valley of California. California Botanical Club. November 23,1892. Mr. J. M. Hutchings in the chair. The following were elected to membership: Samuel H. Hammond, Sidney S. Peixotto, Mrs. A. E. Bush, L. C. Cummins, Miss Mary C. Day, Prof. John Dickinson. Dr. Gustav Eisen read a paper on the figs of Sonora and Lower California. California Zoological Club. December 70, 1892. Vice Pres- ident Walter E. Bryant in the chair. The following were elected to membership: Wm. F. Greany, Dr. H. N. Miner, Fred A. Seavey, W. P. Steinbeck, Aurelius Todd, Prof. C H. Tyler Townsend, F. S. Plimptom, Dr. Clark, J. Burnham, Overend G. Rose, Mrs. E. S. Alexander. Mr. Walter E. Bryant read a paper on the zoology of Baja Cali- fornia. Mr. Charles A. Keeler called attention to some of the peculiarities of. the fauna of Lower California as illustrating certain laws of evolu- tion. ----?---- MISCELLANY. • THE INVESTIGATIONS OF THE COLLECTIONS OF THE EXPEDITION TO BAJA CALIFORNIA. The California Academy of Sciences of San Francisco has at vari- ous times, during the last five or six years, sent small expeditions to the peninsula of Baja California, for the purpose of exploring and collecting natural history specimens of the higher as well as of the lower classes. Various parts of that hitherto little-known country have been visited during the different expeditions, and much material has been brought together for future study. The result has been that the fauna of Baja California is becoming better known, presenting many features of great interest. The flora of this country has been already minutely described by T. S. Brandegee, who has added a 374 Miscellany. [zoe large number of species and several new genera to those already known, enabling us now to judge with great certainty as regards the geographical distribution of the plants and.their connection and de- scent from neighboring geographical plant districts. New species will of course after this be added to those already described and enumerated, but they will be comparatively few, and the flora of Baja California can now be said to be very completely and comprehensibly known. Of birds and mammals the collections brought home are large and good, and descriptions of some thirteen new rodents will soon be published by W. E. Bryant. They are mostly the results of his trapping during last year's expedition to the Cape region, or the southern extremity of the peninsula, remarkable for its high mountains, beautiful and luxuriant vegetation, tropical climate and isolated position. The fresh water fishes collected there are in the hands of Prof. Gilbert, of the .Stanford University. The collection of reptiles and batrachians is good and when described will undoubtedly contain much of general interest. A large collection of arachnids from the Cape region, collected during the late expedition, is now in the care of Prof. George Marx, of Washington, the acknowledged authority on American spiders. He designates the collection as valuable and interesting. His paper will be well illustrated. A collection of Colembolas and Thysanuras is being worked up by Prof. Harold Schott, a well-known European specialist, who has already described a number of new Colembolas from Upper California, and who has since received a nu mber of new forms both from Upper and Baja Cal ifornia, all of which are to be embodied in one general paper, on the Colembolas and Thysanuras of the Pacific Coast. Dr. Otto Stoll, of Zurich, whose beautiful work on acarides in the Biologia Centralo Americana is generally admired, will describe a small collection of acarides, prin- cipally from the Cape region. The collection of diptera from Baja California is not large, but it may be counted upon to contain much of interest. It will ba described by C. H. Tyler Townsend, a well- known specialist of this class of insects. The collection of orthoptera has been forwarded to Lawrence Bruner, and a valuable paper from his hand is expected, though his preliminary opinion on the collection has not yet reached us. The coleoptera were well represented with some 500 species, principally VOL. III.] Miscellany. 375 from the Cape region. They are now in the hands of Dr. Horn, of Philadelphia,-.-who will describe the. new forms at an early date. The land shells, some twenty-two species collected during the late expedition to.'.the Cape region, contain some eight or ten new spe- cies, descriptions of which will soon be published by Dr. J. G- Cooper, who has already written upon the subject of Baja California land mollusks. The land and fresh water oligochseta contain a num- ber of new forms, which are being described by Dr. Gustav Eisen, in connection with other Pacific Coast oligochseta. The species found in the Cape region are entirely tropical, and show most rela- tionship with tropical Mexico and Central America. The fresh water crustaceans, of which many remarkable forms were collected in the clear waters of San Jose River, will be described by Walter Faxon, of Cambridge. g. e. NOTES ON THE CLIFF DWELLERS. In Southwestern Colorado and in Arizona there have recently been extensive explorations of the ruins of a people now extinct, but probably related to the Pueblo Indians at present living in Arizona. The relics found in their houses indicate that they were an agricul- tural people, and to strengthen this belief remains of ancient reser- voirs and aqueducts exist on the mesas above. There, too, are ruins of houses and towers which were probably occupied beiore de- fense became necessary and the people fled to the cliffs. The mesa ruins have usually become mounds overgrown with vegetation, but the cliff houses, from their sheltered position, are in a good state of preservation. It may be interesting to record the uses they made of some of the plants of the region as well as the plants which they cultivated that grow there no more. Corn, squash, and beans were the chief crops; the walnuts now and then discovered were probably brought from further south with the cotton which has been found on the pod, spun into thread, and woven into cloth. Undoubtedly, they had commerce with their own people further south, or with other tribes, for seashells have been found matted in the hair of the dead, salt most carefully preserved in balls, and for their arrow points, stones not found near by. The most valuable textile plant was Yucca baccata, the fruit of 376 Miscellany. which most likely served as food. The Utes at the present time dry large quantities cut into strips for winter use. The Yucca fiber was separated into threads, which were twisted into strands varying in thickness according to the purpose for which they were designed. The best sandals were made of the fine thread, woven so as to be ornamented with geometrical designs; for the commoner sandals they used coarser twine, while the coarsest ones are of braided rushes. They depended for warmth upon a fabric made of turkey feathers ingeniously woven with Yucca twine. The long feathers were split and twisted around the Yucca thread, which was then loosely woven into a blanket of feathers soft and warm. The dead are often found with this for the first covering. The skins of deer were used, too, but rarely, probably because of the difficulty of se- curing them with their poor weapons. They either raised turkeys or the wild ones were abundant, since implements such as awls and needles were made of the bones, and turkey bones blackened with fire are common. The common rush Phragmites communis was used to make a coarse matting, not unlike that which is packed around tea-chests, but woven in different designs. This was used as a second covering for the dead. Willow twigs fastened together something like the slats of Venetian blinds formed the outside cover, the coffin of these prehistoric people. The Yucca fiber, in connection with the common Juncus, was used in making baskets finer than any made by Indians of the present day. The pifions and cedars are thick on the mesas of this country, and the former furnished an edible nut which the cliff dwellers collected for food. The timbers for their houses were chiefly cedar, as shown by the beams that still form the floors of the upper rooms and the supports of balconies. These beams are curious, pointed at the ends and very jagged from the stone axes used to roughly hack them into shape. Coarse grass with stiff stems, Oryzopsis cuspidata, was tied into bundles to make brushes, probably for the hair. The wild tobacco, Nicotiana attenuata is common near their homes and in the canons where their houses stand like statues in their rocky niches the wild fruits are more abundant than elsewhere, leading to the belief that to some extent they were cultivated. ' a. e. VOL. Ill] Miscellany. 377 NOTES ON GAME LAWS, ETC Notwithstanding the rain and cold weather of this year Mr. W. O. Emerson reports that Anna humming birds have commenced build- ing in the eucalyptus trees near his house. The earliest record of the nesting of this species near San Fran- cisco was made by Mr. Ingersoll, who found a nest with two far ad- vanced eggs on January 14; the winter was a more open one than the present. By the first of March half a dozen or more resident species will have commenced nest building, and the small boy will prepare a box of bran to receive the "collection" which he makes annually, and which is. annually destroyed by mice or otherwise. Such pernicious collecting should be discouraged by parents, and might profitably receive some attention from the would-be makers of perfect game laws for California. Some radical changes are contemplated when the next legislative "tinkering of the game laws" takes place. Like most proposed alterations-of the kind there are some good and some injurious. To provide an open season in California for elk, antelope, and mountain sheep is to assist in their total extermination in this State; too many are killed in defiance of the law as it is. The fault is not so much with the law as with the lax enforcement and a deplorable lack of re- spect for game laws by the public. Elk are not rare in some places in Southwestern Oregon, and the theory that persecution in that State has resulted in an immigration of elk to California is extremely probable, but no one need suppose that they are spared to any great extent after crossing the boundai y line. The law stops the marketing of elk, and in some instances de- ters parties froni^hunting for them, but not always. It is not many months since a large expedition, thoroughly equipped, left San Francisco for Northern California, and it was no secret that they were prepared for illegal game. Every little while some one comes forward with schemes of restocking the State with mammals, birds, and fish, without a thought of what the possible results may be from the introduction of exotic species. There can be no question as to the desirability of at some time introducing new game, but that time will be after the na- 37* Ne%vs. [ZOE tive species are actually protected, and that time will never came until better enforcement and a more wholesome public respect for game laws is secured. w. e. b. NEWS. Prof. W. R. Dudley, late of Cornell, has taken the chair of sys- tematic botany at Stanford University. With such men as he and Prof. Douglas H. Campbell in charge of the botanical work of Stanford University, where botany is taught according to modern methods, we may expect to have, in time, a body of resident botanists whose entire stock of botanical knowledge is not confined to the pos- ession of a limited terminology and a large capacity for discovering ne w species that do not exist. Miss Alice Eastwood, formerly of Denver, Colo., has succeeded Mrs. Katharine Brandegec as curator of the Herbarium of the Cal- ifornia Academy of Sciences, and as acting editor of Zoe. Mr. Oscar T. Baron has temporarily housed his magnificent col- lection of butterflies and humming birds in the California Academy of Science building, where he spends much of his time arranging and studying. He contemplates this fall an extended trip to Ecuador and the central Andes for the purpose of collecting butterflies and humming birds, his collections in these lines from South and Central America and Mexico being among the richest known. Mr. W. Otto Emerson, who has been studying art in Europe for the past two years, has returned to his home in Haywards, Cal. On the ist of February Mr. Charles A. Keeler sailed for New York on the ship Charmer. His latest contributi n to science, entitled "Evolution of the Colors of North American Land Birds," forming No. iii of the Occasional Papers of the California Academy of Sciences, has been received too late for review in this issue. Nine new species of Ocnerodrilus have lately been described by Dr. Gustav Eisen in the Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences (the memoir not yet published). Two of the species are from the Cape region of Baja California, one from Sonora, Mexico, and the others from Guatemala. Dr. Eisen is now describing the Pacific Coast Oligochseta, and will be glad to receive specimens for examination. 1 N DEX. [Simple lists not indexed.] Page. Abutilon cinctum................. 348 Achorutes armatus.................... 69 viaticus................. 69 Adelina lecontei...................... ic6 Amnicola longinqua................ 23 Amphidora littoralis................... 105 nigropilosa................ 105 Amphioxus.... .......... ... 192 Anadenus cockerilli .............. 20 Anepsius delicatulus.................... 103 Anisacsnthus abditus....... ___ 348 Anodonta californiensis............ . 23 Anser albifrons gambeli ........... 98 Aphanotus brevicornus ............... 107 parallelus ............... 107 Aphycus............................. 256 Apiastrum angustifolium..... ...... 50 Apocrypha anthicoides ............... 108 dsychirioides.............. 108 Argonauta argo ............. 52 Ariolimax .. .................... 20 Artemisia tridentata .................. 306 Asida a:grota...................... 104 angulata...... ___ ........ 104 muricatula .................. 104 obsoleta.................... 104 Astragalus....................... 286 amphioxys ........... 293 artipes........... ..... 296 atratus, var. stenophyllus.. 297 Beckwithii ... ......... 287 var. purpureus... 288 Bigelovii...... ......... 291 calycosus................. 297 Canadensis................. 289 caryocarpus................ no Chanueleuce ... ........ 294 diphysus................ 287 var. latus.......... 287 Dodgianus.............. 289 eriocarpus ............. 293 filipes..................... 297 Geyeri.................. 295 glareosus................. 201 grallator............... 52 55 289 295 295 no 293 296 Page. Astragalus Haydenianus........... 52 Ibapensis.................. 290 iodamhus.................. 294 Kentrophyta ........... 298 Missouriensis............... no mollissimus...........53.54. Mortoni..............53, Peabodianus............. platytropis................ Purshii................... Shortianus................. Toinus............... Utahensis. ............... 292 Azolla Caroliniana.................... 340 filiculoides...................... 340 Auklet, Cassin's................. 162 Baria maritiira...................... 146 Balanoglossus..................... 187 Balsamorhiza sagittata................. 305 Beri-Beri........................... 272- Bigelovia albida.................... 304 graveolens.................. 303 nauseosa .................. 304 Binneyanotabilis..................... 14 Blastinus brevicollis................ 107 coronadensis............... 107 dilatatus.................. 106 longulus.................... 106 pubescens ................ 107 rufipes.................... 106 sulcatus..................... 107 Brant, Black .................... 101 Branta Canadensis................... 99 hutchinsii .......... 99 minima ........ 100 occidentalis........ 100 nigricans..................... ioi Bulimulusartemisia.................... 14 Californicus................ 14 excelsus................... 14 Gabbi.................... 15 inscendens................. 15 var. Bryanti...... 15 pallidior................... 15 proteus..................... 15 380 Index. [zoe Page. Bulimulus pilula...................... 15 spirifer....................... 15 sufflatus..................... 16 vegetus..................... 15 Xantusi.................. 16 Callitriche sepulta............... 50 Calochortus luteus............... 354 Lyoni.................... 354 PlummerEe................ 354 splendens................ 354 venustus.............. 352 purpurascens...... 353 .citrinus........ 353 Carpophilus niger .. :............. 114 Caulanthus crassicaulis'............... 283 Centrioptera asperata................. 103 Centanculus minimus................. 50 Cepphus columba...................... u ~ Cercocarpus ledifolius'............. 29^ Cerenopus concolor ................ 105 costulatus...... ........... 105 Ceroplastes dugesii................. 255 Certhia familiaris occidentalis.......... 117 Chen caerulescens..................... 97 hyperborea ..................... 96 rossii........................... 97 Cibdelis blaschkii................... 106 Cicindela gabbii ..................... 47 12 guttata.............. 48 guttifera................. 48 hsemorrhagica.............. 49 hirticollis................. 49 latisignata..............47, 48 obliquata................. 48 Pacifica..................... 49 .-agmoidea................... 49 ttenuicincta.............. 47, 48 Viihex----.................. 48 Cistela Thevenetii.................... 253 Clangula hyemalis................... 363 Cliff Dwellers....... .............. 375 Cnicus arvensis........................ 50 Coelus globosus...................... 104 Conibius parallelus........ ........... 107 .Cqniont s elliptica .................... 104 parviceps................... 104 subpubescens................ 104 .-sulcatus..................... 107 ConusCalifortlicus..................... 351 Cordia Sono-as....... ............ 347 Cormorant, Baird's................ 107 Corydalis aurea, var. occidentalis..... 53 .Cratidus fuscipilosa................... 106 osculans.............. .. .. 106 Page. Creeper, California................... 117 Crepis occidentalis................ 306 Crotalaria sagittalis ...............53, 55 Cryptoglossa verrucosa............ 103 Cylindrella irregulare................. iS newcombiana......... .. .. 16 taylori .. .,............... ifl Cymopterus corrugatus............. 302 Ibapensis .............. 302 longipes........ ......;. 303 Cynaeus depressus ................ 107 Djedalea.......... ...... g5 ambigua..................'.. 93 unicolor. ................. 93 Datura meteloides..-................. 360 Dendragapus obscurus fuliginosus .. .. 232 Dendroica nigrescens................ 117 townsendi................ 117 Dendryphantes seneolus.............. 332 Dochmius duodenalis................ 271 Drepanura Californica............... 69 Dryas............................... 264 Echinocactus papyracanthus.......... 301 Sim soni........... 302 Whipplei............. 302 Echinocystis marah ................... 50 Edrotes ventricosus.................... 102 Eleodes acuticauda................. 105 femorata................... 105 gentilis...................... 105 gigantea.................. 105 grandicollis ................. 105 interrupta................. ioj laticollis.......... .......... 105 laticornis................... 105 marginata............... 105 parvicoilis................... 103 quadricollis___,.............. 104 Emmenastus longulus.............. 102 obesus................ 103 piceus.................. 102 Encelia nutans ...................... 357 Encyrtinse .......................... 257 Enhydris lutris..................... 325 Entomobrya marginata.............. 69 multifasciata............. 69 nivalis................... 69 Epicauta cinctipennis.................. 114 Ephedra Nevadensis............... 307 Epilob.um nivium................. 242 Epitragus pruinosus.................... 103 Equisetum arvensfc................ 50 Eriodendron acuminatum.......... 347 Eriogonum inflatum................... 356 VOL. III.] hidex. Page. Erythaea............................ 366 Eulabis obscura....................¦. 105 pubescens ............... .... 105 • rufipes ..................... 105 Eurymetopon convexicolle. ... .. ir2 in flat um................. 102 Eusattus reticulatus.............. 104 Faralloncn Islands...............¦.... 144 weed................. ___ 146 Favolus. ...................... 94 Fertilization.................. 311 Ficus fasiculata....................... 340 Sonora:......................... 346 Flickers. ........................... 362 Fox sparrow......-.................. 363 Fritillaria pudica ................ 53 Galium Californicum ........;........ 50 Gallinule Florida.........'.......... 363 Gilia pungens.....;.............. 3O7 Gloeoporus ¦..............•............ g4 Gnathocerus cornutus........ Goose, American, white-fronted ... 107 blue 97 cackling.......... 100 Canada.......... 99 Emperor ........... 101 Hutchins' .......... gg Lesser Snow........ 96 Ross' Snow ........ g7 White-cheeked...... 100 Gordiodrilus.......... ........... 365 Gorse................................. 49 Grouse............................... 232 Guaiacum Goulteri ............. 345 Guillemot California........ ......... 155 Harporhynchus curvirostris palmeri..... 243 Hedysarum boreale.......... ... no Helianthella argophylla...... . r...... 304 Helisoma ammon.................... 23- Helix areolata.................. . 16, 18 carpenteri................ ig(. 20 damascenus..................... 18 duranti . .................. .17 facta.......................... ig Gabbi.......................... ig Kellettii...................17, ig tevis............ ........... 16, 18 Newberryana___.................¦ 18 pandora-......................16, 18 polygyrella...,.................. 46 remondii....................... 19. Rowelli ............ ..... 19 Stearnsiana.................. 19 tudiculata............... . .. 20 Page. Helix vancouverensis, var. sporteUa---- 20 Veatchii....................... 16 vellicata......................... 20 Yatesii...................;..... 45 Helops bachei...................---- 108 blaisdelli..................... 108 Hister militaris...................---- 338 sellatus. .................... 338 sexstriatus........... - ¦ •. 33^ Hololepta cacti ..............¦¦'¦ 338 neglecta................... 338 pervalida................. 337 populnea.................. 338 vicina. .............. 338 yucateca.....¦......-.. 337 Hosackia Purshiana.......... 53 strigosa..................... 50 Hymenorus fusculus.......... ... 252 inquilinus.... ........ 252 macer ----...... - ... 253 Hypericum Scouleri................ 49 Indicative plants............= .... jo8 Isomira variabilis................— . 253 Isotoma palustris ..............¦'.... 69 viridis............ ... 69 Juniperus Californicus, var. Utahensis.. 307 ' Kalaazar .......... .... 292 Layia calliglossa, var. oligochaeta...... 50 [.eaf-miner................. ......... 234 Lepidium bip:nnatifidum..........¦.:... 49 hs erophyllum....... ..... 284 Leucocrinum montaiium. ... .. 53 Lewisia rediviva..................... 109 Lilaea subulata.................... 354 I.imax agrestis................. 20 campestris........ .....--¦.:. 20 hemph.lli.................... 20 var. pictus......... 20 Limnophysa humilis...... : ......... 20 Lipura inermis...................... 69 Liuosyris albicaulis................... 304 Loco................................ 53 Loligo stearnsii......................... 51 gabbi.......................... 51 Lunda cirrhata...............:...... i6t Lupinus sulphureus................'. 285 Lutra canadensis..................... 329 Lygodesmia spinosa................¦-... 306 Malacothrix Torreyi................... 306 Malvastrum coccineum............ .. 53 Mamillaria Notesteinii................ 349 Melampus olivaceus................22- Merula migratoria propinqua......... ~ 115 Microcala quadrangularis............ 50 382 hidex. [zoe Page. Microschatia in^equalis.............. 103 Mocking Bird........................ 362 Mucronoporus....................... 95 Nemophila aurita.................... 5° parviflora................. 5° Neritinia Californica.................. 22 cassiculum ............... 22 picta ...................... 22 Nomenclature ......166,172,253,258, 339 Noserus plicatus ................. 103 Numenius borealis ............... 257 Nuthatch, Red-bellied.............. 117 Nyctoporis carinata................ 103 Ocnerodrilus___ ........... . ¦ • 365 Octopus punctatus ................. 52 OEnothera albicaulis.................. 249 biennis ................ 248 Cffispitosa ................. 250 cardiophylla............... 251 coronopifolia............... 250 Howardi................. 301 Johnsoni............... 301 pinnatifida ................. 248 scapoidea................ 251 trichocalyx ................. 249 CEsophagostoma...................... 272 Ommastrephes Ayresii ................ 52 giganteus............... 52 Omus lecontei ................... 47 Onchidella carpenteri......... ... 22 Onychotenthis fusiformis.............. 51 Opuntia rutila.......... .. ........ 302 Orchesella rufescens............... 69 Oreortyx pictus plumiferus............. 233 Orogenia linearifolia. ......... 303 Orthocarpus attenuatus ........ 50 faucibarbatus............ 50 Oryzopsis cuspidata ................. 377 Oxytropisdcflexa ............. .. 53 Latnberti ----- .. .53, 55 multiceps................. 53 Otter, North American............ 329 sea..................... 325 Palo bianco....... .......... 347 Papirius maculosus....... ... 69 Paromalm consors................... 339 opuntis ................. 338 Pedipes liratus............ ...... 22 unisulcatus.......... ... . 22 Phacelia Douglasii........... . 50 Phainopepla nitens................. 312 Phaleria rotundata.................... 107 Philacte canagica............... 101 Phloeodes diabolicus .............. 103 Page. Phragmites communis............... 376 Physa aurantia....... ........... "20 diaphana.................... 20 elata.................... 20 Gabbi.............. ..,. 20 heterostropha..........__ .20, 21 humerosa....................... 23 Pinus monophylla........... .... 307 Planorbis gracilentus....... ...... 23 liebmanni....... ......... 23 Platydema oregonensis.............. 108 Populus Fremonti.................. 234 Polyga'a acanthoclada............... 284 Polygonum viviparum.......... 264 Polyporoid fungi...................... 91 Polyporus................. ...... 95 hirsutus ........'.....93 Poryphyra naiaidum ............ 148 nereocystis............... 149 Primula Brodheada...... .....___ 306 var. minor .... .. 306 Pronuba.......................... 115 Pseudopilum.................... 257 Psoralea castorea..................... 285 mephitiea .................... 285 Puffin...................... ___ 161 Puma. ....................... 309 Pupa calamitosa ............ . . .. 21 chordata...............,........ 21 hemphilli.............. ......... 21 Orcutti.......................... 21 ovata......................... 21 Quail, mountain..................... 233 Ranunculus Bloomeri............... 49 Rhabdites........................... 271 Rhodea californica................ 21 ramentosa................... 21 Ribes cereum ................... 300 Robin, Western....... ......... 115 Rumfordia connata................. 241 Saprinus caei ulescens ................. 339 fimbriatus................. . 339 lubricus.................. '.. 339 oregonensis............... 339 sulcifrons.............. 339 Sarcophaga......................... 115 Sciurus fossor ....................... 118 Sclerostomum........................ 271 Sequoia gigantea.................. 132 Siphonaria aequilirata............... 22 lecanium.............. . 22 Sira purpurea.............,......., 69 Sitta canadensis. ................ 117 Sminthurus Eisenii.................. 69 VOL. III.] Index. 333 Page. Sminthurus luteus................... 69 niger..... .............. 69 plicatus.... .......... 69 Sonora ... ..................... 344 Sophorasericea........................ 53 Stanleya collina.................... 284 viridiflora ............... 283 Stellaria littoralis ............. 49 Stenotrichus rufipes................. 106 Stibia ovipennis...................... 102 Succinea oregonensis................... 21 Tellima affinis....................... 50 Terebra simplex.................... 352 Tetradymia glabrata.........¦......... 305 Nuttallii.................. 305 Thrasher, Palmer's.................... 243 Bendire's................... 243 Tomocerus.............. ....... 69 Tornaria............................ 195 Towhsendia scapigera .............. 303 Trametes............................ .94 Tribalus californicus................. 338 Tribalister marginellus................ 338 Tribolium ferrugineum............... 107 Tricardia Watsoni................... 307 Page. Trichostema lauceolatum............... 311 Triorophus lajvus...... .......... 102 Trivia solandri...................... 350 Tryonia clathrata.................... 23 exigua.................... 23 Tuba.............................. 133 Ulus crassus................... 106 latus...................... 106 Ulex Europsus...... ............. 49 Utah, names of localities.......___ 308 Veronicella olivacea............... 21 Viola Beckwithii.. .............. 285 Warbler, Black-throated Gray ......... 117 Townsend's..... .... .. 117 Xanthonyx.................. 14 Xenylla maritima............... 69 Yi.cca............................. 114 baccata........................ 376 Zopherus induratus................... 133 Zauschneria Californica............. 312 Zonites diegoensis... ............. 21 Zonotrichiaalbicollis.................... 117 Zygadenus elegans ............. 53 paniculatus............. 307 u X I- f I1 y : I: "; i ZOE A BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Published Quarterly. Vol. III. APRIL, 1892. No. 1. i « II CONTENTS: Page Forms of Trees as Determined by Climatic Influences: Gustav Eisen . 1 Catalogue of Land and Fresh-Water Mollusca of Lower California: J. G. Cooper...........12 Mariposa County as a Botanical District—II: J. W. Congdon . . . 25 Notes on Liliacese—II: Carl Purdy . . . . . . . . 43 Note on Helixyatesii Cooper:. Henry Hemphill.....45 Notes on the Cicindelidae observed in San Diego County: F. E. Blaisdell 47 Additions to the Catalogue of San Francisco Plants: Katharine Brandegee 49 Note on a Californian Loligo: Henry Hemphill.....51 A New Astragalus: Sereno Watson........52 The Loco Weeds: Alice Eastwood........53 Sereno Watson ............59 Recent Literature . ........ 59 Human Progress, Past and Future. Auk, January, 1892. Preliminary Study of the Grackles of the Subgenus Quiscalus. North Ameri- can Species of the Genus Colaptes. Geographic Distribution of Life in North America. . Wood Notes Wild. American Naturalist, Oc- tober and November, 1891. Ibis, January, 1892. Beitrage zur Kenntniss Kalifornischer Colembola. Revisio generum plantarum. Monograph of the Grasses of the United States and British America. Fossil Botany. Outlines of Lessons in Botany. Identity of As- clepias stenophylla and Acerates auriculata. Proceedings of Societies: California Academy of Sciences....... 79 California Botanical Club......... 81 California Zoological Club......... 84 San Francisco : ZOE PUBLISHING COMPANY, P. O. Box 2114. Entered at the Post Office at San Francisco as Second-Class matter. Yearly Subscription, $2.00 Single Copy, 75 cts. ZOE A BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Published Quarterly by the ZOE PUBWSHINQ COMPANY, San. Francisco, Cal Subscriptions, $2.OO Per Year; Single Numbers, 75 Cents. Foreign Countries in the Postal Union, 9 Shillings. This price is invariable, no discount being made to dealers or agents. JJI^Please remit by Postal Note or Money Order. Checks on local Banks not received. T. S. Brandegee, Alice Eastwood. Walter E. Bryant, Charles A. Keeler. Douglas H. Campbell, Frank H. Vaslit. Volume I, pps. vi, 389, plate i-xii, and vol. ii, pp. vi, 411, 6 plates, price $2.00 each, may be obtained from the publishers. • IS Scientific and Medical Books and Minerals. LARGEST STOCK IN THE WORLD. SPECIAL CATALOGUES on any branch of Zoology and all Scientific and Medical subjects sent on application. of FOR Students and Others AT and upwards. Choice Specimens of all Minerals for Colleges, Museums and Private Collectors. Our 128-page illustrated Catalogue of Minerals, 9th edition, now ready. A. E. FOOTE, M. D., 4116 Elm Ave., Philadelphia. Charles C. Riedy, ¦ Dealer in • Microscopes, Objectives i Accessories, fill kinds of Jftietfoseopieal and Biological Supplies on band ov furnished to o»de». 432 MONTGOMERY ST. San Francisco, Cal. FOR EXCHANGE. Fragments of petrified bone of the Mastodon and Saurian, plainly showing tissue, in exchange for bird's eggs. The remains were recently discovered in one of the caverns of the Grand. Address, PAUL E. KENNEDY, Grand Junction, Colorado. Member Western Colo. Academy of Science. ZOE A BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Published Quarterly. Vol. III. JULY, 1892. No. 2. CONTENTS: Page Connecting Forms among Polyporoid Fungi: Lucien M. Underwood . 91 Geese which Occur in California: L. Belding......96 Notes on the Tenebrionidse observed in San Diego County: F. E. Blaisdell 102 A Rocky Mountain Botanical Tramp: F. D. Kelsey .... 108 Insects Infecting Yucca Blooms:' C.H.Tyler Townsend ... 113 Bird Notes from Alameda County: F.O.Johnson.....115 Zonotrichia albicolis in California: L. Belding . . . . . 117 Notes on Sciurus fossor Peale: F. Stephens......118 Some of the Methods and Implements by which the Pacific Coast Indians Obtain Game: L. Belding........120 Discovery of a New Grove of Sequoia gigantea: William W. Price . 132 Tuba: Edward Palmer.........133 A Check-List of the Water Birds of California: Walter E. Bryant . 135 Additions to the Birds of the Gray's Harbor Region, Washington: Sam Hubbard, Jr..........140 On the Natural History of the Farallon Islands: J. W. Blankinship and Charles A. Keeler........ . 144 The Nomenclature of Plants: Katharine Brandegee . • . . . 166 A Note on Nomenclature: Alphonse DeCandolle .... 172 Recent Literature . . . ........174 Darwin and After Darwin. The Contemporary Evolution of Man. The Difficulties of the Heredity Theory. Revision des Calanides d'eau douce. New Generic Name for the Bering Fur Seal. De- scription of a New Prairie Dog. Auk, July, 1892. The Hum- ming Birds. Outlines of Zoology. Journal of Morphology, vi. Psyche, February, 1892. The Nature of the Shoulder Girdle and Clavicular Arch in Sauropterygia. Proceedings of Societies: California Academy of Sciences....... 185 California Botanical Club........ 185 California Zoological Club........ 186 San Francisco : ZOE PUBLISHING COMPANY, P. O. Box 2114. Entered at the Post Office alt San Francisco as Second-Class matter. Yearly Subscription, $2.00 Single Copy, 75 cts. ZOE A BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Published Quarterly by the ZOE PUBLISHING COMPANY, San Francisco, Cal Subscriptions, $2.OO Per Year; Single Numbers, 75 Cents. Foreign Countries in the Postal Union, 9 Shillings. This price is invariable, no discount being made to dealers or agents. Postal Note or Money Order. Checks on local Banks not received. T. S. Brandegee, Alice Eastwood. Walter E. Bryant, Charles a. Keeler. Douglas II. Campbell, Frank H. Vaslit. Volume I, pps. vi, 389, plates i-xii, and vol. ii, pp. vi, 411, 6 plates, price$2.00 each, maybe obtained from the publishers. (V I Scientiflc aid Medical Boob and Minerals. LARGEST STOCK IN THE WORLD. SPECIAL CATALOGUES on any branch of Zoology and all Scientific and Medical subjects sent on application. tions of inerali Students and Others and upwards. Choice Specimens of all Minerals for Colleges, Museums and Private Collectors. Our 128-page illustrated Catalogue of Minerals, 9th edition, now ready. A. E. FOOTE, M. D., 4116 Elm Ave., Philadelphia. Charles C. Riedy, ¦ Dealer in ¦ Microscopes, Objectives i Accessories, HU kinds of JVlieFosGopieal and Biologieal Supplies on hand of futfnisbed to ovdeit. 432 MONTGOMERY ST. San Franctsco, Cal. FOR EXCHANGE. Fragments of petrified bone of the Mastodon and Saurian, plainly showing tissue, in exchange for bird's eggs. The remains were recently discovered in one of the caverns of the Grand. Address, PAUL E. KENNEDY, Grand Junction, Colorado. Member Western Colo. Academy of Science. I & h ;. ZOE A BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Published Quarterly. Vol. III. OCTOBER, 1892. No. 3. CONTENTS: Page Balanoglossus as one of the Generalized Types in Zoology: WILLIAM E. RlTTER......... 187 Relics from an Indian Burying Ground: L. Belding .... 200 Recent Additions to the North American Land Mammal Fauna: Walter E. Bryant......... 201 Distribution of the Flora of the Cape Region of Baja California: T. S. Brandegee.......... 223 Food of the Grouse and Mountain Quail of Central California: L. Belding 232 On a Leaf-Miner of Popuhis Fremonti: C. H. Tyler Townsend . . 234 Notes on the Butterflies of Yosemite Valley: Edwin C. Van Dyke . 237 A New Rumfordia from Lower California: T. S. Brandegee . . . 241 A New Epilobium; T. S. Brandegee ....... 242 Habits and Nesting of Palmer's Thrasher: Herbert Brown . . . 243 Notes on Some Species of the Genus CEnothera: Alice Eastwood . 248 Notes on Some Californian Cistelidse: F. E. Blaisdell . 252 Letter from M. Alphonse De Candqlle . . . . . . 253 Two Mexican Species of Ceroplastes: C.H. Tyler Townsend . . 255 A Supposed New Feather Structure: Charles A. Keeler . . . 257 On Numenius borealis in California: L. Belding..... 257 Nomenclature of Plants: Katharine Brandegee..... 258 Correction to Additions to True's List....... 261 Insects of Catalina Island: F. A. Seavey...... 262 Recent Literature........... 264 Paleobotanical Literature. Third Annual Report of the Missouri Bo- tanical Garden. North American Pyrenomycetes. Contributions from the U. S. Herbarium, No. 5. Life Histories of North Amer- ican Birds. Auk, October, 1892. Scientific Memoirs of Medical Officers of the Army of India, part vii. Proceedings of Societies: California Academy of Sciences....... 272 California Botanical Club........ 274 California Zoological Club........ 275 List of Members, California Zoological Club...... 277 Notes............. 280 Errata in article on Balanoglossus........ 282 San Francisco : ZOE PUBLISHING COMPANY, P. O. Box 2114. Entered at the Post Office at San Francisco as Second-Class matter. Yearly Subscription, $2.00 Single Copy, 75 cts. ¦:' I ZOE A BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Published Quarterly by the ZOB> PUBWSHINQ COMPANY, San Francisco, Cal. Subscriptions, $2.OO Per Year; Single Numbers, 75 Cents. Foreign Countries in the Postal Union, 9 Shillings. This price is invariable, no discount being made to dealers or agents. JSB^Please remit by Postal Note or Money Order. Checks on local Banks not received. T. S. Brandegee, Alice Eastwood. Walter E. Bryant, Charles A. Keeler. Douglas H. Campbell, Frank H. Vaslit. Volume I, pps. vi, 389, plates i-xii, and vol. ii, pp. vi, 411, 6 plates, price$2.00 each, maybe obtained from the publishers. \\ ii ¦I. f [ If Li Scientific and Medical Books and Minerals. LARGEST STOCK IN THE WORLD, SPECIAL CATALOGUES on any branch of Zoology and all Scientific and Medical subjects sent on application. Of Students and Others $1.00 and upwards. Choice Specimens of all Minerals for Colleges, Museums and Private Collectors. Our 128-page illustrated Catalogue of Minerals, 9th edition, now ready. A. E. FOOTE, M. D., 4116 Elm Ave., Philadelphia. Charles C. Riedy, • Dealer in Microscopes, Objectives i Accessories. fill kinds of JUievoseopieal and Biological Supplies on band of iuvnished to ovdev. 432 MONTGOMERY ST. San FRANCISCO, CAL. FOR EXCHANGE. Fragments of petrified bone of the Mastodon and Saurian, plainly showing tissue, in exchange for bird's eggs. The remains were recently discovered in one of the caverns of the Grand. Address, PAUL E. KENNEDY, Grand Junction, Colorado. Member Western Colo. Academy of Science. I I 1/ A BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Published Quarterly. Vol. III. JANUARY, 1893. No. 4. CONTENTS. Page. Contributions to Western Botany: Marcus E. Jones . "~ . . 283 The Occurrence of the Puma in Southern New Mexico: - C. H. Tyler Townsend 309 Notes on Fertilization: Alice J. Merritt.....311 Biological Notes on Phainopepla nitens: F. E. Blaisdell . . 312 Mariposa County as a Botanical District, IV: J. W. Congdon . 314 Otters: Sam Hubbard, Jr........325 The Effect of Climate upon Pacific Coast Birds: L. Belding • . 331 A New Jumping Spider: John L. Curtis . . . . • . 332 Histeridae Observed in San Diego County: F. E. Blaisdell . . 337 Nomenclature: J. W. Congdon....... . 339 Some Notes on Azolla: Douglas Houghton Campbell . . 340 Concerning the Flora of Sonora: T. S. Brandegee . . . 344 ¦ Mamillaria Notesteinii: F. N. Notestein . . , . - . 349 Animals of some West Coast Shells: Henry Hemphill . . 350 Notes on Californiann Plants, IV: S. B. Parish . ... . . 352 A Trip through Southeastern Utah: Alice Eastwood . . . 354 General Bird Notes...... . . . . • • 361 Recent Literature..........364 Occurrence of Cooper's Lemming Mouse in the Atlantic States. American Naturalist, January, 1893. Auk, Janu- . ary, 1893. Gordiodrilus. Expedition a la gruta de Cacahua- . milpa. A New Sucker. Flora Peoriana. Development of the Frond of Champia parvula from the Carpospore. Additions to the Flora of the Cape Region of Baja California. Erythaea. Contributions, from the Botanical Laboratory of the University of Pennsylvania. Contributions to the Life Histories of Plants. List of Plants of Los Angeles County. Flora Washingtonensis. Contributions from U. S. National Herbarium. Check List of the Plants of Kansas. Proceedings of Societies: , California Academy of Sciences . . . . . • . 37*; California Botanical Club ........373 California Zoological Club........: . 373 Miscellany: Investigations of the Collections in Baja California. The Cliff Dwellers. Game Laws, etc. News . • . . . •........378 San Francisco : ZOE PUBLISHING COMPANY, P. O. Box 2114. Entered at the Post Office at San Francisco as Second-Class matter. Yearly Subscription $2.00. Single Copy, 75 cts. A BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Published Quarterly by the ZOE PUBLISHING COMPANY, San Francisco, California. Subscriptions, $2.OO Per Year; Single Numbers, 75 Cents. Foreign Countries in the Postal Union, 9 Shillings. This price is invariable, no discount being made to dealers or agents. iSSTPlease remit by Postal Note or Money Order. Checks on local Banks not received. T. S. Brandegee, Alice Eastwood. editors : Walter E. Bryant, Charles A. Keeler. Douglas H. Campbell, Frank. H. Vaslit. Volume I, pps. vi, 389, plate i-xii, and vol. ii, pp. vi, 411, 6 platss, price $2.00 each, may be obtained from the publishers. i and-Ml LARGEST 5T0CK IN THE WORLD. SPECIAL CATALOGUES on any branch of Zoology and all Scientific and Medical subjects sent on application. fin FOR Students and Others AT $1.00 Each and upwards. Choice Specimens of all Minerals for Colleges, Museums and Private Collectors. r 128-page illustrated Catalogue of Minerals, 9th edition, now ready. A. E. FOOTE, H. D., - 4116 Elm Ave., Philadelphia. ----------DEALER IN--------- Microscopes, Objectives aid All Kinds of Microscopical and Biological Supplies on hand or furnished to order. 432 MONTGOMERY ST- San Francisco, Cal.